markus / lib / RCWPF / 2018.1.122.40 / Telerik.Windows.Documents.xml @ 40b3ce25
이력 | 보기 | 이력해설 | 다운로드 (454 KB)
| 1 | 787a4489 | KangIngu | <?xml version="1.0"?>
|
|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | <doc>
|
||
| 3 | <assembly>
|
||
| 4 | <name>Telerik.Windows.Documents</name> |
||
| 5 | </assembly>
|
||
| 6 | <members>
|
||
| 7 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer"> |
||
| 8 | <summary>Exposes <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/> type to UI Automation.</summary> |
||
| 9 | </member>
|
||
| 10 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 11 | <summary>
|
||
| 12 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer"/> class. |
||
| 13 | </summary>
|
||
| 14 | <param name="owner">The owner.</param> |
||
| 15 | </member>
|
||
| 16 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetAutomationControlTypeCore"> |
||
| 17 | <summary>
|
||
| 18 | Gets the control type for the <see cref="T:System.Windows.UIElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer" />. This method is called by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer.GetAutomationControlType" />. |
||
| 19 | </summary>
|
||
| 20 | <returns>
|
||
| 21 | The <see cref="F:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationControlType.Document" /> enumeration value. |
||
| 22 | </returns>
|
||
| 23 | </member>
|
||
| 24 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetClassNameCore"> |
||
| 25 | <summary>
|
||
| 26 | Gets the name of the <see cref="T:System.Windows.UIElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer" />. This method is called by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer.GetClassName" />. |
||
| 27 | </summary>
|
||
| 28 | </member>
|
||
| 29 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetHelpTextCore"> |
||
| 30 | <summary>
|
||
| 31 | Gets the string that describes the functionality of the <see cref="T:System.Windows.ContentElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.ContentElementAutomationPeer" />. Called by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer.GetHelpText" />. |
||
| 32 | </summary>
|
||
| 33 | <returns>
|
||
| 34 | The help text, usually from the <see cref="T:System.Windows.Controls.ToolTip" />, or <see cref="F:System.String.Empty" /> if there is no help text. |
||
| 35 | </returns>
|
||
| 36 | </member>
|
||
| 37 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetPattern(System.Windows.Automation.Peers.PatternInterface)"> |
||
| 38 | <summary>
|
||
| 39 | Gets the control pattern for the <see cref="T:System.Windows.UIElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer" />. |
||
| 40 | </summary>
|
||
| 41 | <param name="patternInterface">A value from the enumeration.</param> |
||
| 42 | </member>
|
||
| 43 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetChildrenCore"> |
||
| 44 | <summary>
|
||
| 45 | Gets the collection of child elements of the <see cref="T:System.Windows.UIElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer" />. This method is called by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer.GetChildren" />. |
||
| 46 | </summary>
|
||
| 47 | <returns>
|
||
| 48 | A list of child <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer" /> elements. |
||
| 49 | </returns>
|
||
| 50 | </member>
|
||
| 51 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Automation.Peers.RadRichTextBoxAutomationPeer.GetItemStatusCore"> |
||
| 52 | <summary>
|
||
| 53 | Gets a string that communicates the visual status of the <see cref="T:System.Windows.UIElement" /> that is associated with this <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer" />. This method is called by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer.GetItemStatus" />. |
||
| 54 | </summary>
|
||
| 55 | <returns>
|
||
| 56 | The string that contains the <see cref="P:System.Windows.Automation.AutomationProperties.ItemStatus" /> that is returned by <see cref="M:System.Windows.Automation.AutomationProperties.GetItemStatus(System.Windows.DependencyObject)" />. |
||
| 57 | </returns>
|
||
| 58 | </member>
|
||
| 59 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition"> |
||
| 60 | <summary>
|
||
| 61 | Represents position in <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 62 | </summary>
|
||
| 63 | </member>
|
||
| 64 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentLayoutBox,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 65 | <summary>
|
||
| 66 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 67 | </summary>
|
||
| 68 | <param name="documentBox"></param> |
||
| 69 | <param name="trackDocumentChangeEvents">Indicates whether this position should track document change events.</param> |
||
| 70 | </member>
|
||
| 71 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentLayoutBox)"> |
||
| 72 | <summary>
|
||
| 73 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 74 | </summary>
|
||
| 75 | <param name="documentBox"></param> |
||
| 76 | </member>
|
||
| 77 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 78 | <summary>
|
||
| 79 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 80 | </summary>
|
||
| 81 | <param name="document"></param> |
||
| 82 | </member>
|
||
| 83 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 84 | <summary>
|
||
| 85 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 86 | </summary>
|
||
| 87 | <param name="document"></param> |
||
| 88 | <param name="trackDocumentChangeEvents">Indicates whether this position should track document change events.</param> |
||
| 89 | </member>
|
||
| 90 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 91 | <summary>
|
||
| 92 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 93 | </summary>
|
||
| 94 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to copy.</param> |
||
| 95 | <param name="trackDocumentChangeEvents">Indicates whether this position should track document change events.</param> |
||
| 96 | </member>
|
||
| 97 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 98 | <summary>
|
||
| 99 | Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class. |
||
| 100 | </summary>
|
||
| 101 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to copy.</param> |
||
| 102 | </member>
|
||
| 103 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.Reset"> |
||
| 104 | <summary>
|
||
| 105 | Resets the position. |
||
| 106 | </summary>
|
||
| 107 | </member>
|
||
| 108 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.AnchorToCurrentBoxIndex"> |
||
| 109 | <summary>
|
||
| 110 | Anchors the position to the current box index. |
||
| 111 | </summary>
|
||
| 112 | </member>
|
||
| 113 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.RestorePositionFromBoxIndex(System.Nullable{System.Boolean})"> |
||
| 114 | <summary>
|
||
| 115 | Restores the position from the box index. |
||
| 116 | </summary>
|
||
| 117 | </member>
|
||
| 118 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.AnchorToNextFormattingSymbol"> |
||
| 119 | <summary>
|
||
| 120 | Anchors the position to the next formatting symbol. |
||
| 121 | </summary>
|
||
| 122 | </member>
|
||
| 123 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.RemoveAnchorFromNextFormattingSymbol"> |
||
| 124 | <summary>
|
||
| 125 | Removes the anchor to the next formatting symbol. |
||
| 126 | </summary>
|
||
| 127 | </member>
|
||
| 128 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.OnPositionChanging"> |
||
| 129 | <summary>
|
||
| 130 | Called when position is changing. |
||
| 131 | </summary>
|
||
| 132 | </member>
|
||
| 133 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.OnPositionChanged"> |
||
| 134 | <summary>
|
||
| 135 | Called when position is changed. |
||
| 136 | </summary>
|
||
| 137 | </member>
|
||
| 138 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.IsAtParagraphStart(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 139 | <summary>
|
||
| 140 | Checks if a position is at the start of a paragraph. |
||
| 141 | </summary>
|
||
| 142 | <param name="documentPosition">The position to check.</param> |
||
| 143 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 144 | </member>
|
||
| 145 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentPositionInSpan"> |
||
| 146 | <summary>
|
||
| 147 | Gets the current index in span. |
||
| 148 | </summary>
|
||
| 149 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 150 | </member>
|
||
| 151 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentWord"> |
||
| 152 | <summary>
|
||
| 153 | Gets the current word. |
||
| 154 | </summary>
|
||
| 155 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 156 | </member>
|
||
| 157 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentSpanBox"> |
||
| 158 | <summary>
|
||
| 159 | Gets the current SpanLayoutBox. |
||
| 160 | </summary>
|
||
| 161 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 162 | </member>
|
||
| 163 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentInlineBox"> |
||
| 164 | <summary>
|
||
| 165 | Gets the current InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 166 | </summary>
|
||
| 167 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 168 | </member>
|
||
| 169 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentTableBox"> |
||
| 170 | <summary>
|
||
| 171 | Gets the current TableLayoutBox. |
||
| 172 | </summary>
|
||
| 173 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 174 | </member>
|
||
| 175 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentTableRowBox"> |
||
| 176 | <summary>
|
||
| 177 | Gets the current TableRowLayoutBox. |
||
| 178 | </summary>
|
||
| 179 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 180 | </member>
|
||
| 181 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentTableCellBox"> |
||
| 182 | <summary>
|
||
| 183 | Gets the current TableCellLayoutBox. |
||
| 184 | </summary>
|
||
| 185 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 186 | </member>
|
||
| 187 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentParagraphBox"> |
||
| 188 | <summary>
|
||
| 189 | Gets the current ParagraphLayoutBox. |
||
| 190 | </summary>
|
||
| 191 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 192 | </member>
|
||
| 193 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentSectionBox"> |
||
| 194 | <summary>
|
||
| 195 | Gets the current SectionLayoutBox. |
||
| 196 | </summary>
|
||
| 197 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 198 | </member>
|
||
| 199 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetPreviousInlineBox"> |
||
| 200 | <summary>
|
||
| 201 | Gets the previous InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 202 | </summary>
|
||
| 203 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 204 | </member>
|
||
| 205 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetNextInlineBox"> |
||
| 206 | <summary>
|
||
| 207 | Gets the next InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 208 | </summary>
|
||
| 209 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 210 | </member>
|
||
| 211 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetPreviousSpanBox"> |
||
| 212 | <summary>
|
||
| 213 | Gets the previous SpanLayoutBox. |
||
| 214 | </summary>
|
||
| 215 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 216 | </member>
|
||
| 217 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetNextSpan"> |
||
| 218 | <summary>
|
||
| 219 | Gets the next SpanLayoutBox. |
||
| 220 | </summary>
|
||
| 221 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 222 | </member>
|
||
| 223 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetPreviousInline"> |
||
| 224 | <summary>
|
||
| 225 | Gets the previous Inline. |
||
| 226 | </summary>
|
||
| 227 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 228 | </member>
|
||
| 229 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetNextInline"> |
||
| 230 | <summary>
|
||
| 231 | Gets the next InlineLayout. |
||
| 232 | </summary>
|
||
| 233 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 234 | </member>
|
||
| 235 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.GetCurrentInline"> |
||
| 236 | <summary>
|
||
| 237 | Gets the current Inline. |
||
| 238 | </summary>
|
||
| 239 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 240 | </member>
|
||
| 241 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPosition(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 242 | <summary>
|
||
| 243 | Moves the position to specific position in document. |
||
| 244 | </summary>
|
||
| 245 | <param name="newPosition">The new position.</param> |
||
| 246 | </member>
|
||
| 247 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToNext"> |
||
| 248 | <summary>
|
||
| 249 | Moves the position to next position in document. |
||
| 250 | </summary>
|
||
| 251 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 252 | </member>
|
||
| 253 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPrevious"> |
||
| 254 | <summary>
|
||
| 255 | Moves the position to previous position in document. |
||
| 256 | </summary>
|
||
| 257 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 258 | </member>
|
||
| 259 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.SetPosition(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PointF)"> |
||
| 260 | <summary>
|
||
| 261 | Moves the position to the nearest possible to a given point. |
||
| 262 | </summary>
|
||
| 263 | <param name="point">The point.</param> |
||
| 264 | </member>
|
||
| 265 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.InlineLayoutBox,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 266 | <summary>
|
||
| 267 | Moves the position to InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 268 | </summary>
|
||
| 269 | <param name="inlineLayoutBox">The InlineLayoutBox.</param> |
||
| 270 | <param name="index">The index in the InlineLayoutBox.</param> |
||
| 271 | </member>
|
||
| 272 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 273 | <summary>
|
||
| 274 | Moves the position to the start of inline. |
||
| 275 | </summary>
|
||
| 276 | </member>
|
||
| 277 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToStartOfDocumentElement(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 278 | <summary>
|
||
| 279 | Moves the position to start of document element. |
||
| 280 | </summary>
|
||
| 281 | <param name="element">The document element.</param> |
||
| 282 | </member>
|
||
| 283 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToEndOfDocumentElement(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 284 | <summary>
|
||
| 285 | Moves the position to end of document element. |
||
| 286 | </summary>
|
||
| 287 | <param name="element">The document element.</param> |
||
| 288 | </member>
|
||
| 289 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToCurrentWordStart"> |
||
| 290 | <summary>
|
||
| 291 | Moves the position to current word start. |
||
| 292 | </summary>
|
||
| 293 | </member>
|
||
| 294 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToCurrentWordEnd"> |
||
| 295 | <summary>
|
||
| 296 | Moves the position to current word end. |
||
| 297 | </summary>
|
||
| 298 | </member>
|
||
| 299 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToNextWordStart"> |
||
| 300 | <summary>
|
||
| 301 | Moves the position to next word start. |
||
| 302 | </summary>
|
||
| 303 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 304 | </member>
|
||
| 305 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPreviousWordStart"> |
||
| 306 | <summary>
|
||
| 307 | Moves the position to previous word start. |
||
| 308 | </summary>
|
||
| 309 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 310 | </member>
|
||
| 311 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToNextSpanBox"> |
||
| 312 | <summary>
|
||
| 313 | Moves the position to next SpanLayoutBox. |
||
| 314 | </summary>
|
||
| 315 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 316 | </member>
|
||
| 317 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPreviousSpanBox"> |
||
| 318 | <summary>
|
||
| 319 | Moves the position to previous SpanLayoutBox. |
||
| 320 | </summary>
|
||
| 321 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 322 | </member>
|
||
| 323 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToNextInline"> |
||
| 324 | <summary>
|
||
| 325 | Moves the position to next InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 326 | </summary>
|
||
| 327 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 328 | </member>
|
||
| 329 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPreviousInline"> |
||
| 330 | <summary>
|
||
| 331 | Moves the position to previous InlineLayoutBox. |
||
| 332 | </summary>
|
||
| 333 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 334 | </member>
|
||
| 335 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToCurrentLineStart"> |
||
| 336 | <summary>
|
||
| 337 | Moves the position to the current line start. |
||
| 338 | </summary>
|
||
| 339 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 340 | </member>
|
||
| 341 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToCurrentLineEnd"> |
||
| 342 | <summary>
|
||
| 343 | Moves the position to the current line end. |
||
| 344 | </summary>
|
||
| 345 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 346 | </member>
|
||
| 347 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveUp"> |
||
| 348 | <summary>
|
||
| 349 | Moves the position up. |
||
| 350 | </summary>
|
||
| 351 | <returns>True if the move was successful, otherwise false.</returns> |
||
| 352 | </member>
|
||
| 353 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveDown"> |
||
| 354 | <summary>
|
||
| 355 | Moves the position down. |
||
| 356 | </summary>
|
||
| 357 | <returns>True if the move was successful, otherwise false.</returns> |
||
| 358 | </member>
|
||
| 359 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveVertically(System.Single)"> |
||
| 360 | <summary>
|
||
| 361 | Moves the position vertically with specified offset. |
||
| 362 | </summary>
|
||
| 363 | <param name="verticalOffset">The vertical offset.</param> |
||
| 364 | </member>
|
||
| 365 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToLastPositionInParagraph"> |
||
| 366 | <summary>
|
||
| 367 | Moves the position to last position in paragraph. |
||
| 368 | </summary>
|
||
| 369 | </member>
|
||
| 370 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionInParagraph"> |
||
| 371 | <summary>
|
||
| 372 | Moves the position to first position in paragraph. |
||
| 373 | </summary>
|
||
| 374 | </member>
|
||
| 375 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionInNextParagraph"> |
||
| 376 | <summary>
|
||
| 377 | Moves the position to first position in next paragraph. |
||
| 378 | </summary>
|
||
| 379 | </member>
|
||
| 380 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionInPreviousParagraph"> |
||
| 381 | <summary>
|
||
| 382 | Moves the position to first position in previous paragraph. |
||
| 383 | </summary>
|
||
| 384 | </member>
|
||
| 385 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToLastPositionInPreviousParagraph"> |
||
| 386 | <summary>
|
||
| 387 | Moves the position to last position in previous paragraph. |
||
| 388 | </summary>
|
||
| 389 | </member>
|
||
| 390 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionInTableCell"> |
||
| 391 | <summary>
|
||
| 392 | Moves the position to first position in current table cell. |
||
| 393 | </summary>
|
||
| 394 | </member>
|
||
| 395 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToLastPositionInTableCell"> |
||
| 396 | <summary>
|
||
| 397 | Moves the position to last position in current table cell. |
||
| 398 | </summary>
|
||
| 399 | </member>
|
||
| 400 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionOnNextPage"> |
||
| 401 | <summary>
|
||
| 402 | Moves the position to first position on next page. |
||
| 403 | </summary>
|
||
| 404 | </member>
|
||
| 405 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToLastPositionOnPreviousPage"> |
||
| 406 | <summary>
|
||
| 407 | Moves the position to last position on previous page. |
||
| 408 | </summary>
|
||
| 409 | </member>
|
||
| 410 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToPage(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 411 | <summary>
|
||
| 412 | Moves the position to the beginning of the page with the specified number. |
||
| 413 | </summary>
|
||
| 414 | </member>
|
||
| 415 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToFirstPositionInDocument"> |
||
| 416 | <summary>
|
||
| 417 | Moves the position to first position in document. |
||
| 418 | </summary>
|
||
| 419 | </member>
|
||
| 420 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.MoveToLastPositionInDocument"> |
||
| 421 | <summary>
|
||
| 422 | Moves the position to last position in document. |
||
| 423 | </summary>
|
||
| 424 | </member>
|
||
| 425 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.CompareTo(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 426 | <summary>
|
||
| 427 | Compares this position with another one. |
||
| 428 | </summary>
|
||
| 429 | <param name="other">The other position to compare with.</param> |
||
| 430 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 431 | </member>
|
||
| 432 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.Dispose"> |
||
| 433 | <summary>
|
||
| 434 | Disposes this DocumentPosition |
||
| 435 | </summary>
|
||
| 436 | </member>
|
||
| 437 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.Location"> |
||
| 438 | <summary>
|
||
| 439 | Gets a value representing the layout position of this document position. |
||
| 440 | </summary>
|
||
| 441 | </member>
|
||
| 442 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition.IsPositionInsideTable"> |
||
| 443 | <summary>
|
||
| 444 | Gets a value indicating whether this position is inside table. |
||
| 445 | </summary>
|
||
| 446 | <value>
|
||
| 447 | <c>true</c> if this position is inside table; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 448 | </value>
|
||
| 449 | </member>
|
||
| 450 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.BinaryDataProviderBase.RichTextBox"> |
||
| 451 | <summary>
|
||
| 452 | Gets or sets the RadRichTextBox this DataProvider is attached to |
||
| 453 | </summary>
|
||
| 454 | </member>
|
||
| 455 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.BinaryDataProviderBase.FormatProvider"> |
||
| 456 | <summary>
|
||
| 457 | Gets or sets the IDocumentFormatProvider thas is used when converting the document |
||
| 458 | </summary>
|
||
| 459 | </member>
|
||
| 460 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.BinaryDataProviderBase.SetupDocument"> |
||
| 461 | <summary>
|
||
| 462 | Fires when the DataProvider creates new document |
||
| 463 | </summary>
|
||
| 464 | </member>
|
||
| 465 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.DataProviderBase.RichTextBox"> |
||
| 466 | <summary>
|
||
| 467 | Gets or sets the RadRichTextBox this DataProvider is attached to |
||
| 468 | </summary>
|
||
| 469 | </member>
|
||
| 470 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.DataProviderBase.FormatProvider"> |
||
| 471 | <summary>
|
||
| 472 | Gets or sets the ITextBaseDocumentFormatProvider thas is used when converting the document |
||
| 473 | </summary>
|
||
| 474 | </member>
|
||
| 475 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.DataProviderBase.SetupDocument"> |
||
| 476 | <summary>
|
||
| 477 | Fires when the DataProvider creates new document |
||
| 478 | </summary>
|
||
| 479 | </member>
|
||
| 480 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.OpenXml.Docx.DocxExportSettings.FieldResultMode"> |
||
| 481 | <summary>
|
||
| 482 | Gets or sets the display mode which will be applied to all fields in the exported document. |
||
| 483 | <para /> |
||
| 484 | When the value is <see langword="null"/>, fields' display mode is not changed. This can provide a better performance and lower memory usage while exporting. |
||
| 485 | </summary>
|
||
| 486 | </member>
|
||
| 487 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.StylesExportMode"> |
||
| 488 | <summary>
|
||
| 489 | Gets or sets the styles export mode. This controls how the properties of the document elements will be exported. |
||
| 490 | </summary>
|
||
| 491 | <remarks>
|
||
| 492 | Gets or sets the styles export mode. This controls how the properties of the document elements will be exported. |
||
| 493 | </remarks>
|
||
| 494 | <value>
|
||
| 495 | The styles export mode. |
||
| 496 | </value>
|
||
| 497 | </member>
|
||
| 498 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.StyleRepositoryExportMode"> |
||
| 499 | <summary>
|
||
| 500 | Gets or sets the style repository export mode. |
||
| 501 | </summary>
|
||
| 502 | <remarks>
|
||
| 503 | Controls how the style repository of the document is exported to Html. |
||
| 504 | </remarks>
|
||
| 505 | <value>
|
||
| 506 | The style repository export mode. |
||
| 507 | </value>
|
||
| 508 | </member>
|
||
| 509 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportStyleMetadata"> |
||
| 510 | <summary>
|
||
| 511 | Export additional metadata when exporting CSS classes that will be used when importing. |
||
| 512 | </summary>
|
||
| 513 | <remarks>
|
||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | </remarks>
|
||
| 516 | <value>
|
||
| 517 | <c>true</c> if [export style metadata]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 518 | </value>
|
||
| 519 | </member>
|
||
| 520 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportFontStylesAsTags"> |
||
| 521 | <summary>
|
||
| 522 | Gets or sets the export font styles as tag. This controls if the font styles: bold, italic and underline will be exported as tags. |
||
| 523 | </summary>
|
||
| 524 | <remarks>
|
||
| 525 | Gets or sets the export font styles as tag. This controls if the font styles: bold, italic and underline will be exported as tags. |
||
| 526 | </remarks>
|
||
| 527 | <value>
|
||
| 528 | <c>true</c> if [export font styles as tag]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 529 | </value>
|
||
| 530 | </member>
|
||
| 531 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportBoldAsStrong"> |
||
| 532 | <summary>
|
||
| 533 | Gets or sets the export font-weight: bold as tag strong. This controls if the font-weight: bold will be exported as tag strong. |
||
| 534 | </summary>
|
||
| 535 | <remarks>
|
||
| 536 | Gets or sets the export font-weight: bold as tag strong. This controls if the font-weight: bold will be exported as tag strong. |
||
| 537 | </remarks>
|
||
| 538 | <value>
|
||
| 539 | <c>true</c> if [export font-weight: bold as tag strong]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 540 | </value>
|
||
| 541 | </member>
|
||
| 542 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportItalicAsEm"> |
||
| 543 | <summary>
|
||
| 544 | Gets or sets the export font-style: italic as tag em. This controls if the font-style: italic will be exported as tag em. |
||
| 545 | </summary>
|
||
| 546 | <remarks>
|
||
| 547 | Gets or sets the export font-style: italic as tag em. This controls if the font-style: italic will be exported as tag em. |
||
| 548 | </remarks>
|
||
| 549 | <value>
|
||
| 550 | <c>true</c> if [export font-style: italic as tag em]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 551 | </value>
|
||
| 552 | </member>
|
||
| 553 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportHeadingsAsTags"> |
||
| 554 | <summary>
|
||
| 555 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox Heading styles should be export as html heading styles (h1, h2 etc.) |
||
| 556 | </summary>
|
||
| 557 | <remarks>
|
||
| 558 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox Heading styles should be export as html heading styles (h1, h2 etc.) |
||
| 559 | </remarks>
|
||
| 560 | <value>
|
||
| 561 | <c>true</c> if [export RRTB Heading styles as Html heading styles ]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 562 | </value>
|
||
| 563 | </member>
|
||
| 564 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportEmptyDocumentAsEmptyString"> |
||
| 565 | <summary>
|
||
| 566 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox should export empty document as empty string |
||
| 567 | </summary>
|
||
| 568 | <remarks>
|
||
| 569 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox should export empty document as empty string |
||
| 570 | </remarks>
|
||
| 571 | <value>
|
||
| 572 | <c>true</c> if [export empty document as empty string ]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 573 | </value>
|
||
| 574 | </member>
|
||
| 575 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ForbiddentPropertiesForExportCollection"> |
||
| 576 | <summary>
|
||
| 577 | Gets collection where you can add properties which won't be exported for certen html tag. |
||
| 578 | </summary>
|
||
| 579 | <remarks>
|
||
| 580 | Gets collection where you can add properties which won't be exported for certen html tag. |
||
| 581 | </remarks>
|
||
| 582 | </member>
|
||
| 583 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.PropertiesToIgnore"> |
||
| 584 | <summary>
|
||
| 585 | Gets a collection where you can add properties which will not be exported for a certain HTML tag. |
||
| 586 | </summary>
|
||
| 587 | <remarks>
|
||
| 588 | Gets a collection where you can add properties which will not be exported for a certain HTML tag. |
||
| 589 | </remarks>
|
||
| 590 | </member>
|
||
| 591 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.ExportLocalOrStyleValueSource"> |
||
| 592 | <summary>
|
||
| 593 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox should export only properties which has local or style value source |
||
| 594 | </summary>
|
||
| 595 | <remarks>
|
||
| 596 | Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox should export only properties which has local or style value source |
||
| 597 | </remarks>
|
||
| 598 | <value>
|
||
| 599 | <c>true</c> if [export properties with local or style value source ]; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 600 | </value>
|
||
| 601 | </member>
|
||
| 602 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.HtmlExportSettings.SpanExportMode"> |
||
| 603 | <summary>
|
||
| 604 | Gets or sets the span export mode. This option will not affect the content of the span only how the span tag is exported. |
||
| 605 | </summary>
|
||
| 606 | <remarks>
|
||
| 607 | Controls how the span tag is exported. |
||
| 608 | </remarks>
|
||
| 609 | <value>
|
||
| 610 | The span export mode. |
||
| 611 | </value>
|
||
| 612 | </member>
|
||
| 613 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.SpanExportMode"> |
||
| 614 | <summary>
|
||
| 615 | Describes when the span tag will be exported. The following options will not affect the content of the span only the tag. |
||
| 616 | </summary>
|
||
| 617 | </member>
|
||
| 618 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.SpanExportMode.DefaultBehavior"> |
||
| 619 | <summary>
|
||
| 620 | Span tags will be exported when they have styling. |
||
| 621 | </summary>
|
||
| 622 | </member>
|
||
| 623 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.SpanExportMode.AlwaysExport"> |
||
| 624 | <summary>
|
||
| 625 | Span tags will be always exported. |
||
| 626 | </summary>
|
||
| 627 | </member>
|
||
| 628 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.StyleRepositoryExportMode.ExportStylesAsCssClasses"> |
||
| 629 | <summary>
|
||
| 630 | Export styles form the document styles repository to CSS classes |
||
| 631 | </summary>
|
||
| 632 | </member>
|
||
| 633 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.StyleRepositoryExportMode.DontExportStyles"> |
||
| 634 | <summary>
|
||
| 635 | Don't export styles form the document styles repository |
||
| 636 | </summary>
|
||
| 637 | </member>
|
||
| 638 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.StylesExportMode.Classes"> |
||
| 639 | <summary>
|
||
| 640 | Create CSS classes containing properties of document elements |
||
| 641 | </summary>
|
||
| 642 | </member>
|
||
| 643 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.StylesExportMode.Inline"> |
||
| 644 | <summary>
|
||
| 645 | Inline properties of document elements using style attribute |
||
| 646 | </summary>
|
||
| 647 | </member>
|
||
| 648 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.LoadImageEventArgs.ImageElement"> |
||
| 649 | <summary>
|
||
| 650 | Contains a reference to the ImageInline element which is currently being initialized. |
||
| 651 | </summary>
|
||
| 652 | </member>
|
||
| 653 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.LoadImageEventArgs.Url"> |
||
| 654 | <summary>
|
||
| 655 | Specifies the Url from which the image will be loaded if Handled is false. |
||
| 656 | </summary>
|
||
| 657 | </member>
|
||
| 658 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.LoadImageEventArgs.Handled"> |
||
| 659 | <summary>
|
||
| 660 | Specifies if the image has been already initialized by the user or should be loaded from the specified in the event args Url. |
||
| 661 | </summary>
|
||
| 662 | </member>
|
||
| 663 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.None"> |
||
| 664 | <summary>
|
||
| 665 | Image are not exported |
||
| 666 | </summary>
|
||
| 667 | </member>
|
||
| 668 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.AutomaticInline"> |
||
| 669 | <summary>
|
||
| 670 | The best mode to export the image is chosen automatically |
||
| 671 | </summary>
|
||
| 672 | </member>
|
||
| 673 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.Base64EncodedSplit"> |
||
| 674 | <summary>
|
||
| 675 | Images are inline Base64 encoded and split into parts layed out in a table |
||
| 676 | </summary>
|
||
| 677 | </member>
|
||
| 678 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.Base64Encoded"> |
||
| 679 | <summary>
|
||
| 680 | Images are inline Base64 encoded |
||
| 681 | </summary>
|
||
| 682 | </member>
|
||
| 683 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.ImageExportingEvent"> |
||
| 684 | <summary>
|
||
| 685 | Event is fired on exporting |
||
| 686 | </summary>
|
||
| 687 | </member>
|
||
| 688 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Html.ImageExportMode.UriSource"> |
||
| 689 | <summary>
|
||
| 690 | The UriSource property is set as src attribute of the img tag |
||
| 691 | </summary>
|
||
| 692 | </member>
|
||
| 693 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfDocumentInfo"> |
||
| 694 | <summary>
|
||
| 695 | Entries in the document information dictionary. |
||
| 696 | </summary>
|
||
| 697 | </member>
|
||
| 698 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfExportSettings.ContentsDeflaterCompressionLevel"> |
||
| 699 | <summary>
|
||
| 700 | Gets or sets a value indicating the compression level to be used when deflating images. |
||
| 701 | <para>
|
||
| 702 | -1 = Automatic compression. |
||
| 703 | 0 = No compression. |
||
| 704 | 9 = Best compression. |
||
| 705 | The default is 0. |
||
| 706 | </para>
|
||
| 707 | </summary>
|
||
| 708 | </member>
|
||
| 709 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfExportSettings.ContentsCompressionMode"> |
||
| 710 | <summary>
|
||
| 711 | Gets or sets a value indicating the compression mode used when compressing page contents |
||
| 712 | </summary>
|
||
| 713 | </member>
|
||
| 714 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfExportSettings.ImagesCompressionMode"> |
||
| 715 | <summary>
|
||
| 716 | Gets or sets a value indicating the compression mode used when compressing images |
||
| 717 | </summary>
|
||
| 718 | </member>
|
||
| 719 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfExportSettings.ImagesDeflaterCompressionLevel"> |
||
| 720 | <summary>
|
||
| 721 | Gets or sets a value indicating the compression level to be used when deflating images. |
||
| 722 | <para>
|
||
| 723 | -1 = Automatic compression. |
||
| 724 | 0 = No compression. |
||
| 725 | 9 = Best compression. |
||
| 726 | The default is 0. |
||
| 727 | </para>
|
||
| 728 | </summary>
|
||
| 729 | </member>
|
||
| 730 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfExportSettings.DrawPageBodyBackground"> |
||
| 731 | <summary>
|
||
| 732 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the exporter will draw a rectangle below the page body contents. |
||
| 733 | </summary>
|
||
| 734 | </member>
|
||
| 735 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfImagesCompressionMode.None"> |
||
| 736 | <summary>
|
||
| 737 | Don't compress the images. |
||
| 738 | </summary>
|
||
| 739 | </member>
|
||
| 740 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfImagesCompressionMode.Deflate"> |
||
| 741 | <summary>
|
||
| 742 | Use the deflate algorithm to compress the images. |
||
| 743 | Use PdfExportSettings.ImagesDeflaterCompressionLevel to specify the compression ratio. |
||
| 744 | </summary>
|
||
| 745 | </member>
|
||
| 746 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfImagesCompressionMode.Jpeg"> |
||
| 747 | <summary>
|
||
| 748 | Use JPEG to compress the images. |
||
| 749 | This mode is only supported for images that are imported as JPEGs. |
||
| 750 | </summary>
|
||
| 751 | </member>
|
||
| 752 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Pdf.PdfImagesCompressionMode.Automatic"> |
||
| 753 | <summary>
|
||
| 754 | Automatically choose the best algorithm to compress the images. |
||
| 755 | </summary>
|
||
| 756 | </member>
|
||
| 757 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Rtf.RtfExportSettings.FieldResultMode"> |
||
| 758 | <summary>
|
||
| 759 | Gets or sets the display mode which will be applied to all fields in the exported document. |
||
| 760 | <para /> |
||
| 761 | When the value is <see langword="null"/>, fields' display mode is not changed. This can provide a better performance and lower memory usage while exporting. |
||
| 762 | </summary>
|
||
| 763 | </member>
|
||
| 764 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Txt.TxtDataProvider.Text"> |
||
| 765 | <summary>
|
||
| 766 | Gets or sets the current document as Text |
||
| 767 | </summary>
|
||
| 768 | </member>
|
||
| 769 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Xaml.ImageExportMode.None"> |
||
| 770 | <summary>
|
||
| 771 | Images are not exported |
||
| 772 | </summary>
|
||
| 773 | </member>
|
||
| 774 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Xaml.ImageExportMode.RawData"> |
||
| 775 | <summary>
|
||
| 776 | Images are exported using their RawData |
||
| 777 | </summary>
|
||
| 778 | </member>
|
||
| 779 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Xaml.ImageExportMode.ImageExportingEvent"> |
||
| 780 | <summary>
|
||
| 781 | Event is fired on exporting |
||
| 782 | </summary>
|
||
| 783 | </member>
|
||
| 784 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.Xaml.ImageExportMode.UriSource"> |
||
| 785 | <summary>
|
||
| 786 | The UriSource property is used instead of RawData. Bare in mind that this property may not be set on all images. |
||
| 787 | </summary>
|
||
| 788 | </member>
|
||
| 789 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.OnBitStateChanged(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStates,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 790 | <summary>
|
||
| 791 | Notifies the object for a change in its bit state. |
||
| 792 | </summary>
|
||
| 793 | <param name="key"></param> |
||
| 794 | </member>
|
||
| 795 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.SetBitState(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStates,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 796 | <summary>
|
||
| 797 | Applies the specified boolean value to the BitVector of the object. |
||
| 798 | </summary>
|
||
| 799 | <param name="key"></param> |
||
| 800 | <param name="value"></param> |
||
| 801 | </member>
|
||
| 802 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.IsInValidState(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 803 | <summary>
|
||
| 804 | Determines whether the element is currently in valid state. |
||
| 805 | That is having a valid RadElementTree reference and being in either Constructed or Loaded state. |
||
| 806 | </summary>
|
||
| 807 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 808 | </member>
|
||
| 809 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.ArrangeOverride(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SizeF)"> |
||
| 810 | <summary>
|
||
| 811 | Arranges the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement"/> to its final location. |
||
| 812 | The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children. |
||
| 813 | </summary>
|
||
| 814 | <param name="finalSize">The size that is available for element.</param> |
||
| 815 | <returns>The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually <paramref name="finalSize"/>. Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearraning the items. That could lead to infinite recursion.</returns> |
||
| 816 | <remarks>In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made.</remarks> |
||
| 817 | </member>
|
||
| 818 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.MeasureOverride(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SizeF)"> |
||
| 819 | <summary>
|
||
| 820 | Measures the space required by the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement"/> |
||
| 821 | Used by the layout system. |
||
| 822 | </summary>
|
||
| 823 | <param name="availableSize">The size that is available to the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement"/>. The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element)</param> |
||
| 824 | <returns>The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinify.</returns> |
||
| 825 | <remarks>In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made.</remarks> |
||
| 826 | </member>
|
||
| 827 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.BitState"> |
||
| 828 | <summary>
|
||
| 829 | Gets the RadBitVector64 structure that holds all the bit states of the object. |
||
| 830 | </summary>
|
||
| 831 | </member>
|
||
| 832 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.Size"> |
||
| 833 | <summary>
|
||
| 834 | Gets or sets the size of the element which is the height and width of the visual |
||
| 835 | rectangle that would contain the element. Size corresponds to |
||
| 836 | element's Bounds.Size. When the <see cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.AutoSize">AutoSize</see> property is set |
||
| 837 | to true setting the Size property to some value has no effect. |
||
| 838 | </summary>
|
||
| 839 | </member>
|
||
| 840 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.TreeLevel"> |
||
| 841 | <summary>
|
||
| 842 | Gets the level of this element in the LayoutElement tree it currently resides. |
||
| 843 | </summary>
|
||
| 844 | </member>
|
||
| 845 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutElement.AutoSize"> |
||
| 846 | <summary>
|
||
| 847 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element size will be calculated |
||
| 848 | automatically by the layout system. Value of false indicates that the element's size |
||
| 849 | will not be changed when calculating the layout. |
||
| 850 | </summary>
|
||
| 851 | </member>
|
||
| 852 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutBox.UnlinkBoxWithoutChildren(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutBox)"> |
||
| 853 | <summary>
|
||
| 854 | Unlinks the box without children and links the new one. The method is invoked when the box to unlink is splitted. |
||
| 855 | </summary>
|
||
| 856 | <param name="newBoxToLink">The new box to link.</param> |
||
| 857 | </member>
|
||
| 858 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutBox.ShouldInterruptCreateNewFragment"> |
||
| 859 | <summary>
|
||
| 860 | Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted. |
||
| 861 | </summary>
|
||
| 862 | <value>The should interrupt create new fragment.</value> |
||
| 863 | </member>
|
||
| 864 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.BlockContainerLayoutHelper.ProcessChildFloatingBlocks(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutBox)"> |
||
| 865 | <summary>
|
||
| 866 | Processes the child floating blocks. |
||
| 867 | </summary>
|
||
| 868 | <param name="currentBox">The current box.</param> |
||
| 869 | <returns>returns true if new measure pass is needed</returns> |
||
| 870 | </member>
|
||
| 871 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment"> |
||
| 872 | <summary>
|
||
| 873 | Describes the alignment of the content of layout element. |
||
| 874 | </summary>
|
||
| 875 | </member>
|
||
| 876 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.TopLeft"> |
||
| 877 | <summary>
|
||
| 878 | Top left alignment. |
||
| 879 | </summary>
|
||
| 880 | </member>
|
||
| 881 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.TopCenter"> |
||
| 882 | <summary>
|
||
| 883 | Top centered alignment. |
||
| 884 | </summary>
|
||
| 885 | </member>
|
||
| 886 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.TopRight"> |
||
| 887 | <summary>
|
||
| 888 | Top right alignment. |
||
| 889 | </summary>
|
||
| 890 | </member>
|
||
| 891 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.MiddleLeft"> |
||
| 892 | <summary>
|
||
| 893 | Middle left alignment. |
||
| 894 | </summary>
|
||
| 895 | </member>
|
||
| 896 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter"> |
||
| 897 | <summary>
|
||
| 898 | Middle centered alignment. |
||
| 899 | </summary>
|
||
| 900 | </member>
|
||
| 901 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight"> |
||
| 902 | <summary>
|
||
| 903 | Middle right alignment. |
||
| 904 | </summary>
|
||
| 905 | </member>
|
||
| 906 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.BottomLeft"> |
||
| 907 | <summary>
|
||
| 908 | Bottom left alignment. |
||
| 909 | </summary>
|
||
| 910 | </member>
|
||
| 911 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.BottomCenter"> |
||
| 912 | <summary>
|
||
| 913 | Bottom centered alignment. |
||
| 914 | </summary>
|
||
| 915 | </member>
|
||
| 916 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ContentAlignment.BottomRight"> |
||
| 917 | <summary>
|
||
| 918 | Bottom right alignment. |
||
| 919 | </summary>
|
||
| 920 | </member>
|
||
| 921 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo.#ctor(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily,System.String)"> |
||
| 922 | <summary>
|
||
| 923 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo"/> class. |
||
| 924 | </summary>
|
||
| 925 | <param name="fontFamily">The font family.</param> |
||
| 926 | <param name="displayName">The display name.</param> |
||
| 927 | </member>
|
||
| 928 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo.Equals(System.Object)"> |
||
| 929 | <summary>
|
||
| 930 | Determines whether the specified <see cref="T:System.Object" /> is equal |
||
| 931 | to the current <see cref="T:System.Object" />. |
||
| 932 | </summary>
|
||
| 933 | <param name="obj">The <see cref="T:System.Object" /> to compare with the current |
||
| 934 | <see cref="T:System.Object" />.</param> |
||
| 935 | <returns>
|
||
| 936 | true if the specified <see cref="T:System.Object" /> is equal to the |
||
| 937 | current <see cref="T:System.Object" />; otherwise, false. |
||
| 938 | </returns>
|
||
| 939 | </member>
|
||
| 940 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo.GetHashCode"> |
||
| 941 | <summary>
|
||
| 942 | Serves as a hash function for a particular type. |
||
| 943 | </summary>
|
||
| 944 | <returns>A hash code for the current <see cref="T:System.Object" />.</returns> |
||
| 945 | </member>
|
||
| 946 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo.ToString"> |
||
| 947 | <summary>
|
||
| 948 | Returns a string representation of this <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo" />. |
||
| 949 | </summary>
|
||
| 950 | <returns>The input font family string.</returns> |
||
| 951 | </member>
|
||
| 952 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo.DisplayName"> |
||
| 953 | <summary>
|
||
| 954 | Gets the display name. |
||
| 955 | </summary>
|
||
| 956 | <value>The display name.</value> |
||
| 957 | </member>
|
||
| 958 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.Space"> |
||
| 959 | <summary>
|
||
| 960 | Represents space formatting symbol. |
||
| 961 | </summary>
|
||
| 962 | </member>
|
||
| 963 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.Enter"> |
||
| 964 | <summary>
|
||
| 965 | Represents paragraph end formatting symbol. |
||
| 966 | </summary>
|
||
| 967 | </member>
|
||
| 968 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.Tab"> |
||
| 969 | <summary>
|
||
| 970 | Represents tab formatting symbol. |
||
| 971 | </summary>
|
||
| 972 | </member>
|
||
| 973 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.VerticalTab"> |
||
| 974 | <summary>
|
||
| 975 | Represents vertical tab formatting symbol. |
||
| 976 | </summary>
|
||
| 977 | </member>
|
||
| 978 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.LineBreak"> |
||
| 979 | <summary>
|
||
| 980 | Represents line break formatting symbol. |
||
| 981 | </summary>
|
||
| 982 | </member>
|
||
| 983 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.PageBreak"> |
||
| 984 | <summary>
|
||
| 985 | Represents page break formatting symbol. |
||
| 986 | </summary>
|
||
| 987 | </member>
|
||
| 988 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.EnSpace"> |
||
| 989 | <summary>
|
||
| 990 | Represents en space (U+2002) formatting symbol. |
||
| 991 | </summary>
|
||
| 992 | </member>
|
||
| 993 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.EmSpace"> |
||
| 994 | <summary>
|
||
| 995 | Represents em space (U+2003) formatting symbol. |
||
| 996 | </summary>
|
||
| 997 | </member>
|
||
| 998 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.FourPerEmSpace"> |
||
| 999 | <summary>
|
||
| 1000 | Represents four-per-em space (U+2005) formatting symbol. |
||
| 1001 | </summary>
|
||
| 1002 | </member>
|
||
| 1003 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.ZeroWidthSpace"> |
||
| 1004 | <summary>
|
||
| 1005 | Represents zero width space (U+200B) formatting symbol. |
||
| 1006 | </summary>
|
||
| 1007 | </member>
|
||
| 1008 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.IdeographicSpace"> |
||
| 1009 | <summary>
|
||
| 1010 | Represents ideographic space (U+3000) formatting symbol. |
||
| 1011 | </summary>
|
||
| 1012 | </member>
|
||
| 1013 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FormattingSymbols.ColumnBreak"> |
||
| 1014 | <summary>
|
||
| 1015 | Represents column break formatting symbol. |
||
| 1016 | </summary>
|
||
| 1017 | </member>
|
||
| 1018 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.GetRegisteredFonts"> |
||
| 1019 | <summary>
|
||
| 1020 | Gets registered fonts. |
||
| 1021 | </summary>
|
||
| 1022 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1023 | </member>
|
||
| 1024 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.GetRegisteredFontFamilyInfo(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily)"> |
||
| 1025 | <summary>
|
||
| 1026 | Gets the registered FontFamilyInfo. |
||
| 1027 | </summary>
|
||
| 1028 | <param name="fontFamily">The font family.</param> |
||
| 1029 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1030 | </member>
|
||
| 1031 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.HasRegisteredFontFamily(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily)"> |
||
| 1032 | <summary>
|
||
| 1033 | Determines whether the specified font family is registered. |
||
| 1034 | </summary>
|
||
| 1035 | <param name="fontFamily">The font family.</param> |
||
| 1036 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1037 | </member>
|
||
| 1038 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.RegisterFont(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily)"> |
||
| 1039 | <summary>
|
||
| 1040 | Registers a font. |
||
| 1041 | </summary>
|
||
| 1042 | <param name="fontFamily">The font family.</param> |
||
| 1043 | </member>
|
||
| 1044 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.RegisterFont(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo)"> |
||
| 1045 | <summary>
|
||
| 1046 | Registers a FontFamilyInfo. |
||
| 1047 | </summary>
|
||
| 1048 | <param name="fontFamilyInfo">The font family info.</param> |
||
| 1049 | </member>
|
||
| 1050 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.UnregisterFont(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily)"> |
||
| 1051 | <summary>
|
||
| 1052 | Unregisters a font. |
||
| 1053 | </summary>
|
||
| 1054 | <param name="fontFamily">The font to unregister.</param> |
||
| 1055 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1056 | </member>
|
||
| 1057 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontManager.UnregisterFont(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.FontFamilyInfo)"> |
||
| 1058 | <summary>
|
||
| 1059 | Unregisters a FontFamilyInfo. |
||
| 1060 | </summary>
|
||
| 1061 | <param name="fontFamilyInfo">The font family info.</param> |
||
| 1062 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1063 | </member>
|
||
| 1064 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ParagraphLineSegmentInfo.SingleSymbolGapsCount"> |
||
| 1065 | <summary>
|
||
| 1066 | Count of the gaps that are caused by single symbol characters |
||
| 1067 | </summary>
|
||
| 1068 | </member>
|
||
| 1069 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RegisteredFonts"> |
||
| 1070 | <summary>
|
||
| 1071 | Represents observable collection of font families. |
||
| 1072 | </summary>
|
||
| 1073 | </member>
|
||
| 1074 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RegisteredFonts.OnCollectionChanged(System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 1075 | <summary>
|
||
| 1076 | Raises the <see cref="E:CollectionChanged"/> event. |
||
| 1077 | </summary>
|
||
| 1078 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 1079 | </member>
|
||
| 1080 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RegisteredFonts.CollectionChanged"> |
||
| 1081 | <summary>
|
||
| 1082 | Occurs when the items list of the collection has changed, or the collection is reset. |
||
| 1083 | </summary>
|
||
| 1084 | </member>
|
||
| 1085 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionColumnsCalculator.GetVisualColumnsCount"> |
||
| 1086 | <summary>
|
||
| 1087 | Gets the visual columns count. If the collection doesn't have a single column, the text is rendered again in a single column |
||
| 1088 | and thus, we return 1. |
||
| 1089 | </summary>
|
||
| 1090 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1091 | </member>
|
||
| 1092 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionColumnsCalculator.CalculateTotalColumnWidthAspectRatios"> |
||
| 1093 | <summary>
|
||
| 1094 | Gets the total column width part (portion) from the total column widths (all columns sum). |
||
| 1095 | For example, if the section have two columns and the one is 2 times the other, the result is 3. |
||
| 1096 | If the section have 3 equal columns, the result is 3 since each one represents a single part. |
||
| 1097 | </summary>
|
||
| 1098 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1099 | </member>
|
||
| 1100 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.TableCellLayoutBox.UnlinkBoxWithoutChildren(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutBox)"> |
||
| 1101 | <summary>
|
||
| 1102 | Unlinks the box without children and links the new one. The method is invoked when the box to unlink is splitted. |
||
| 1103 | </summary>
|
||
| 1104 | <param name="newBoxToLink">The new box to link.</param> |
||
| 1105 | </member>
|
||
| 1106 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Lists.ListItemStringFormatter.GetListItemString(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 1107 | <summary>
|
||
| 1108 | Gets the list item string. |
||
| 1109 | </summary>
|
||
| 1110 | </member>
|
||
| 1111 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Lists.ListItemStringFormatter.GetListItemStringInternal(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 1112 | <summary>
|
||
| 1113 | Gets the list item string. |
||
| 1114 | </summary>
|
||
| 1115 | <param name="macOSXSaveBulletSymbols">If set to <c>true</c> changes bullet symbol to one that is correctly visualized on MacOSX.</param> |
||
| 1116 | </member>
|
||
| 1117 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 1118 | <summary>
|
||
| 1119 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment"/> class. |
||
| 1120 | </summary>
|
||
| 1121 | <param name="document">The document to be added to the fragment.</param> |
||
| 1122 | </member>
|
||
| 1123 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection)"> |
||
| 1124 | <summary>
|
||
| 1125 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment"/> class. |
||
| 1126 | </summary>
|
||
| 1127 | <param name="documentSelection">The document selection to be added to the fragment.</param> |
||
| 1128 | </member>
|
||
| 1129 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 1130 | <summary>
|
||
| 1131 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment"/> class. |
||
| 1132 | </summary>
|
||
| 1133 | <param name="documentSelection">selection</param> |
||
| 1134 | <param name="includeNonCopyableAnnotationMarkers">If true result fragment will contain non-copyable elements like read-only and permission ranges. Otherwise these elements will be removed from the result fragment.</param> |
||
| 1135 | </member>
|
||
| 1136 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.GetText"> |
||
| 1137 | <summary>
|
||
| 1138 | Converts the fragment to plain text. |
||
| 1139 | </summary>
|
||
| 1140 | <returns>String containing the text representation of the document.</returns> |
||
| 1141 | </member>
|
||
| 1142 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.CreateFromInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 1143 | <summary>
|
||
| 1144 | Creates a fragment from inline. |
||
| 1145 | </summary>
|
||
| 1146 | <param name="inline">The inline to add to the fragment.</param> |
||
| 1147 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1148 | </member>
|
||
| 1149 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.IsLastParagraphClosed"> |
||
| 1150 | <summary>
|
||
| 1151 | Gets a value indicating whether the fragment ends with full paragraph. |
||
| 1152 | </summary>
|
||
| 1153 | <value>
|
||
| 1154 | <c>true</c> if the fragment ends with full paragraph; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 1155 | </value>
|
||
| 1156 | </member>
|
||
| 1157 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 1158 | <summary>
|
||
| 1159 | Gets a value indicating whether the fragment is empty. |
||
| 1160 | </summary>
|
||
| 1161 | <value>
|
||
| 1162 | <c>true</c> if the fragment is empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 1163 | </value>
|
||
| 1164 | </member>
|
||
| 1165 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.ConflictingStylesResolutionMode"> |
||
| 1166 | <summary>
|
||
| 1167 | Describes possible types of conflict resolution when style repositories are merged during <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> merging. |
||
| 1168 | </summary>
|
||
| 1169 | </member>
|
||
| 1170 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.ConflictingStylesResolutionMode.UseTargetStyle"> |
||
| 1171 | <summary>
|
||
| 1172 | Style of the target document will be used. |
||
| 1173 | </summary>
|
||
| 1174 | </member>
|
||
| 1175 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.ConflictingStylesResolutionMode.RenameSourceStyle"> |
||
| 1176 | <summary>
|
||
| 1177 | Style of the source document will be renamed and used. |
||
| 1178 | </summary>
|
||
| 1179 | </member>
|
||
| 1180 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.InsertDocumentOptions"> |
||
| 1181 | <summary>
|
||
| 1182 | Holds different options for controlling the insertion of a source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> to a target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 1183 | </summary>
|
||
| 1184 | </member>
|
||
| 1185 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.MergeDocumentOptionsBase"> |
||
| 1186 | <summary>
|
||
| 1187 | Represents an abstract class which holds different options for controlling the merging |
||
| 1188 | of a source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> to a target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 1189 | </summary>
|
||
| 1190 | </member>
|
||
| 1191 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.MergeDocumentOptionsBase.#ctor"> |
||
| 1192 | <summary>
|
||
| 1193 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.MergeDocumentOptionsBase"/> class. |
||
| 1194 | </summary>
|
||
| 1195 | </member>
|
||
| 1196 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.MergeDocumentOptionsBase.ConflictingStylesResolutionMode"> |
||
| 1197 | <summary>
|
||
| 1198 | Gets or sets the mode used for resolving conflicts between styles with same names. |
||
| 1199 | <para>The default value is <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.ConflictingStylesResolutionMode.RenameSourceStyle"/>.</para> |
||
| 1200 | </summary>
|
||
| 1201 | <value>The conflicting styles resolution mode.</value> |
||
| 1202 | </member>
|
||
| 1203 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.InsertDocumentOptions.#ctor"> |
||
| 1204 | <summary>
|
||
| 1205 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.InsertDocumentOptions"/> class. |
||
| 1206 | </summary>
|
||
| 1207 | </member>
|
||
| 1208 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.InsertDocumentOptions.InsertLastParagraphMarker"> |
||
| 1209 | <summary>
|
||
| 1210 | Gets or sets whether the formatting from the last paragraph in the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> should be obtained. |
||
| 1211 | <para>If the value is <code>true</code>, then a new paragraph with same formatting will be inserted. |
||
| 1212 | Otherwise, only the inlines from that paragraph will be inserted.</para>
|
||
| 1213 | <para>The default value is <code>true</code>.</para> |
||
| 1214 | </summary>
|
||
| 1215 | <value>The insert last paragraph marker.</value> |
||
| 1216 | </member>
|
||
| 1217 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode"> |
||
| 1218 | <summary>
|
||
| 1219 | Describes possible types of resolution when sections are merged during <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> merging. |
||
| 1220 | </summary>
|
||
| 1221 | </member>
|
||
| 1222 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.NoSectionBreak"> |
||
| 1223 | <summary>
|
||
| 1224 | Inserts the document elements from the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/> into the target without a preceding <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType"/>. |
||
| 1225 | </summary>
|
||
| 1226 | </member>
|
||
| 1227 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.Source"> |
||
| 1228 | <summary>
|
||
| 1229 | Inserts a <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType"/> as it is defined in the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/> and preserves its |
||
| 1230 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/>. |
||
| 1231 | </summary>
|
||
| 1232 | </member>
|
||
| 1233 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.Target"> |
||
| 1234 | <summary>
|
||
| 1235 | Inserts a <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType"/> as it is defined in the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/> and copies the |
||
| 1236 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/> from the target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1237 | </summary>
|
||
| 1238 | </member>
|
||
| 1239 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.SourceStartOnNextPage"> |
||
| 1240 | <summary>
|
||
| 1241 | Inserts a <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType.NextPage"/> and preserves the |
||
| 1242 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/> of the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1243 | </summary>
|
||
| 1244 | </member>
|
||
| 1245 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.SourceStartOnEvenPage"> |
||
| 1246 | <summary>
|
||
| 1247 | Inserts a <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType.EvenPage"/> and preserves the |
||
| 1248 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/> of the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1249 | </summary>
|
||
| 1250 | </member>
|
||
| 1251 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.SourceStartOnOddPage"> |
||
| 1252 | <summary>
|
||
| 1253 | Inserts a <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType.OddPage"/> and preserves the |
||
| 1254 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/> of the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1255 | </summary>
|
||
| 1256 | </member>
|
||
| 1257 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.SourceStartContinuous"> |
||
| 1258 | <summary>
|
||
| 1259 | Inserts a <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType.Continuous"/> and preserves the |
||
| 1260 | <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.SectionProperties"/> of the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1261 | </summary>
|
||
| 1262 | </member>
|
||
| 1263 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement.Style"> |
||
| 1264 | <summary>
|
||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | </summary>
|
||
| 1267 | </member>
|
||
| 1268 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement.Tag"> |
||
| 1269 | <summary>
|
||
| 1270 | String property that allows developers to attach custom data to the DocumentElement. |
||
| 1271 | The value of this property will be copied to DocumentElements created out of this DocumentElement during editing. |
||
| 1272 | </summary>
|
||
| 1273 | </member>
|
||
| 1274 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement.DefaultStyleSettings"> |
||
| 1275 | <summary>
|
||
| 1276 | Get or sets StyleDefinition instance that holds default values for properties |
||
| 1277 | </summary>
|
||
| 1278 | </member>
|
||
| 1279 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement.FirstLayoutBoxActual"> |
||
| 1280 | <summary>
|
||
| 1281 | This property is used only for document structure verification. |
||
| 1282 | </summary>
|
||
| 1283 | <value>The actual first layout box.</value> |
||
| 1284 | </member>
|
||
| 1285 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement.LastLayoutBox"> |
||
| 1286 | <summary>
|
||
| 1287 | Traverses AssociatedLayoutBoxes to find the last |
||
| 1288 | </summary>
|
||
| 1289 | </member>
|
||
| 1290 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline.FieldStart"> |
||
| 1291 | <summary>
|
||
| 1292 | Gets the field start of the inner-most field range in which this inline is included. |
||
| 1293 | Note that the property setter is obsolete and does not do anything |
||
| 1294 | </summary>
|
||
| 1295 | <value>
|
||
| 1296 | The field start. |
||
| 1297 | </value>
|
||
| 1298 | </member>
|
||
| 1299 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior"> |
||
| 1300 | <summary>
|
||
| 1301 | Describes the behavior of an annotation in case of delete operation. |
||
| 1302 | </summary>
|
||
| 1303 | </member>
|
||
| 1304 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior.PreserveAnnotation"> |
||
| 1305 | <summary>
|
||
| 1306 | Preserves the annotation, but the content can be modified. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior. |
||
| 1307 | </summary>
|
||
| 1308 | </member>
|
||
| 1309 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior.PreserveAnnotationContent"> |
||
| 1310 | <summary>
|
||
| 1311 | Deprecated. Preserves the annotation and its content from modifications and deleting. Can be used for DeleteSelectedBehavior. |
||
| 1312 | </summary>
|
||
| 1313 | </member>
|
||
| 1314 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior.SelectAnnotation"> |
||
| 1315 | <summary>
|
||
| 1316 | Selects the annotation. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior. |
||
| 1317 | </summary>
|
||
| 1318 | </member>
|
||
| 1319 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior.RemoveAnnotation"> |
||
| 1320 | <summary>
|
||
| 1321 | Removes the annotation, but leaves its content. Can be used for Backspace, Delete and DeleteSelectedBehavior. |
||
| 1322 | </summary>
|
||
| 1323 | </member>
|
||
| 1324 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationMarkerDeleteBehavior.SelectAnnotationMarker"> |
||
| 1325 | <summary>
|
||
| 1326 | Selects the annotation marker. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior. |
||
| 1327 | </summary>
|
||
| 1328 | </member>
|
||
| 1329 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeEnd.CreatePairedStartOnCopy"> |
||
| 1330 | <summary>
|
||
| 1331 | <para>Gets a value indicating whether a new paired <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart"/> will be created during copy operation.</para> |
||
| 1332 | <para>Default value is false.</para> |
||
| 1333 | <para>This property is provided for backward compatibility.</para> |
||
| 1334 | </summary>
|
||
| 1335 | <value>Should pair annotation.</value> |
||
| 1336 | </member>
|
||
| 1337 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BaselineAlignment"> |
||
| 1338 | <summary>
|
||
| 1339 | Describes how the baseline for a text-based element is positioned on the vertical axis, relative to the established baseline for text. |
||
| 1340 | </summary>
|
||
| 1341 | </member>
|
||
| 1342 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BaselineAlignment.Baseline"> |
||
| 1343 | <summary>
|
||
| 1344 | A baseline that is aligned at the actual baseline of the containing box. |
||
| 1345 | </summary>
|
||
| 1346 | </member>
|
||
| 1347 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BaselineAlignment.Subscript"> |
||
| 1348 | <summary>
|
||
| 1349 | A baseline that is aligned at the subscript position of the containing box. |
||
| 1350 | </summary>
|
||
| 1351 | </member>
|
||
| 1352 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BaselineAlignment.Superscript"> |
||
| 1353 | <summary>
|
||
| 1354 | A baseline that is aligned at the superscript position of the containing box. |
||
| 1355 | </summary>
|
||
| 1356 | </member>
|
||
| 1357 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Break.#ctor"> |
||
| 1358 | <summary>
|
||
| 1359 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Break"/> class of type LineBreak. |
||
| 1360 | </summary>
|
||
| 1361 | </member>
|
||
| 1362 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Break.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BreakType)"> |
||
| 1363 | <summary>
|
||
| 1364 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Break"/> class. |
||
| 1365 | </summary>
|
||
| 1366 | <param name="type">The break type.</param> |
||
| 1367 | </member>
|
||
| 1368 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Break.BreakType"> |
||
| 1369 | <summary>
|
||
| 1370 | Gets the type of the break. |
||
| 1371 | </summary>
|
||
| 1372 | <value>The type of the break.</value> |
||
| 1373 | </member>
|
||
| 1374 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BreakType"> |
||
| 1375 | <summary>
|
||
| 1376 | Defines different break types. |
||
| 1377 | </summary>
|
||
| 1378 | </member>
|
||
| 1379 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BreakType.LineBreak"> |
||
| 1380 | <summary>
|
||
| 1381 | Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next line in the document. |
||
| 1382 | </summary>
|
||
| 1383 | </member>
|
||
| 1384 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BreakType.PageBreak"> |
||
| 1385 | <summary>
|
||
| 1386 | Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next page of the document. |
||
| 1387 | </summary>
|
||
| 1388 | </member>
|
||
| 1389 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BreakType.ColumnBreak"> |
||
| 1390 | <summary>
|
||
| 1391 | Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next available text column in the document. |
||
| 1392 | </summary>
|
||
| 1393 | </member>
|
||
| 1394 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.AppendDocumentOptions"> |
||
| 1395 | <summary>
|
||
| 1396 | Holds different options for controlling the appending of a source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> to a target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 1397 | </summary>
|
||
| 1398 | </member>
|
||
| 1399 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.AppendDocumentOptions.#ctor"> |
||
| 1400 | <summary>
|
||
| 1401 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.AppendDocumentOptions"/> class. |
||
| 1402 | </summary>
|
||
| 1403 | </member>
|
||
| 1404 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.AppendDocumentOptions.FirstSourceSectionPropertiesResolutionMode"> |
||
| 1405 | <summary>
|
||
| 1406 | Gets or sets the first section properties resolution mode. |
||
| 1407 | <para>The default value is <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.SectionPropertiesResolutionMode.Source"/>.</para> |
||
| 1408 | </summary>
|
||
| 1409 | <value>The section properties resolution mode.</value> |
||
| 1410 | </member>
|
||
| 1411 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger"> |
||
| 1412 | <summary>
|
||
| 1413 | Represents an utility class which is used for merging <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> instances at specific positions and their corresponding styles. |
||
| 1414 | </summary>
|
||
| 1415 | </member>
|
||
| 1416 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 1417 | <summary>
|
||
| 1418 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger"/> class. |
||
| 1419 | </summary>
|
||
| 1420 | <param name="targetDocument">The target document.</param> |
||
| 1421 | </member>
|
||
| 1422 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.AppendDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 1423 | <summary>
|
||
| 1424 | Appends the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> to the target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> end. |
||
| 1425 | </summary>
|
||
| 1426 | <param name="sourceDocument">The source document.</param> |
||
| 1427 | </member>
|
||
| 1428 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.AppendDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.AppendDocumentOptions)"> |
||
| 1429 | <summary>
|
||
| 1430 | Appends the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> to the target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> end. |
||
| 1431 | </summary>
|
||
| 1432 | <param name="sourceDocument">The source document.</param> |
||
| 1433 | <param name="appendDocumentOptions">The append document options.</param> |
||
| 1434 | </member>
|
||
| 1435 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.InsertDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 1436 | <summary>
|
||
| 1437 | Inserts the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> document at the caret position in the target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 1438 | </summary>
|
||
| 1439 | <param name="sourceDocument">The source document.</param> |
||
| 1440 | </member>
|
||
| 1441 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.InsertDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.InsertDocumentOptions)"> |
||
| 1442 | <summary>
|
||
| 1443 | Inserts the source <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> document at the caret position in the target <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 1444 | </summary>
|
||
| 1445 | <param name="sourceDocument">The source document.</param> |
||
| 1446 | <param name="insertDocumentOptions">The insert document options.</param> |
||
| 1447 | </member>
|
||
| 1448 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Merging.RadDocumentMerger.Document"> |
||
| 1449 | <summary>
|
||
| 1450 | Gets the target document. |
||
| 1451 | </summary>
|
||
| 1452 | <value>The document.</value> |
||
| 1453 | </member>
|
||
| 1454 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"> |
||
| 1455 | <summary>
|
||
| 1456 | Represents a text column in a <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 1457 | </summary>
|
||
| 1458 | </member>
|
||
| 1459 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn.#ctor"> |
||
| 1460 | <summary>
|
||
| 1461 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"/> class. |
||
| 1462 | </summary>
|
||
| 1463 | </member>
|
||
| 1464 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn.#ctor(System.Double)"> |
||
| 1465 | <summary>
|
||
| 1466 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"/> class. |
||
| 1467 | </summary>
|
||
| 1468 | <param name="width">The column width.</param> |
||
| 1469 | </member>
|
||
| 1470 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn.#ctor(System.Double,System.Double)"> |
||
| 1471 | <summary>
|
||
| 1472 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"/> class. |
||
| 1473 | </summary>
|
||
| 1474 | <param name="width">The column width.</param> |
||
| 1475 | <param name="spacingAfter">The space after the column.</param> |
||
| 1476 | </member>
|
||
| 1477 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn.Width"> |
||
| 1478 | <summary>
|
||
| 1479 | Gets or sets the column width. |
||
| 1480 | </summary>
|
||
| 1481 | <value>The column width.</value> |
||
| 1482 | </member>
|
||
| 1483 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn.SpacingAfter"> |
||
| 1484 | <summary>
|
||
| 1485 | Gets or sets the space after the column. |
||
| 1486 | </summary>
|
||
| 1487 | <value>The spacing after.</value> |
||
| 1488 | </member>
|
||
| 1489 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.EvaluationContext"> |
||
| 1490 | <summary>
|
||
| 1491 | Represents the evaluation context of a field. |
||
| 1492 | </summary>
|
||
| 1493 | </member>
|
||
| 1494 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.EvaluationContext.Document"> |
||
| 1495 | <summary>
|
||
| 1496 | Gets the document. |
||
| 1497 | </summary>
|
||
| 1498 | <value>The document.</value> |
||
| 1499 | </member>
|
||
| 1500 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.EvaluationContext.MainDocument"> |
||
| 1501 | <summary>
|
||
| 1502 | Gets the main document. This property is null if the field is not in a child document. |
||
| 1503 | </summary>
|
||
| 1504 | <value>The main document.</value> |
||
| 1505 | </member>
|
||
| 1506 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.EvaluationContext.AssociatedLayoutBoxInMainDocument"> |
||
| 1507 | <summary>
|
||
| 1508 | Gets the associated layout box in main document. This property is null if the field is not in a child document. |
||
| 1509 | </summary>
|
||
| 1510 | <value>The associated layout box in main document.</value> |
||
| 1511 | </member>
|
||
| 1512 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldsUpdateManager"> |
||
| 1513 | <summary>
|
||
| 1514 | Manager class that hosts field updates logic. |
||
| 1515 | </summary>
|
||
| 1516 | </member>
|
||
| 1517 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldsUpdateManager.RegisterFieldUpdatePriority(System.Type,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 1518 | <summary>
|
||
| 1519 | Registers the update priority for field of given type. |
||
| 1520 | </summary>
|
||
| 1521 | <param name="fieldType">Type of the field.</param> |
||
| 1522 | <param name="priority">The priority.</param> |
||
| 1523 | </member>
|
||
| 1524 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldsUpdateManager.RegisterFieldUpdateInfo(System.Type,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo)"> |
||
| 1525 | <summary>
|
||
| 1526 | Registers the update priority for field of given type. |
||
| 1527 | </summary>
|
||
| 1528 | <param name="fieldType">Type of the field.</param> |
||
| 1529 | <param name="fieldTypeUpdateInfo">Information needed for updating a field.</param> |
||
| 1530 | </member>
|
||
| 1531 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.HeaderFooterFieldUpdateBehavior"> |
||
| 1532 | <summary>
|
||
| 1533 | Defines the update behaviour of a field when it is in header/footer. |
||
| 1534 | </summary>
|
||
| 1535 | </member>
|
||
| 1536 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.HeaderFooterFieldUpdateBehavior.OnShowing"> |
||
| 1537 | <summary>
|
||
| 1538 | Defines the field should be updated on layout pass. For example when header/footer is showing. |
||
| 1539 | <para>The default field update behavior value.</para> |
||
| 1540 | </summary>
|
||
| 1541 | </member>
|
||
| 1542 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.HeaderFooterFieldUpdateBehavior.Explicit"> |
||
| 1543 | <summary>
|
||
| 1544 | Defines the field should be updated when explicit update is performed. |
||
| 1545 | </summary>
|
||
| 1546 | </member>
|
||
| 1547 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"> |
||
| 1548 | <summary>
|
||
| 1549 | Holds information used when specific field type is updated as part of updating all fields in the document. |
||
| 1550 | </summary>
|
||
| 1551 | </member>
|
||
| 1552 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.#ctor"> |
||
| 1553 | <summary>
|
||
| 1554 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/> class. |
||
| 1555 | </summary>
|
||
| 1556 | </member>
|
||
| 1557 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.GetHashCode"> |
||
| 1558 | <summary>
|
||
| 1559 | Serves as a hash function for a particular type. |
||
| 1560 | </summary>
|
||
| 1561 | <returns>A hash code for the current <see cref="T:System.Object" />.</returns> |
||
| 1562 | </member>
|
||
| 1563 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.Equals(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo)"> |
||
| 1564 | <summary>
|
||
| 1565 | Determines whether the specified <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/> is equal |
||
| 1566 | to the current <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/>. |
||
| 1567 | </summary>
|
||
| 1568 | <param name="other">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/> instance to compare with the current object.</param> |
||
| 1569 | <returns>
|
||
| 1570 | true if the specified <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/> is equal to the |
||
| 1571 | current <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo"/>; otherwise, false. |
||
| 1572 | </returns>
|
||
| 1573 | </member>
|
||
| 1574 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.Equals(System.Object)"> |
||
| 1575 | <summary>
|
||
| 1576 | Determines whether the specified <see cref="T:System.Object" /> is equal |
||
| 1577 | to the current <see cref="T:System.Object" />. |
||
| 1578 | </summary>
|
||
| 1579 | <param name="obj">The object to compare with the current object.</param> |
||
| 1580 | <returns>
|
||
| 1581 | true if the specified <see cref="T:System.Object" /> is equal to the |
||
| 1582 | current <see cref="T:System.Object" />; otherwise, false. |
||
| 1583 | </returns>
|
||
| 1584 | </member>
|
||
| 1585 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.Priority"> |
||
| 1586 | <summary>
|
||
| 1587 | Gets or sets the priority of the field update operation. |
||
| 1588 | </summary>
|
||
| 1589 | <value>The priority.</value> |
||
| 1590 | </member>
|
||
| 1591 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.FieldTypeUpdateInfo.NeedsPagination"> |
||
| 1592 | <summary>
|
||
| 1593 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document have to be paginated during the field update operation. |
||
| 1594 | </summary>
|
||
| 1595 | <value>The needs pagination.</value> |
||
| 1596 | </member>
|
||
| 1597 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IReadOnlyRangeMarker"> |
||
| 1598 | <summary>
|
||
| 1599 | Indicator interface for annotation markers denoting read-only ranges. |
||
| 1600 | </summary>
|
||
| 1601 | </member>
|
||
| 1602 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.RegisterCodeLanguage(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ITagger{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ClassificationTag})"> |
||
| 1603 | <summary>
|
||
| 1604 | Registers a code language and its corresponding tagger. |
||
| 1605 | </summary>
|
||
| 1606 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1607 | <param name="tagger">The tagger.</param> |
||
| 1608 | </member>
|
||
| 1609 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.UnregisterCodeLanguage(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage)"> |
||
| 1610 | <summary>
|
||
| 1611 | Un-registers a code language and its corresponding tagger. |
||
| 1612 | </summary>
|
||
| 1613 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1614 | </member>
|
||
| 1615 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.RegisterClassificationType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ClassificationType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 1616 | <summary>
|
||
| 1617 | Registers classification type and its corresponding style. |
||
| 1618 | </summary>
|
||
| 1619 | <param name="type">The classification type.</param> |
||
| 1620 | <param name="styleDefinition">The style definition.</param> |
||
| 1621 | </member>
|
||
| 1622 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.RegisterClassificationType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ClassificationType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 1623 | <summary>
|
||
| 1624 | Registers classification type for a specific code language and its corresponding style. |
||
| 1625 | </summary>
|
||
| 1626 | <param name="type">The type.</param> |
||
| 1627 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1628 | <param name="styleDefinition">The style definition.</param> |
||
| 1629 | </member>
|
||
| 1630 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.UnregisterClassificationType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ClassificationType)"> |
||
| 1631 | <summary>
|
||
| 1632 | Un-registers classification type and its corresponding style. |
||
| 1633 | </summary>
|
||
| 1634 | <param name="type">The classification type.</param> |
||
| 1635 | </member>
|
||
| 1636 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.UnregisterClassificationType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.ClassificationType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage)"> |
||
| 1637 | <summary>
|
||
| 1638 | Un-registers classification type for a specific code language and its corresponding style. |
||
| 1639 | </summary>
|
||
| 1640 | <param name="type">The type.</param> |
||
| 1641 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1642 | </member>
|
||
| 1643 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.GetCodeLanguages"> |
||
| 1644 | <summary>
|
||
| 1645 | Gets all registered the code languages. |
||
| 1646 | </summary>
|
||
| 1647 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1648 | </member>
|
||
| 1649 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.GetFormattedFragment(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings)"> |
||
| 1650 | <summary>
|
||
| 1651 | Creates fragment containing formatted code block. |
||
| 1652 | </summary>
|
||
| 1653 | <param name="code">The code.</param> |
||
| 1654 | <param name="settings">The settings.</param> |
||
| 1655 | <returns>DocumentFragments with formatted code block</returns> |
||
| 1656 | </member>
|
||
| 1657 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter.GetTagger(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage)"> |
||
| 1658 | <summary>
|
||
| 1659 | Gets the tagger registered for a specific code language. |
||
| 1660 | </summary>
|
||
| 1661 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1662 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1663 | </member>
|
||
| 1664 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings"> |
||
| 1665 | <summary>
|
||
| 1666 | Represents setting used from <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormatter"/> to format source code . |
||
| 1667 | </summary>
|
||
| 1668 | </member>
|
||
| 1669 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguage)"> |
||
| 1670 | <summary>
|
||
| 1671 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings"/> class. You can use the predefined languages from <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeLanguages"/> class, or create custom ones. |
||
| 1672 | </summary>
|
||
| 1673 | <param name="codeLanguage">The code language.</param> |
||
| 1674 | </member>
|
||
| 1675 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings.CodeLanguage"> |
||
| 1676 | <summary>
|
||
| 1677 | Gets or sets the code language. |
||
| 1678 | </summary>
|
||
| 1679 | <value>The code language.</value> |
||
| 1680 | </member>
|
||
| 1681 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings.IsLineNumberingEnabled"> |
||
| 1682 | <summary>
|
||
| 1683 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether line numbering is enabled. |
||
| 1684 | </summary>
|
||
| 1685 | </member>
|
||
| 1686 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings.IsAlternatingLinesEnabled"> |
||
| 1687 | <summary>
|
||
| 1688 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether lines are formatted with alternating styles. |
||
| 1689 | </summary>
|
||
| 1690 | </member>
|
||
| 1691 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.RegexTagger.GetKeywordsRegex(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{System.String})"> |
||
| 1692 | <summary>
|
||
| 1693 | Creates regular expression by a list of keywords. |
||
| 1694 | </summary>
|
||
| 1695 | <param name="keywords">A list of keywords.</param> |
||
| 1696 | </member>
|
||
| 1697 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentEnvironment.NewLine"> |
||
| 1698 | <summary>
|
||
| 1699 | Represents platform independent new line constant. |
||
| 1700 | </summary>
|
||
| 1701 | </member>
|
||
| 1702 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field.EvaluationContext"> |
||
| 1703 | <summary>
|
||
| 1704 | Gets the evaluation context of a field. |
||
| 1705 | </summary>
|
||
| 1706 | <value>The evaluation context.</value> |
||
| 1707 | </member>
|
||
| 1708 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.NumPagesField"> |
||
| 1709 | <summary>
|
||
| 1710 | Represents document field that displays the total number of pages in the document. |
||
| 1711 | </summary>
|
||
| 1712 | </member>
|
||
| 1713 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer"> |
||
| 1714 | <summary>
|
||
| 1715 | Represents a document footer. |
||
| 1716 | </summary>
|
||
| 1717 | </member>
|
||
| 1718 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase"> |
||
| 1719 | <summary>
|
||
| 1720 | Provides the base functionality for <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header"/> and <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer"/> classes. |
||
| 1721 | </summary>
|
||
| 1722 | </member>
|
||
| 1723 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.#ctor"> |
||
| 1724 | <summary>
|
||
| 1725 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase"/> class. |
||
| 1726 | </summary>
|
||
| 1727 | </member>
|
||
| 1728 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase)"> |
||
| 1729 | <summary>
|
||
| 1730 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase"/> class. |
||
| 1731 | </summary>
|
||
| 1732 | <param name="headerFooterBase">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase"/> to clone.</param> |
||
| 1733 | </member>
|
||
| 1734 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.OnChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 1735 | <summary>
|
||
| 1736 | Raises the <see cref="E:Changed"/> event. |
||
| 1737 | </summary>
|
||
| 1738 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 1739 | </member>
|
||
| 1740 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.Body"> |
||
| 1741 | <summary>
|
||
| 1742 | Gets or sets the body document. |
||
| 1743 | </summary>
|
||
| 1744 | <value>
|
||
| 1745 | The body document. |
||
| 1746 | </value>
|
||
| 1747 | </member>
|
||
| 1748 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.Size"> |
||
| 1749 | <summary>
|
||
| 1750 | Gets the size. |
||
| 1751 | </summary>
|
||
| 1752 | </member>
|
||
| 1753 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.ContentSize"> |
||
| 1754 | <summary>
|
||
| 1755 | Gets the document content size without padding. |
||
| 1756 | </summary>
|
||
| 1757 | </member>
|
||
| 1758 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 1759 | <summary>
|
||
| 1760 | Gets a value indicating whether header/footer is empty. |
||
| 1761 | </summary>
|
||
| 1762 | <value>
|
||
| 1763 | <c>true</c> if header/footer is empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 1764 | </value>
|
||
| 1765 | </member>
|
||
| 1766 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterBase.Changed"> |
||
| 1767 | <summary>
|
||
| 1768 | Occurs when header/footer body document is changed. |
||
| 1769 | </summary>
|
||
| 1770 | </member>
|
||
| 1771 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer.#ctor"> |
||
| 1772 | <summary>
|
||
| 1773 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer"/> class. |
||
| 1774 | </summary>
|
||
| 1775 | </member>
|
||
| 1776 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 1777 | <summary>
|
||
| 1778 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer"/> class. |
||
| 1779 | </summary>
|
||
| 1780 | <param name="footer">The footer to clone.</param> |
||
| 1781 | </member>
|
||
| 1782 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footers"> |
||
| 1783 | <summary>
|
||
| 1784 | Provides access to all footers of the document. |
||
| 1785 | </summary>
|
||
| 1786 | </member>
|
||
| 1787 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1"> |
||
| 1788 | <summary>
|
||
| 1789 | Provides the base functionality for <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Headers"/> and <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footers"/> classes. |
||
| 1790 | </summary>
|
||
| 1791 | <typeparam name="T">Should be <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header"/> or <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer"/>.</typeparam> |
||
| 1792 | </member>
|
||
| 1793 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.#ctor"> |
||
| 1794 | <summary>
|
||
| 1795 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1"/> class. |
||
| 1796 | </summary>
|
||
| 1797 | </member>
|
||
| 1798 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.OnChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 1799 | <summary>
|
||
| 1800 | Raises the <see cref="E:Changed"/> event. |
||
| 1801 | </summary>
|
||
| 1802 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 1803 | </member>
|
||
| 1804 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.First"> |
||
| 1805 | <summary>
|
||
| 1806 | Gets or sets the first page header/footer. |
||
| 1807 | </summary>
|
||
| 1808 | <value>
|
||
| 1809 | The first page header/footer. |
||
| 1810 | </value>
|
||
| 1811 | </member>
|
||
| 1812 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.Default"> |
||
| 1813 | <summary>
|
||
| 1814 | Gets or sets the default (odd) page header/footer. |
||
| 1815 | </summary>
|
||
| 1816 | <value>
|
||
| 1817 | The default (odd) page header/footer. |
||
| 1818 | </value>
|
||
| 1819 | </member>
|
||
| 1820 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.Even"> |
||
| 1821 | <summary>
|
||
| 1822 | Gets or sets the even page header/footer. |
||
| 1823 | </summary>
|
||
| 1824 | <value>
|
||
| 1825 | The even page header/footer. |
||
| 1826 | </value>
|
||
| 1827 | </member>
|
||
| 1828 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 1829 | <summary>
|
||
| 1830 | Gets a value indicating whether documents in First, Default and Even are empty. |
||
| 1831 | </summary>
|
||
| 1832 | <value>
|
||
| 1833 | <c>true</c> if documents in First, Default and Even are empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 1834 | </value>
|
||
| 1835 | </member>
|
||
| 1836 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeadersFootersBase`1.Changed"> |
||
| 1837 | <summary>
|
||
| 1838 | Occurs when header/footer is changed. |
||
| 1839 | </summary>
|
||
| 1840 | </member>
|
||
| 1841 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header"> |
||
| 1842 | <summary>
|
||
| 1843 | Represents a document header. |
||
| 1844 | </summary>
|
||
| 1845 | </member>
|
||
| 1846 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header.#ctor"> |
||
| 1847 | <summary>
|
||
| 1848 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header"/> class. |
||
| 1849 | </summary>
|
||
| 1850 | </member>
|
||
| 1851 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 1852 | <summary>
|
||
| 1853 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header"/> class. |
||
| 1854 | </summary>
|
||
| 1855 | <param name="header">The header to clone.</param> |
||
| 1856 | </member>
|
||
| 1857 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header.WatermarkSettings"> |
||
| 1858 | <summary>
|
||
| 1859 | Gets or sets the watermark settings. |
||
| 1860 | </summary>
|
||
| 1861 | <value>
|
||
| 1862 | The watermark settings. |
||
| 1863 | </value>
|
||
| 1864 | </member>
|
||
| 1865 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 1866 | <summary>
|
||
| 1867 | Gets a value indicating whether header/footer is empty. |
||
| 1868 | </summary>
|
||
| 1869 | <value>
|
||
| 1870 | <c>true</c> if header/footer is empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 1871 | </value>
|
||
| 1872 | </member>
|
||
| 1873 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType"> |
||
| 1874 | <summary>
|
||
| 1875 | Specifies the type of header/footer. |
||
| 1876 | </summary>
|
||
| 1877 | </member>
|
||
| 1878 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType.Default"> |
||
| 1879 | <summary>
|
||
| 1880 | Default header or footer. |
||
| 1881 | </summary>
|
||
| 1882 | </member>
|
||
| 1883 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType.First"> |
||
| 1884 | <summary>
|
||
| 1885 | Header or footer for first section page. |
||
| 1886 | </summary>
|
||
| 1887 | </member>
|
||
| 1888 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType.Even"> |
||
| 1889 | <summary>
|
||
| 1890 | Header or footer for even pages. |
||
| 1891 | </summary>
|
||
| 1892 | </member>
|
||
| 1893 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Headers"> |
||
| 1894 | <summary>
|
||
| 1895 | Provides access to all headers of the document. |
||
| 1896 | </summary>
|
||
| 1897 | </member>
|
||
| 1898 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor"> |
||
| 1899 | <summary>
|
||
| 1900 | Defines <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument">RadDocument</see> editor. |
||
| 1901 | </summary>
|
||
| 1902 | </member>
|
||
| 1903 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment)"> |
||
| 1904 | <summary>
|
||
| 1905 | Inserts a fragment at current caret position. |
||
| 1906 | </summary>
|
||
| 1907 | <param name="documentFragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 1908 | </member>
|
||
| 1909 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 1910 | <summary>
|
||
| 1911 | Inserts a fragment at specified position. |
||
| 1912 | </summary>
|
||
| 1913 | <param name="documentFragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 1914 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the fragment at.</param> |
||
| 1915 | </member>
|
||
| 1916 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 1917 | <summary>
|
||
| 1918 | Inserts inline element into the document. |
||
| 1919 | </summary>
|
||
| 1920 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 1921 | </member>
|
||
| 1922 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 1923 | <summary>
|
||
| 1924 | Inserts inline element into the document. |
||
| 1925 | </summary>
|
||
| 1926 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 1927 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the inline at.</param> |
||
| 1928 | </member>
|
||
| 1929 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.IDocumentEditor.Document"> |
||
| 1930 | <summary>
|
||
| 1931 | Gets the current document. |
||
| 1932 | </summary>
|
||
| 1933 | </member>
|
||
| 1934 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineBreakingRule.#ctor"> |
||
| 1935 | <summary>
|
||
| 1936 | This constructor supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 1937 | </summary>
|
||
| 1938 | </member>
|
||
| 1939 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineBreakingRule.Characters"> |
||
| 1940 | <summary>
|
||
| 1941 | Gets a read-only collection of the characters for which the rule will be applied. |
||
| 1942 | </summary>
|
||
| 1943 | <value>The characters.</value> |
||
| 1944 | </member>
|
||
| 1945 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineBreakingRule.Language"> |
||
| 1946 | <summary>
|
||
| 1947 | Gets the language for which the rule will be applied. |
||
| 1948 | </summary>
|
||
| 1949 | <value>The language.</value> |
||
| 1950 | </member>
|
||
| 1951 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineBreakingRule.CharactersString"> |
||
| 1952 | <summary>
|
||
| 1953 | This property supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 1954 | </summary>
|
||
| 1955 | </member>
|
||
| 1956 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineBreakingRule.LanguageInfo"> |
||
| 1957 | <summary>
|
||
| 1958 | This property supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 1959 | </summary>
|
||
| 1960 | </member>
|
||
| 1961 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionType,System.String)"> |
||
| 1962 | <summary>
|
||
| 1963 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo"/> class. |
||
| 1964 | </summary>
|
||
| 1965 | <param name="name">The name.</param> |
||
| 1966 | <param name="type">The type.</param> |
||
| 1967 | <param name="displayName">The display name.</param> |
||
| 1968 | </member>
|
||
| 1969 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo.CreateEveryonePermissionInfo"> |
||
| 1970 | <summary>
|
||
| 1971 | Creates an 'Everyone' permission. |
||
| 1972 | </summary>
|
||
| 1973 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 1974 | </member>
|
||
| 1975 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo.Type"> |
||
| 1976 | <summary>
|
||
| 1977 | Gets the type of the permission. |
||
| 1978 | </summary>
|
||
| 1979 | <value>
|
||
| 1980 | The type of the permission. |
||
| 1981 | </value>
|
||
| 1982 | </member>
|
||
| 1983 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo.Name"> |
||
| 1984 | <summary>
|
||
| 1985 | Gets the name of the permission. |
||
| 1986 | </summary>
|
||
| 1987 | <value>
|
||
| 1988 | The name of the permission. |
||
| 1989 | </value>
|
||
| 1990 | </member>
|
||
| 1991 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfo.DisplayName"> |
||
| 1992 | <summary>
|
||
| 1993 | Gets the display name. |
||
| 1994 | </summary>
|
||
| 1995 | </member>
|
||
| 1996 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo.Type"> |
||
| 1997 | <summary>
|
||
| 1998 | Gets or sets the type of the permission. |
||
| 1999 | </summary>
|
||
| 2000 | <value>
|
||
| 2001 | The type of the permission. |
||
| 2002 | </value>
|
||
| 2003 | </member>
|
||
| 2004 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo.Name"> |
||
| 2005 | <summary>
|
||
| 2006 | Gets or sets the name of the permission. |
||
| 2007 | </summary>
|
||
| 2008 | <value>
|
||
| 2009 | The name of the permission. |
||
| 2010 | </value>
|
||
| 2011 | </member>
|
||
| 2012 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo.Color"> |
||
| 2013 | <summary>
|
||
| 2014 | Gets the color for this permission. |
||
| 2015 | </summary>
|
||
| 2016 | </member>
|
||
| 2017 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor"> |
||
| 2018 | <summary>
|
||
| 2019 | Defines <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument">RadDocument</see> editor. |
||
| 2020 | </summary>
|
||
| 2021 | </member>
|
||
| 2022 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 2023 | <summary>
|
||
| 2024 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor"/> class. |
||
| 2025 | </summary>
|
||
| 2026 | <param name="document">The document.</param> |
||
| 2027 | </member>
|
||
| 2028 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Undo"> |
||
| 2029 | <summary>
|
||
| 2030 | Reverts last executed command group. |
||
| 2031 | </summary>
|
||
| 2032 | </member>
|
||
| 2033 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Redo"> |
||
| 2034 | <summary>
|
||
| 2035 | Re-executes the last undone command group. |
||
| 2036 | </summary>
|
||
| 2037 | </member>
|
||
| 2038 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.BeginUndoGroup"> |
||
| 2039 | <summary>
|
||
| 2040 | Begins new undo group. |
||
| 2041 | </summary>
|
||
| 2042 | </member>
|
||
| 2043 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.CancelUndoGroup"> |
||
| 2044 | <summary>
|
||
| 2045 | Cancels current undo group. |
||
| 2046 | </summary>
|
||
| 2047 | </member>
|
||
| 2048 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.EndUndoGroup"> |
||
| 2049 | <summary>
|
||
| 2050 | Closes current undo group. |
||
| 2051 | </summary>
|
||
| 2052 | </member>
|
||
| 2053 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.EndUndoGroup(System.String)"> |
||
| 2054 | <summary>
|
||
| 2055 | Closes current undo group. |
||
| 2056 | </summary>
|
||
| 2057 | <param name="groupDisplayText">The display text which will be used for the undo group.</param> |
||
| 2058 | </member>
|
||
| 2059 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertBookmark(System.String)"> |
||
| 2060 | <summary>
|
||
| 2061 | Inserts a bookmark. |
||
| 2062 | </summary>
|
||
| 2063 | <param name="bookmarkName">Name of the bookmark.</param> |
||
| 2064 | </member>
|
||
| 2065 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteBookmark(System.String)"> |
||
| 2066 | <summary>
|
||
| 2067 | Deletes a bookmark. |
||
| 2068 | </summary>
|
||
| 2069 | <param name="bookmarkName">Name of the bookmark.</param> |
||
| 2070 | </member>
|
||
| 2071 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteBookmark(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BookmarkRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2072 | <summary>
|
||
| 2073 | Deletes a bookmark. |
||
| 2074 | </summary>
|
||
| 2075 | <param name="bookmarkRangeStart">The bookmark range start.</param> |
||
| 2076 | </member>
|
||
| 2077 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 2078 | <summary>
|
||
| 2079 | Inserts a comment. |
||
| 2080 | </summary>
|
||
| 2081 | <param name="comment">The comment.</param> |
||
| 2082 | </member>
|
||
| 2083 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteComment"> |
||
| 2084 | <summary>
|
||
| 2085 | Deletes the current comment. |
||
| 2086 | </summary>
|
||
| 2087 | </member>
|
||
| 2088 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CommentRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2089 | <summary>
|
||
| 2090 | Deletes a comment. |
||
| 2091 | </summary>
|
||
| 2092 | <param name="commentRangeStart">The comment range start.</param> |
||
| 2093 | </member>
|
||
| 2094 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteAllComments"> |
||
| 2095 | <summary>
|
||
| 2096 | Deletes all comments in the document. |
||
| 2097 | </summary>
|
||
| 2098 | </member>
|
||
| 2099 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertPermissionRange(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo})"> |
||
| 2100 | <summary>
|
||
| 2101 | Inserts new permission range. |
||
| 2102 | </summary>
|
||
| 2103 | <param name="permissionInfos">The permissions for the new range.</param> |
||
| 2104 | </member>
|
||
| 2105 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeletePermissionRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2106 | <summary>
|
||
| 2107 | Deletes a permission range. |
||
| 2108 | </summary>
|
||
| 2109 | <param name="permissionRangeStart">The permission range start.</param> |
||
| 2110 | </member>
|
||
| 2111 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UpdatePermissionRanges(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo},System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo})"> |
||
| 2112 | <summary>
|
||
| 2113 | Updates the permissions of the current selection. |
||
| 2114 | </summary>
|
||
| 2115 | <param name="permissionsToAdd">Permissions to add.</param> |
||
| 2116 | <param name="permissionsToRemove">Permissions to remove.</param> |
||
| 2117 | </member>
|
||
| 2118 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertReadOnlyRange"> |
||
| 2119 | <summary>
|
||
| 2120 | Inserts a read only range. |
||
| 2121 | </summary>
|
||
| 2122 | </member>
|
||
| 2123 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteReadOnlyRange"> |
||
| 2124 | <summary>
|
||
| 2125 | Deletes the current read only range. |
||
| 2126 | </summary>
|
||
| 2127 | </member>
|
||
| 2128 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteReadOnlyRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ReadOnlyRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2129 | <summary>
|
||
| 2130 | Deletes read only range. |
||
| 2131 | </summary>
|
||
| 2132 | <param name="readOnlyRangeStart">The read only range that is to be deleted.</param> |
||
| 2133 | </member>
|
||
| 2134 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertFootnote"> |
||
| 2135 | <summary>
|
||
| 2136 | Inserts footnote at the current position. |
||
| 2137 | </summary>
|
||
| 2138 | </member>
|
||
| 2139 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertFootnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 2140 | <summary>
|
||
| 2141 | Inserts the footnote at the current position. |
||
| 2142 | </summary>
|
||
| 2143 | <param name="footnote">The footnote.</param> |
||
| 2144 | </member>
|
||
| 2145 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertEndnote"> |
||
| 2146 | <summary>
|
||
| 2147 | Inserts endnote at the current position. |
||
| 2148 | </summary>
|
||
| 2149 | </member>
|
||
| 2150 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertEndnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 2151 | <summary>
|
||
| 2152 | Inserts the endnote at the current position. |
||
| 2153 | </summary>
|
||
| 2154 | <param name="endnote">The endnote.</param> |
||
| 2155 | </member>
|
||
| 2156 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo)"> |
||
| 2157 | <summary>
|
||
| 2158 | Inserts a hyperlink in the document. The hyperlink will be created around the current selection. |
||
| 2159 | </summary>
|
||
| 2160 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 2161 | </member>
|
||
| 2162 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.String)"> |
||
| 2163 | <summary>
|
||
| 2164 | Inserts a hyperlink in the document. |
||
| 2165 | </summary>
|
||
| 2166 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 2167 | <param name="hyperlinkText">The hyperlink text.</param> |
||
| 2168 | </member>
|
||
| 2169 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline})"> |
||
| 2170 | <summary>
|
||
| 2171 | Inserts a hyperlink in the document. |
||
| 2172 | </summary>
|
||
| 2173 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 2174 | <param name="inlines">The inlines in the hyperlink.</param> |
||
| 2175 | </member>
|
||
| 2176 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteHyperlink"> |
||
| 2177 | <summary>
|
||
| 2178 | Deletes the current hyperlink. |
||
| 2179 | </summary>
|
||
| 2180 | </member>
|
||
| 2181 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2182 | <summary>
|
||
| 2183 | Deletes a hyperlink. |
||
| 2184 | </summary>
|
||
| 2185 | <param name="hyperlinkRangeStart">The hyperlink range start.</param> |
||
| 2186 | </member>
|
||
| 2187 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.PreviewFirstMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 2188 | <summary>
|
||
| 2189 | Previews the first mail merge data record. |
||
| 2190 | </summary>
|
||
| 2191 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2192 | </member>
|
||
| 2193 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.PreviewLastMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 2194 | <summary>
|
||
| 2195 | Previews the last mail merge data record. |
||
| 2196 | </summary>
|
||
| 2197 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2198 | </member>
|
||
| 2199 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.PreviewPreviousMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 2200 | <summary>
|
||
| 2201 | Previews the previous mail merge data record. |
||
| 2202 | </summary>
|
||
| 2203 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2204 | </member>
|
||
| 2205 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.PreviewNextMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 2206 | <summary>
|
||
| 2207 | Previews the next mail merge data record. |
||
| 2208 | </summary>
|
||
| 2209 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2210 | </member>
|
||
| 2211 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.PreviewMailMergeDataRecordAtIndex(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 2212 | <summary>
|
||
| 2213 | Previews the mail merge data record at a specified index. |
||
| 2214 | </summary>
|
||
| 2215 | <param name="index">The index of the record to be shown.</param> |
||
| 2216 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2217 | </member>
|
||
| 2218 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.MailMergeCurrentRecord"> |
||
| 2219 | <summary>
|
||
| 2220 | Produces a document for the current mail merge data record. |
||
| 2221 | </summary>
|
||
| 2222 | <returns>The document</returns> |
||
| 2223 | </member>
|
||
| 2224 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.MailMerge(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2225 | <summary>
|
||
| 2226 | Produces a mail merge document. |
||
| 2227 | </summary>
|
||
| 2228 | <param name="startEachRecordOnNewPage"><c>true</c> if each record should start on a new page.</param> |
||
| 2229 | <returns>The document</returns> |
||
| 2230 | </member>
|
||
| 2231 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.AcceptRevision(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.Revision)"> |
||
| 2232 | <summary>
|
||
| 2233 | Accepts revision. |
||
| 2234 | </summary>
|
||
| 2235 | <param name="revision">The revision.</param> |
||
| 2236 | </member>
|
||
| 2237 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RejectRevision(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.Revision)"> |
||
| 2238 | <summary>
|
||
| 2239 | Rejects revision. |
||
| 2240 | </summary>
|
||
| 2241 | <param name="revision">The revision.</param> |
||
| 2242 | </member>
|
||
| 2243 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.AcceptAllRevisions"> |
||
| 2244 | <summary>
|
||
| 2245 | Accepts all revisions in the document. |
||
| 2246 | </summary>
|
||
| 2247 | </member>
|
||
| 2248 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RejectAllRevisions"> |
||
| 2249 | <summary>
|
||
| 2250 | Rejects all revisions in the document. |
||
| 2251 | </summary>
|
||
| 2252 | </member>
|
||
| 2253 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeEnd)"> |
||
| 2254 | <summary>
|
||
| 2255 | Inserts an annotation range. |
||
| 2256 | </summary>
|
||
| 2257 | <param name="rangeStart">The annotation range start.</param> |
||
| 2258 | <param name="rangeEnd">The annotation range end.</param> |
||
| 2259 | </member>
|
||
| 2260 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.SplitAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2261 | <summary>
|
||
| 2262 | Splits an annotation range at the caret position, resulting in two new ranges. |
||
| 2263 | </summary>
|
||
| 2264 | <param name="rangeStart">The annotation range start to be split.</param> |
||
| 2265 | </member>
|
||
| 2266 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.SplitAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 2267 | <summary>
|
||
| 2268 | Splits an annotation range at the specified position, resulting in two new ranges. |
||
| 2269 | </summary>
|
||
| 2270 | <param name="rangeStart">The annotation range start to be split.</param> |
||
| 2271 | <param name="position">The position where the range start should be split.</param> |
||
| 2272 | </member>
|
||
| 2273 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2274 | <summary>
|
||
| 2275 | Deletes an annotation range. |
||
| 2276 | </summary>
|
||
| 2277 | <param name="rangeStart">The start of the range that is to be deleted.</param> |
||
| 2278 | </member>
|
||
| 2279 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Delete(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2280 | <summary>
|
||
| 2281 | Deletes from the document respecting CaretPosition and Selection. |
||
| 2282 | </summary>
|
||
| 2283 | <param name="deletePrevious">If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.</param> |
||
| 2284 | </member>
|
||
| 2285 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteTable"> |
||
| 2286 | <summary>
|
||
| 2287 | Deletes the current table. |
||
| 2288 | </summary>
|
||
| 2289 | </member>
|
||
| 2290 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteTable(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table)"> |
||
| 2291 | <summary>
|
||
| 2292 | Deletes a table. |
||
| 2293 | </summary>
|
||
| 2294 | <param name="table">The table to delete.</param> |
||
| 2295 | </member>
|
||
| 2296 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteTableRow(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableRow)"> |
||
| 2297 | <summary>
|
||
| 2298 | Deletes a table row. |
||
| 2299 | </summary>
|
||
| 2300 | <param name="row">The row to delete.</param> |
||
| 2301 | </member>
|
||
| 2302 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteCodeBlock(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CodeAnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2303 | <summary>
|
||
| 2304 | Deletes a code block. |
||
| 2305 | </summary>
|
||
| 2306 | <param name="rangeStart">The code range start of the block to delete.</param> |
||
| 2307 | </member>
|
||
| 2308 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment)"> |
||
| 2309 | <summary>
|
||
| 2310 | Inserts a fragment at current caret position. |
||
| 2311 | </summary>
|
||
| 2312 | <param name="documentFragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 2313 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">Thrown when <paramref name="documentFragment"/> is null.</exception> |
||
| 2314 | </member>
|
||
| 2315 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 2316 | <summary>
|
||
| 2317 | Inserts a fragment at specified position. Document selection should be cleared in advance. |
||
| 2318 | </summary>
|
||
| 2319 | <param name="documentFragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 2320 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the fragment at.</param> |
||
| 2321 | <exception cref="T:System.InvalidOperationException">Thrown when there is selection in the document.</exception> |
||
| 2322 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">Thrown when <paramref name="documentFragment"/> or <paramref name="documentPosition"/> is null.</exception> |
||
| 2323 | <remarks>Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.</remarks> |
||
| 2324 | </member>
|
||
| 2325 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Insert(System.String)"> |
||
| 2326 | <summary>
|
||
| 2327 | Inserts text into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2328 | </summary>
|
||
| 2329 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 2330 | </member>
|
||
| 2331 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertImage(System.IO.Stream,System.String)"> |
||
| 2332 | <summary>
|
||
| 2333 | Inserts image inline into the document. |
||
| 2334 | </summary>
|
||
| 2335 | <param name="imageStream">The stream to the image's contents.</param> |
||
| 2336 | <param name="extension">The extension specifying the image format.</param> |
||
| 2337 | </member>
|
||
| 2338 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 2339 | <summary>
|
||
| 2340 | Inserts inline element into the document. |
||
| 2341 | </summary>
|
||
| 2342 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">Thrown when <paramref name="inline"/> is null.</exception> |
||
| 2343 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 2344 | </member>
|
||
| 2345 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 2346 | <summary>
|
||
| 2347 | Inserts inline element into the document. Document selection should be cleared in advance. |
||
| 2348 | </summary>
|
||
| 2349 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 2350 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the inline at.</param> |
||
| 2351 | <exception cref="T:System.InvalidOperationException">Thrown when there is selection in the document.</exception> |
||
| 2352 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException">Thrown when <paramref name="inline"/> or <paramref name="documentPosition"/> is null.</exception> |
||
| 2353 | <remarks>Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.</remarks> |
||
| 2354 | </member>
|
||
| 2355 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertParagraph"> |
||
| 2356 | <summary>
|
||
| 2357 | Inserts a new paragraph. |
||
| 2358 | </summary>
|
||
| 2359 | </member>
|
||
| 2360 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertLine(System.String)"> |
||
| 2361 | <summary>
|
||
| 2362 | Inserts text and adds new paragraph after it. |
||
| 2363 | </summary>
|
||
| 2364 | <param name="text">The text.</param> |
||
| 2365 | </member>
|
||
| 2366 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertLineBreak"> |
||
| 2367 | <summary>
|
||
| 2368 | Inserts LineBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2369 | </summary>
|
||
| 2370 | </member>
|
||
| 2371 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertPageBreak"> |
||
| 2372 | <summary>
|
||
| 2373 | Inserts PageBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2374 | </summary>
|
||
| 2375 | </member>
|
||
| 2376 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertColumnBreak"> |
||
| 2377 | <summary>
|
||
| 2378 | Inserts ColumnBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2379 | </summary>
|
||
| 2380 | </member>
|
||
| 2381 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertSectionBreak"> |
||
| 2382 | <summary>
|
||
| 2383 | Inserts SectionBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2384 | </summary>
|
||
| 2385 | </member>
|
||
| 2386 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertSectionBreak(Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType)"> |
||
| 2387 | <summary>
|
||
| 2388 | Inserts SectionBreak of the specified type into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2389 | </summary>
|
||
| 2390 | </member>
|
||
| 2391 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertCodeBlock(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings)"> |
||
| 2392 | <summary>
|
||
| 2393 | Inserts code block at caret position. If caret position is in code block, replaces the current code block. |
||
| 2394 | </summary>
|
||
| 2395 | </member>
|
||
| 2396 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTable(System.Int32,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 2397 | <summary>
|
||
| 2398 | Inserts new table in the document. |
||
| 2399 | </summary>
|
||
| 2400 | <param name="rows">Number of the rows in the table.</param> |
||
| 2401 | <param name="columns">Number of the columns in the table.</param> |
||
| 2402 | </member>
|
||
| 2403 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTable(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table)"> |
||
| 2404 | <summary>
|
||
| 2405 | Inserts a table in the document. |
||
| 2406 | </summary>
|
||
| 2407 | <param name="table">The table.</param> |
||
| 2408 | </member>
|
||
| 2409 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableColumn"> |
||
| 2410 | <summary>
|
||
| 2411 | Inserts a table column in the current table. |
||
| 2412 | </summary>
|
||
| 2413 | </member>
|
||
| 2414 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableColumnToTheLeft"> |
||
| 2415 | <summary>
|
||
| 2416 | Inserts a table column to the left. |
||
| 2417 | </summary>
|
||
| 2418 | </member>
|
||
| 2419 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableColumnToTheRight"> |
||
| 2420 | <summary>
|
||
| 2421 | Inserts a table column to the right. |
||
| 2422 | </summary>
|
||
| 2423 | </member>
|
||
| 2424 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteTableColumn"> |
||
| 2425 | <summary>
|
||
| 2426 | Deletes the current table column. |
||
| 2427 | </summary>
|
||
| 2428 | </member>
|
||
| 2429 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ResizeTableColumn(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,System.Int32,System.Double)"> |
||
| 2430 | <summary>
|
||
| 2431 | Changes the width of a table column. The specified width value will be applied with width type <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnitType.Fixed"/>. |
||
| 2432 | You could specify different width type through the ChangeTableGridColumnWidth method. |
||
| 2433 | </summary>
|
||
| 2434 | <param name="table">The table.</param> |
||
| 2435 | <param name="columnIndex">The index of the column.</param> |
||
| 2436 | <param name="columnWidth">The new value for the column width.</param> |
||
| 2437 | </member>
|
||
| 2438 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeTableGridColumnWidth(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,System.Int32,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnit)"> |
||
| 2439 | <summary>
|
||
| 2440 | Changes the width of a table column. |
||
| 2441 | </summary>
|
||
| 2442 | <param name="table">The table.</param> |
||
| 2443 | <param name="columnIndex">The index of the column.</param> |
||
| 2444 | <param name="width">The new value for the column width. If the type of the width is not specified, <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnitType.Fixed"/> will be used.</param> |
||
| 2445 | </member>
|
||
| 2446 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableRow"> |
||
| 2447 | <summary>
|
||
| 2448 | Inserts a new table row in the current table. |
||
| 2449 | </summary>
|
||
| 2450 | </member>
|
||
| 2451 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableRowAbove"> |
||
| 2452 | <summary>
|
||
| 2453 | Inserts a table row above. |
||
| 2454 | </summary>
|
||
| 2455 | </member>
|
||
| 2456 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertTableRowBelow"> |
||
| 2457 | <summary>
|
||
| 2458 | Inserts a table row below. |
||
| 2459 | </summary>
|
||
| 2460 | </member>
|
||
| 2461 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.DeleteTableRow"> |
||
| 2462 | <summary>
|
||
| 2463 | Deletes the current table row. |
||
| 2464 | </summary>
|
||
| 2465 | </member>
|
||
| 2466 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.MergeTableCells"> |
||
| 2467 | <summary>
|
||
| 2468 | Merges the currently selected table cells into one. |
||
| 2469 | </summary>
|
||
| 2470 | </member>
|
||
| 2471 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ExtendRowHeight(System.Collections.Generic.List{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCell})"> |
||
| 2472 | <summary>
|
||
| 2473 | Extends the height of a row using collection of cells from which the height should be calculated. |
||
| 2474 | </summary>
|
||
| 2475 | <param name="cellCollection">The cell collection.</param> |
||
| 2476 | </member>
|
||
| 2477 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UnmergeTableCells"> |
||
| 2478 | <summary>
|
||
| 2479 | Splits the currently selected table cell. |
||
| 2480 | </summary>
|
||
| 2481 | </member>
|
||
| 2482 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Copy"> |
||
| 2483 | <summary>
|
||
| 2484 | Copies currently selected document elements into the clipboard |
||
| 2485 | </summary>
|
||
| 2486 | </member>
|
||
| 2487 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Paste"> |
||
| 2488 | <summary>
|
||
| 2489 | Pastes from clipboard into the document respecting CaretPosition and Selection |
||
| 2490 | </summary>
|
||
| 2491 | </member>
|
||
| 2492 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Cut"> |
||
| 2493 | <summary>
|
||
| 2494 | Executes the Cut command. |
||
| 2495 | </summary>
|
||
| 2496 | </member>
|
||
| 2497 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.MoveSelection(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2498 | <summary>
|
||
| 2499 | Moves the current selection to a new position. |
||
| 2500 | </summary>
|
||
| 2501 | <param name="movePosition">The move position.</param> |
||
| 2502 | <param name="deleteSelection"><c>true</c> if the current selection should be deleted.</param> |
||
| 2503 | </member>
|
||
| 2504 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionHeader(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 2505 | <summary>
|
||
| 2506 | Changes the section header. |
||
| 2507 | </summary>
|
||
| 2508 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 2509 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 2510 | <param name="header">The header.</param> |
||
| 2511 | </member>
|
||
| 2512 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionFooter(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 2513 | <summary>
|
||
| 2514 | Changes the section footer. |
||
| 2515 | </summary>
|
||
| 2516 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 2517 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 2518 | <param name="footer">The footer.</param> |
||
| 2519 | </member>
|
||
| 2520 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionHeaderLinkToPrevious(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2521 | <summary>
|
||
| 2522 | Changes the value indicated whether the a section header should be linked to the header of the previous section. |
||
| 2523 | </summary>
|
||
| 2524 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 2525 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 2526 | <param name="value"><c>true</c> if the header should be linked.</param> |
||
| 2527 | </member>
|
||
| 2528 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionFooterLinkToPrevious(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2529 | <summary>
|
||
| 2530 | Changes the value indicated whether the a section footer should be linked to the footer of the previous section. |
||
| 2531 | </summary>
|
||
| 2532 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 2533 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 2534 | <param name="value"><c>true</c> if the footer should be linked.</param> |
||
| 2535 | </member>
|
||
| 2536 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RestartListNumbering"> |
||
| 2537 | <summary>
|
||
| 2538 | Creates a new list from the current paragraph. The paragraph should be in list, otherwise this method does nothing. |
||
| 2539 | </summary>
|
||
| 2540 | </member>
|
||
| 2541 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ContinueListNumbering"> |
||
| 2542 | <summary>
|
||
| 2543 | Removes all paragraphs from the current list and continues the first possible list before that paragraph. The paragraph should be in list and should be first in the list, otherwise this method does nothing. |
||
| 2544 | </summary>
|
||
| 2545 | </member>
|
||
| 2546 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.SetListNumbering(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 2547 | <summary>
|
||
| 2548 | Sets list numbering. |
||
| 2549 | </summary>
|
||
| 2550 | <param name="numbersToSkip">The numbers to skip.</param> |
||
| 2551 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2552 | </member>
|
||
| 2553 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field)"> |
||
| 2554 | <summary>
|
||
| 2555 | Inserts a field into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2556 | </summary>
|
||
| 2557 | <param name="field">The field.</param> |
||
| 2558 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2559 | </member>
|
||
| 2560 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 2561 | <summary>
|
||
| 2562 | Inserts a field into the document at current caret position in a specified display mode. |
||
| 2563 | </summary>
|
||
| 2564 | <param name="field">The field.</param> |
||
| 2565 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 2566 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 2567 | </member>
|
||
| 2568 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ToggleFieldCodes(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2569 | <summary>
|
||
| 2570 | Toggles the display mode of a field. |
||
| 2571 | </summary>
|
||
| 2572 | <param name="fieldStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 2573 | </member>
|
||
| 2574 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeFieldDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 2575 | <summary>
|
||
| 2576 | Changes the field display mode. |
||
| 2577 | </summary>
|
||
| 2578 | <param name="fieldRangeStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 2579 | <param name="displayMode">The new display mode.</param> |
||
| 2580 | </member>
|
||
| 2581 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UpdateField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 2582 | <summary>
|
||
| 2583 | Updates a field. |
||
| 2584 | </summary>
|
||
| 2585 | <param name="fieldStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 2586 | </member>
|
||
| 2587 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UpdateAllFields"> |
||
| 2588 | <summary>
|
||
| 2589 | Updates all fields in the document. |
||
| 2590 | </summary>
|
||
| 2591 | </member>
|
||
| 2592 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UpdateAllFields(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 2593 | <summary>
|
||
| 2594 | Updates all fields and displays them in the specified display mode. |
||
| 2595 | </summary>
|
||
| 2596 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 2597 | </member>
|
||
| 2598 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeAllFieldsDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 2599 | <summary>
|
||
| 2600 | Changes the display mode of all fields in the document. |
||
| 2601 | </summary>
|
||
| 2602 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 2603 | </member>
|
||
| 2604 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeBibliographicStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BibliographicReferences.BibliographicReferenceStyleBase)"> |
||
| 2605 | <summary>
|
||
| 2606 | Changes the bibliographic style of all bibliography related fields in the document. |
||
| 2607 | </summary>
|
||
| 2608 | <param name="newBibliographicStyle">The new bibliographic style.</param> |
||
| 2609 | </member>
|
||
| 2610 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertCaption(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CaptionDefinition,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2611 | <summary>
|
||
| 2612 | Inserts a caption. |
||
| 2613 | </summary>
|
||
| 2614 | <param name="captionDefinition">The definition.</param> |
||
| 2615 | <param name="caption">The caption text to be used.</param> |
||
| 2616 | <param name="includeLabel">if set to <c>true</c> the label is included in the caption.</param> |
||
| 2617 | <param name="insertBelow">if set to <c>true</c> the caption is inserted after the current selection.</param> |
||
| 2618 | </member>
|
||
| 2619 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.UpdateAllCaptions(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CaptionDefinition)"> |
||
| 2620 | <summary>
|
||
| 2621 | Updates all captions related to caption definition. |
||
| 2622 | </summary>
|
||
| 2623 | <param name="captionDefinition">The caption definition.</param> |
||
| 2624 | </member>
|
||
| 2625 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertCrossReferenceToBookmark(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2626 | <summary>
|
||
| 2627 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a bookmark into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2628 | </summary>
|
||
| 2629 | </member>
|
||
| 2630 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertCrossReferenceToHeading(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2631 | <summary>
|
||
| 2632 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a Heading paragraph into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2633 | </summary>
|
||
| 2634 | </member>
|
||
| 2635 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.InsertCrossReferenceToCaption(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2636 | <summary>
|
||
| 2637 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a Caption into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 2638 | </summary>
|
||
| 2639 | <param name="captionParagraph">The paragraph containing the caption sequence field.</param> |
||
| 2640 | <param name="contentType">The reference content type.</param> |
||
| 2641 | <param name="insertAsHyperlink">A parameter indicating whether the the cross-reference field should be a hyperlink.</param> |
||
| 2642 | </member>
|
||
| 2643 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeStyleName(System.String)"> |
||
| 2644 | <summary>
|
||
| 2645 | Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document. |
||
| 2646 | </summary>
|
||
| 2647 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style to be applied.</param> |
||
| 2648 | </member>
|
||
| 2649 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeStyleName(System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2650 | <summary>
|
||
| 2651 | Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document. |
||
| 2652 | </summary>
|
||
| 2653 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 2654 | <param name="useLinkedStyle">If true, the linked style may be used depending on the selection.</param> |
||
| 2655 | </member>
|
||
| 2656 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeDocumentElementTag(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement,System.String)"> |
||
| 2657 | <summary>
|
||
| 2658 | Changes the Tag property of a specified DocumentElement. |
||
| 2659 | </summary>
|
||
| 2660 | <param name="element">The DocumentElement.</param> |
||
| 2661 | <param name="tag">The new tag value.</param> |
||
| 2662 | </member>
|
||
| 2663 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeImageSize(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline,System.Windows.Size)"> |
||
| 2664 | <summary>
|
||
| 2665 | Changes the size of the image. |
||
| 2666 | </summary>
|
||
| 2667 | <param name="image">The ImageInline.</param> |
||
| 2668 | <param name="size">The new size.</param> |
||
| 2669 | </member>
|
||
| 2670 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeImageRotateAngle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline,System.Double)"> |
||
| 2671 | <summary>
|
||
| 2672 | Changes the image rotate angle. |
||
| 2673 | </summary>
|
||
| 2674 | <param name="image">The ImageInline.</param> |
||
| 2675 | <param name="angle">The new angle.</param> |
||
| 2676 | </member>
|
||
| 2677 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionColumns(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection)"> |
||
| 2678 | <summary>
|
||
| 2679 | Changes the section columns for a given <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 2680 | </summary>
|
||
| 2681 | <param name="sectionColumns">The section columns.</param> |
||
| 2682 | </member>
|
||
| 2683 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionColumns(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section})"> |
||
| 2684 | <summary>
|
||
| 2685 | Changes the section columns for a given collection of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/> elements. |
||
| 2686 | </summary>
|
||
| 2687 | <param name="sectionColumns">The section columns.</param> |
||
| 2688 | <param name="sections">The sections.</param> |
||
| 2689 | </member>
|
||
| 2690 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.ChangeSectionColumns(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout)"> |
||
| 2691 | <summary>
|
||
| 2692 | Changes the section columns for a given collection of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/> elements. |
||
| 2693 | </summary>
|
||
| 2694 | <param name="sectionColumnsLayout">The section columns layout.</param> |
||
| 2695 | </member>
|
||
| 2696 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.Document"> |
||
| 2697 | <summary>
|
||
| 2698 | Gets the document that is to be edited. |
||
| 2699 | </summary>
|
||
| 2700 | </member>
|
||
| 2701 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RespectDocumentProtection"> |
||
| 2702 | <summary>
|
||
| 2703 | Gets or sets a value that indicates whether protection ranges should be respected when editing. |
||
| 2704 | </summary>
|
||
| 2705 | <value><c>true</c> if the protection ranges should be respected; otherwise, <c>false</c>.</value> |
||
| 2706 | </member>
|
||
| 2707 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RespectReadOnlyRanges"> |
||
| 2708 | <summary>
|
||
| 2709 | Gets or sets a value that indicates whether read-only ranges should be respected when editing. |
||
| 2710 | </summary>
|
||
| 2711 | <value><c>true</c> if the read-only ranges should be respected; otherwise, <c>false</c>.</value> |
||
| 2712 | </member>
|
||
| 2713 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.RespectNonDeletableRanges"> |
||
| 2714 | <summary>
|
||
| 2715 | Gets or sets a value that indicates whether non-deletable ranges should be respected when editing. |
||
| 2716 | </summary>
|
||
| 2717 | <value><c>true</c> if the non-deletable ranges should be respected; otherwise, <c>false</c>.</value> |
||
| 2718 | </member>
|
||
| 2719 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocumentEditor.AcceptsReturn"> |
||
| 2720 | <summary>
|
||
| 2721 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the RETURN key types a RETURN character in the control. |
||
| 2722 | </summary>
|
||
| 2723 | </member>
|
||
| 2724 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.PositionMarker.CreateNewElementInstance"> |
||
| 2725 | <summary>
|
||
| 2726 | Creates the new element instance. |
||
| 2727 | </summary>
|
||
| 2728 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2729 | </member>
|
||
| 2730 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.PositionMarker.CopyContentFromOverride(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 2731 | <summary>
|
||
| 2732 | Copies the content from override. |
||
| 2733 | </summary>
|
||
| 2734 | <param name="fromElement">From element.</param> |
||
| 2735 | </member>
|
||
| 2736 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.PositionMarker.SkipPositionBefore"> |
||
| 2737 | <summary>
|
||
| 2738 | Gets the skip position before. |
||
| 2739 | </summary>
|
||
| 2740 | <value>The skip position before.</value> |
||
| 2741 | </member>
|
||
| 2742 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection"> |
||
| 2743 | <summary>
|
||
| 2744 | Represents a collection of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"/> instances. |
||
| 2745 | </summary>
|
||
| 2746 | </member>
|
||
| 2747 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection.#ctor"> |
||
| 2748 | <summary>
|
||
| 2749 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection"/> class without columns. |
||
| 2750 | </summary>
|
||
| 2751 | </member>
|
||
| 2752 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection.#ctor(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn},System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2753 | <summary>
|
||
| 2754 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection"/> class. |
||
| 2755 | <para>The given collection of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumn"/> elements will be added in this collection.</para> |
||
| 2756 | </summary>
|
||
| 2757 | <param name="sectionColumns">The section columns.</param> |
||
| 2758 | <param name="hasSeparator">If set to <c>true</c> a separator will be added between the columns.</param> |
||
| 2759 | </member>
|
||
| 2760 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection.#ctor(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 2761 | <summary>
|
||
| 2762 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection"/> class with equally sized columns and default spacing between them (48 DIPs). |
||
| 2763 | </summary>
|
||
| 2764 | <param name="equalColumnsCount">The number of equally sized columns.</param> |
||
| 2765 | </member>
|
||
| 2766 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Double,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2767 | <summary>
|
||
| 2768 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection"/> class with equally sized columns. |
||
| 2769 | </summary>
|
||
| 2770 | <param name="equalColumnsCount">The number of equally sized columns.</param> |
||
| 2771 | <param name="columnSpacing">The spacing between the equally sized columns. The default value is 48 DIPs.</param> |
||
| 2772 | <param name="hasSeparator">If set to <c>true</c> a separator will be added between the equally sized columns. The default value is <c>false</c>.</param> |
||
| 2773 | </member>
|
||
| 2774 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection.GetEnumerator"> |
||
| 2775 | <summary>
|
||
| 2776 | Gets the enumerator. |
||
| 2777 | </summary>
|
||
| 2778 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2779 | </member>
|
||
| 2780 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData"> |
||
| 2781 | <summary>
|
||
| 2782 | This class supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2783 | </summary>
|
||
| 2784 | </member>
|
||
| 2785 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.GetEnumerator"> |
||
| 2786 | <summary>
|
||
| 2787 | This method supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2788 | </summary>
|
||
| 2789 | </member>
|
||
| 2790 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.Telerik#Windows#Documents#Model#ISupportShouldSerialize#ShouldSerialize"> |
||
| 2791 | <summary>
|
||
| 2792 | This method supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2793 | </summary>
|
||
| 2794 | </member>
|
||
| 2795 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.CountOfEqualWidthColumns"> |
||
| 2796 | <summary>
|
||
| 2797 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2798 | </summary>
|
||
| 2799 | </member>
|
||
| 2800 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.AreColumnsWithEqualWidth"> |
||
| 2801 | <summary>
|
||
| 2802 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2803 | </summary>
|
||
| 2804 | </member>
|
||
| 2805 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.SpacingBetweenEqualColumns"> |
||
| 2806 | <summary>
|
||
| 2807 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2808 | </summary>
|
||
| 2809 | </member>
|
||
| 2810 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.HasColumnsSeparator"> |
||
| 2811 | <summary>
|
||
| 2812 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2813 | </summary>
|
||
| 2814 | </member>
|
||
| 2815 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnCollectionSerializationData.Columns"> |
||
| 2816 | <summary>
|
||
| 2817 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2818 | </summary>
|
||
| 2819 | </member>
|
||
| 2820 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnSerializationData"> |
||
| 2821 | <summary>
|
||
| 2822 | This class supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2823 | </summary>
|
||
| 2824 | </member>
|
||
| 2825 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnSerializationData.Width"> |
||
| 2826 | <summary>
|
||
| 2827 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2828 | </summary>
|
||
| 2829 | </member>
|
||
| 2830 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Internal.SectionColumnSerializationData.SpacingAfter"> |
||
| 2831 | <summary>
|
||
| 2832 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 2833 | </summary>
|
||
| 2834 | </member>
|
||
| 2835 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RomanceComplexWordProofing"> |
||
| 2836 | <summary>
|
||
| 2837 | Complex word proofer for French and Italian |
||
| 2838 | </summary>
|
||
| 2839 | </member>
|
||
| 2840 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary"> |
||
| 2841 | <summary>
|
||
| 2842 | Represents a class which is used to import dictionary files containing only words seprated by new line, or just define custom dictionary using set of words. |
||
| 2843 | </summary>
|
||
| 2844 | </member>
|
||
| 2845 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.#ctor"> |
||
| 2846 | <summary>
|
||
| 2847 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary"/> class. |
||
| 2848 | </summary>
|
||
| 2849 | </member>
|
||
| 2850 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.Load(System.IO.Stream)"> |
||
| 2851 | <summary>
|
||
| 2852 | Loads the specified stream. |
||
| 2853 | </summary>
|
||
| 2854 | <param name="stream">The stream.</param> |
||
| 2855 | </member>
|
||
| 2856 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.Load(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{System.String})"> |
||
| 2857 | <summary>
|
||
| 2858 | Loads the specified words. |
||
| 2859 | </summary>
|
||
| 2860 | <param name="words">The words.</param> |
||
| 2861 | </member>
|
||
| 2862 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.ContainsWord(System.String)"> |
||
| 2863 | <summary>
|
||
| 2864 | Determines whether the specified word is contained in the dictionary. |
||
| 2865 | </summary>
|
||
| 2866 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 2867 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2868 | </member>
|
||
| 2869 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.GetMetaphoneKey(System.String)"> |
||
| 2870 | <summary>
|
||
| 2871 | Gets the metaphone key. |
||
| 2872 | </summary>
|
||
| 2873 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 2874 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2875 | </member>
|
||
| 2876 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.GetWordsByMetaphoneKey(System.String)"> |
||
| 2877 | <summary>
|
||
| 2878 | Gets the words by metaphone key. |
||
| 2879 | </summary>
|
||
| 2880 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 2881 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2882 | </member>
|
||
| 2883 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.RadWordsDictionary.Words"> |
||
| 2884 | <summary>
|
||
| 2885 | Gets the words. |
||
| 2886 | </summary>
|
||
| 2887 | <value>The words.</value> |
||
| 2888 | </member>
|
||
| 2889 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase.AssociatedRichTextBox"> |
||
| 2890 | <summary>
|
||
| 2891 | Gets the associated rich text box. |
||
| 2892 | </summary>
|
||
| 2893 | <value>The associated rich text box.</value> |
||
| 2894 | </member>
|
||
| 2895 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase.CanExecuteInReadOnlyMode"> |
||
| 2896 | <summary>
|
||
| 2897 | Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns false. |
||
| 2898 | </summary>
|
||
| 2899 | <value>
|
||
| 2900 | <c>true</c> if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 2901 | </value>
|
||
| 2902 | </member>
|
||
| 2903 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase.CanExecuteInReadOnlyRange"> |
||
| 2904 | <summary>
|
||
| 2905 | Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only. The default implementation returns false. |
||
| 2906 | </summary>
|
||
| 2907 | </member>
|
||
| 2908 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase.SupportedTargets"> |
||
| 2909 | <summary>
|
||
| 2910 | Gets the supported targets. |
||
| 2911 | </summary>
|
||
| 2912 | </member>
|
||
| 2913 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase.Enabled"> |
||
| 2914 | <summary>
|
||
| 2915 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the command is enabled |
||
| 2916 | </summary>
|
||
| 2917 | </member>
|
||
| 2918 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollectionFactory"> |
||
| 2919 | <summary>
|
||
| 2920 | Provides factory methods for creating built-in section column collections. |
||
| 2921 | </summary>
|
||
| 2922 | </member>
|
||
| 2923 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollectionFactory.Create(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section)"> |
||
| 2924 | <summary>
|
||
| 2925 | Create SectionColumnCollection for given built-in SectionColumnsLayout. |
||
| 2926 | </summary>
|
||
| 2927 | <param name="sectionColumnsLayout">The section columns layout for which to create the collection.</param> |
||
| 2928 | <param name="section">The section from the document for which to create the collection.</param> |
||
| 2929 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentNullException"> if the section is null.</exception> |
||
| 2930 | <returns>The created collection for given layout type.</returns> |
||
| 2931 | </member>
|
||
| 2932 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout"> |
||
| 2933 | <summary>
|
||
| 2934 | Provides enumeration for the built-in text columns layouts in a <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 2935 | </summary>
|
||
| 2936 | </member>
|
||
| 2937 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout.One"> |
||
| 2938 | <summary>
|
||
| 2939 | One text column. |
||
| 2940 | </summary>
|
||
| 2941 | </member>
|
||
| 2942 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout.Two"> |
||
| 2943 | <summary>
|
||
| 2944 | Two equal text columns. |
||
| 2945 | </summary>
|
||
| 2946 | </member>
|
||
| 2947 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout.Three"> |
||
| 2948 | <summary>
|
||
| 2949 | Three equal text columns. |
||
| 2950 | </summary>
|
||
| 2951 | </member>
|
||
| 2952 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout.Left"> |
||
| 2953 | <summary>
|
||
| 2954 | Two text columns where the left one is smaller than the right one. |
||
| 2955 | </summary>
|
||
| 2956 | </member>
|
||
| 2957 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout.Right"> |
||
| 2958 | <summary>
|
||
| 2959 | Two text columns where the right one is smaller than the left one. |
||
| 2960 | </summary>
|
||
| 2961 | </member>
|
||
| 2962 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.StyleCollection.GetValueOrNull(System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 2963 | <summary>
|
||
| 2964 | Get style from the repository by name. |
||
| 2965 | </summary>
|
||
| 2966 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 2967 | <param name="autoAddBuiltInStyles">True to automatically add built in styles into the repository.</param> |
||
| 2968 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2969 | </member>
|
||
| 2970 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStyles.GetStyle(System.String)"> |
||
| 2971 | <summary>
|
||
| 2972 | Gets the style by name. |
||
| 2973 | </summary>
|
||
| 2974 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 2975 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2976 | </member>
|
||
| 2977 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStyles.IsBuiltInStyle(System.String)"> |
||
| 2978 | <summary>
|
||
| 2979 | Determines whether the specific style name is built in style. |
||
| 2980 | </summary>
|
||
| 2981 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 2982 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2983 | </member>
|
||
| 2984 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStyles.GetAllPrimaryStyles"> |
||
| 2985 | <summary>
|
||
| 2986 | Gets all primary styles. |
||
| 2987 | </summary>
|
||
| 2988 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2989 | </member>
|
||
| 2990 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStyles.GetAllStyles(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleType)"> |
||
| 2991 | <summary>
|
||
| 2992 | Gets all styles. |
||
| 2993 | </summary>
|
||
| 2994 | <param name="type">The type.</param> |
||
| 2995 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 2996 | </member>
|
||
| 2997 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStyles.GetAllStyles"> |
||
| 2998 | <summary>
|
||
| 2999 | Gets all styles. |
||
| 3000 | </summary>
|
||
| 3001 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 3002 | </member>
|
||
| 3003 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.BuiltInStylesVersion"> |
||
| 3004 | <summary>
|
||
| 3005 | Represents built in styles version. |
||
| 3006 | </summary>
|
||
| 3007 | </member>
|
||
| 3008 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.Stylesheet.ApplyStylesheetToRichTextBox(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3009 | <summary>
|
||
| 3010 | Suspends layout updates of RadRichtextBox, which has better performance and uses <see cref="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.Stylesheet.ApplyStylesheetToDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"/> to apply the stylesheet. |
||
| 3011 | </summary>
|
||
| 3012 | <param name="richTextBox"></param> |
||
| 3013 | </member>
|
||
| 3014 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.Stylesheet.ApplyStylesheetToDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 3015 | <summary>
|
||
| 3016 | Copies all styles, list styles and other stylesheet data to the specified Document |
||
| 3017 | </summary>
|
||
| 3018 | <param name="document"></param> |
||
| 3019 | </member>
|
||
| 3020 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableLook.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table)"> |
||
| 3021 | <summary>
|
||
| 3022 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3023 | </summary>
|
||
| 3024 | </member>
|
||
| 3025 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings"> |
||
| 3026 | <summary>
|
||
| 3027 | Contains settings for image watermark. |
||
| 3028 | </summary>
|
||
| 3029 | </member>
|
||
| 3030 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.#ctor"> |
||
| 3031 | <summary>
|
||
| 3032 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings"/> class. |
||
| 3033 | </summary>
|
||
| 3034 | </member>
|
||
| 3035 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.#ctor(System.Windows.Media.Imaging.WriteableBitmap)"> |
||
| 3036 | <summary>
|
||
| 3037 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings"/> class. |
||
| 3038 | </summary>
|
||
| 3039 | <param name="writableBitmap">The writable bitmap which will be used to create the image.</param> |
||
| 3040 | </member>
|
||
| 3041 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.#ctor(System.IO.Stream)"> |
||
| 3042 | <summary>
|
||
| 3043 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings"/> class. |
||
| 3044 | </summary>
|
||
| 3045 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 3046 | </member>
|
||
| 3047 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.#ctor(System.IO.Stream,System.Windows.Size,System.String)"> |
||
| 3048 | <summary>
|
||
| 3049 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings"/> class. |
||
| 3050 | </summary>
|
||
| 3051 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 3052 | <param name="size">The size of the image.</param> |
||
| 3053 | <param name="extension">The extension of the image.</param> |
||
| 3054 | </member>
|
||
| 3055 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.GetBytes"> |
||
| 3056 | <summary>
|
||
| 3057 | Gets the byte array used to create the image. |
||
| 3058 | </summary>
|
||
| 3059 | </member>
|
||
| 3060 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.Height"> |
||
| 3061 | <summary>
|
||
| 3062 | Gets or sets the height. |
||
| 3063 | </summary>
|
||
| 3064 | <value>
|
||
| 3065 | The height. |
||
| 3066 | </value>
|
||
| 3067 | </member>
|
||
| 3068 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.Width"> |
||
| 3069 | <summary>
|
||
| 3070 | Gets or sets the width. |
||
| 3071 | </summary>
|
||
| 3072 | <value>
|
||
| 3073 | The width. |
||
| 3074 | </value>
|
||
| 3075 | </member>
|
||
| 3076 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.Size"> |
||
| 3077 | <summary>
|
||
| 3078 | Gets or sets the size. |
||
| 3079 | </summary>
|
||
| 3080 | <value>
|
||
| 3081 | The size. |
||
| 3082 | </value>
|
||
| 3083 | </member>
|
||
| 3084 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.RotateAngle"> |
||
| 3085 | <summary>
|
||
| 3086 | Gets or sets the angle at which the image should be rotated. |
||
| 3087 | </summary>
|
||
| 3088 | <value>
|
||
| 3089 | The rotate angle. |
||
| 3090 | </value>
|
||
| 3091 | </member>
|
||
| 3092 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.Extension"> |
||
| 3093 | <summary>
|
||
| 3094 | Gets or sets the file extension. |
||
| 3095 | </summary>
|
||
| 3096 | <value>
|
||
| 3097 | The extension. |
||
| 3098 | </value>
|
||
| 3099 | </member>
|
||
| 3100 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.RawData"> |
||
| 3101 | <summary>
|
||
| 3102 | Gets or sets the image bytes in Base64 format. This property is used for serialization. |
||
| 3103 | </summary>
|
||
| 3104 | <value>
|
||
| 3105 | The raw data. |
||
| 3106 | </value>
|
||
| 3107 | </member>
|
||
| 3108 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.ImageSource"> |
||
| 3109 | <summary>
|
||
| 3110 | Gets the image source last used to visualize the image. |
||
| 3111 | </summary>
|
||
| 3112 | </member>
|
||
| 3113 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.WatermarkImageSettings.UriSource"> |
||
| 3114 | <summary>
|
||
| 3115 | Gets or sets the URI which is used to obtain the image source. |
||
| 3116 | </summary>
|
||
| 3117 | <value>
|
||
| 3118 | The URI source. |
||
| 3119 | </value>
|
||
| 3120 | </member>
|
||
| 3121 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.SpellCheckerSettings"> |
||
| 3122 | <summary>
|
||
| 3123 | |||
| 3124 | </summary>
|
||
| 3125 | </member>
|
||
| 3126 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.SpellCheckerSettings.SpellCheckUppercaseWords"> |
||
| 3127 | <summary>
|
||
| 3128 | Gets or sets the spell check uppercase words. |
||
| 3129 | </summary>
|
||
| 3130 | <value>The spell check uppercase words.</value> |
||
| 3131 | </member>
|
||
| 3132 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.SpellCheckerSettings.SpellCheckWordsWithNumbers"> |
||
| 3133 | <summary>
|
||
| 3134 | Gets or sets the spell check words with numbers. |
||
| 3135 | </summary>
|
||
| 3136 | <value>The spell check words with numbers.</value> |
||
| 3137 | </member>
|
||
| 3138 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ApplicationCommandsCollection.OnCollectionChanged(System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 3139 | <summary>
|
||
| 3140 | Raises the <see cref="E:CollectionChanged"/> event. |
||
| 3141 | </summary>
|
||
| 3142 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 3143 | </member>
|
||
| 3144 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ShowSectionColumnsDialogCommand"> |
||
| 3145 | <summary>
|
||
| 3146 | The command which when executed, shows the SectionColumnDialog. |
||
| 3147 | </summary>
|
||
| 3148 | </member>
|
||
| 3149 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ShowSectionColumnsDialogCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3150 | <summary>
|
||
| 3151 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ShowSectionColumnsDialogCommand"/> class. |
||
| 3152 | </summary>
|
||
| 3153 | <param name="editor">The RadRichTextBox which the SectionColumnDialog belongs.</param> |
||
| 3154 | </member>
|
||
| 3155 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TableContextCommandBase.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3156 | <summary>
|
||
| 3157 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TableContextCommandBase"/> class. |
||
| 3158 | </summary>
|
||
| 3159 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 3160 | </member>
|
||
| 3161 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TableContextCommandBase.IsTableSelectionEnabledCommand"> |
||
| 3162 | <summary>
|
||
| 3163 | Gets a value indicating whether command must be enabled when there is selection in table. Default implementation returns <c>false</c>. |
||
| 3164 | </summary>
|
||
| 3165 | <value>
|
||
| 3166 | <c>true</c> if the command must be enabled; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 3167 | </value>
|
||
| 3168 | </member>
|
||
| 3169 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors"> |
||
| 3170 | <summary>
|
||
| 3171 | Defines behaviors for <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabForwardCommand"/> and <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabBackwardCommand"/>. |
||
| 3172 | </summary>
|
||
| 3173 | </member>
|
||
| 3174 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.InsertTabSymbol"> |
||
| 3175 | <summary>
|
||
| 3176 | Command tries to insert tab symbol if possible. |
||
| 3177 | </summary>
|
||
| 3178 | </member>
|
||
| 3179 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.ChangeParagraphListLevel"> |
||
| 3180 | <summary>
|
||
| 3181 | Command tries to change current paragraph's list level if possible. |
||
| 3182 | </summary>
|
||
| 3183 | </member>
|
||
| 3184 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.ChangeParagraphLeftIndent"> |
||
| 3185 | <summary>
|
||
| 3186 | Command tries to change current paragraph's left indent if possible. |
||
| 3187 | </summary>
|
||
| 3188 | </member>
|
||
| 3189 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.NavigateInTable"> |
||
| 3190 | <summary>
|
||
| 3191 | Command tries to navigate caret position in current table if possible. |
||
| 3192 | </summary>
|
||
| 3193 | </member>
|
||
| 3194 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.AppendTableRow"> |
||
| 3195 | <summary>
|
||
| 3196 | Command tries to append table row to the current table if possible. |
||
| 3197 | </summary>
|
||
| 3198 | </member>
|
||
| 3199 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.TabCommandBehaviors.Default"> |
||
| 3200 | <summary>
|
||
| 3201 | Default behavior, which is combination of all other behaviors. |
||
| 3202 | </summary>
|
||
| 3203 | </member>
|
||
| 3204 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.HyperlinkDialogSelectionHelper.SelectCurrentHyperlinkOrWord(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 3205 | <summary>
|
||
| 3206 | Selects the current hyperlink or word. |
||
| 3207 | </summary>
|
||
| 3208 | <param name="document">The document.</param> |
||
| 3209 | <returns>The hyperlink info of the selected hyperlink.</returns> |
||
| 3210 | </member>
|
||
| 3211 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.SelectionRangeType"> |
||
| 3212 | <summary>
|
||
| 3213 | Describes the selection range type. |
||
| 3214 | </summary>
|
||
| 3215 | </member>
|
||
| 3216 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.SelectionRangeType.Composite"> |
||
| 3217 | <summary>
|
||
| 3218 | Composite selection range. |
||
| 3219 | </summary>
|
||
| 3220 | </member>
|
||
| 3221 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.SelectionRangeType.Table"> |
||
| 3222 | <summary>
|
||
| 3223 | Table selection range. |
||
| 3224 | </summary>
|
||
| 3225 | </member>
|
||
| 3226 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.SelectionRangeType.TableRow"> |
||
| 3227 | <summary>
|
||
| 3228 | Table row selection range. |
||
| 3229 | </summary>
|
||
| 3230 | </member>
|
||
| 3231 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.SelectionRangeType.TableCell"> |
||
| 3232 | <summary>
|
||
| 3233 | Table cell selection range. |
||
| 3234 | </summary>
|
||
| 3235 | </member>
|
||
| 3236 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs"> |
||
| 3237 | <summary>
|
||
| 3238 | Provides data for active document editor changed event. |
||
| 3239 | </summary>
|
||
| 3240 | </member>
|
||
| 3241 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType)"> |
||
| 3242 | <summary>
|
||
| 3243 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 3244 | </summary>
|
||
| 3245 | <param name="documentEditorType">Type of the document editor.</param> |
||
| 3246 | </member>
|
||
| 3247 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs.DocumentEditorType"> |
||
| 3248 | <summary>
|
||
| 3249 | Gets the type of the active document editor. |
||
| 3250 | </summary>
|
||
| 3251 | <value>
|
||
| 3252 | The type of the active document editor. |
||
| 3253 | </value>
|
||
| 3254 | </member>
|
||
| 3255 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ICaretFactory"> |
||
| 3256 | <summary>
|
||
| 3257 | Provides an extensible approach to change the RadRichTextBox's Caret. |
||
| 3258 | </summary>
|
||
| 3259 | </member>
|
||
| 3260 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ICaretFactory.CreateCaret"> |
||
| 3261 | <summary>
|
||
| 3262 | Creates the caret. |
||
| 3263 | </summary>
|
||
| 3264 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 3265 | </member>
|
||
| 3266 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Caret.ClearText"> |
||
| 3267 | <summary>
|
||
| 3268 | Clears the text currently in the caret. |
||
| 3269 | </summary>
|
||
| 3270 | </member>
|
||
| 3271 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Caret.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 3272 | <summary>
|
||
| 3273 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 3274 | </summary>
|
||
| 3275 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 3276 | </member>
|
||
| 3277 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ImeLanguage"> |
||
| 3278 | <summary>
|
||
| 3279 | This enum is for internal use only. |
||
| 3280 | </summary>
|
||
| 3281 | </member>
|
||
| 3282 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.InputEvents"> |
||
| 3283 | <summary>
|
||
| 3284 | Represents TextInput events. |
||
| 3285 | </summary>
|
||
| 3286 | </member>
|
||
| 3287 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.CustomSectionColumnsDialogAttribute"> |
||
| 3288 | <summary>
|
||
| 3289 | Attribute which should be applyed to indicate whether the dialog is а CustomSectionColumnsDialog. |
||
| 3290 | </summary>
|
||
| 3291 | </member>
|
||
| 3292 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogAttribute"> |
||
| 3293 | <summary>
|
||
| 3294 | Attribute which indicates that the dialog is SectionColumnsDialog. |
||
| 3295 | </summary>
|
||
| 3296 | </member>
|
||
| 3297 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogAttribute.#ctor"> |
||
| 3298 | <summary>
|
||
| 3299 | Initialize a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogAttribute"/> class. |
||
| 3300 | </summary>
|
||
| 3301 | </member>
|
||
| 3302 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogAttribute.IsDefault"> |
||
| 3303 | <summary>
|
||
| 3304 | Indicates whether the dialog is the default dialog. |
||
| 3305 | </summary>
|
||
| 3306 | </member>
|
||
| 3307 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.CustomSectionColumnsDialogAttribute.#ctor"> |
||
| 3308 | <summary>
|
||
| 3309 | Initialize a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.CustomSectionColumnsDialogAttribute"/> class. |
||
| 3310 | </summary>
|
||
| 3311 | </member>
|
||
| 3312 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.InsertTableDialogContext.#ctor(System.Action{System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Boolean},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3313 | <summary>
|
||
| 3314 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.InsertTableDialogContext"/> class. |
||
| 3315 | </summary>
|
||
| 3316 | <param name="insertTableCallback">The insert table callback. |
||
| 3317 | First parameter specifies rows; |
||
| 3318 | second parameter specifies columns; |
||
| 3319 | the third parameter specifies if paragraphs should be inserted before table when it is in the start of block container.</param>
|
||
| 3320 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3321 | </member>
|
||
| 3322 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ISectionColumnsDialog"> |
||
| 3323 | <summary>
|
||
| 3324 | Defines the basic functionality of the SectionColumnsDialog. |
||
| 3325 | </summary>
|
||
| 3326 | </member>
|
||
| 3327 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ISectionColumnsDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext)"> |
||
| 3328 | <summary>
|
||
| 3329 | Show the dialog. |
||
| 3330 | </summary>
|
||
| 3331 | <param name="context">The context which encapsulate the parameters needed for shown the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3332 | </member>
|
||
| 3333 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext"> |
||
| 3334 | <summary>
|
||
| 3335 | Represents class containing parameters used by SectionColumnsDialog. |
||
| 3336 | </summary>
|
||
| 3337 | </member>
|
||
| 3338 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox,System.Action{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection})"> |
||
| 3339 | <summary>
|
||
| 3340 | Initialize new instance of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext"/> class. |
||
| 3341 | </summary>
|
||
| 3342 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3343 | <param name="applySectionColumnsCallback">Callback which is executed when dialog changes are applied.</param> |
||
| 3344 | </member>
|
||
| 3345 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext.Owner"> |
||
| 3346 | <summary>
|
||
| 3347 | Gets the owner of the SectionColumnsDialog. |
||
| 3348 | </summary>
|
||
| 3349 | </member>
|
||
| 3350 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SectionColumnsDialogContext.ApplySectionColumnsCallback"> |
||
| 3351 | <summary>
|
||
| 3352 | Callback which is executed when dialog changes are applied. |
||
| 3353 | </summary>
|
||
| 3354 | </member>
|
||
| 3355 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.MarkupExtensions.DocumentsResourceProvider"> |
||
| 3356 | <summary>
|
||
| 3357 | Resource manager to handle theme resources in UserControls scenario in Documents. |
||
| 3358 | </summary>
|
||
| 3359 | </member>
|
||
| 3360 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.MarkupExtensions.DocumentsResourceProvider.#ctor"> |
||
| 3361 | <summary>
|
||
| 3362 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.MarkupExtensions.DocumentsResourceProvider"/> class. |
||
| 3363 | </summary>
|
||
| 3364 | </member>
|
||
| 3365 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.MarkupExtensions.DocumentsResourceProvider.SetDefaultStyleKey"> |
||
| 3366 | <inheritdoc /> |
||
| 3367 | </member>
|
||
| 3368 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings.#ctor(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3369 | <summary>
|
||
| 3370 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings"/> class. Use it for creation of new style. |
||
| 3371 | </summary>
|
||
| 3372 | <param name="createNew">The create new.</param> |
||
| 3373 | </member>
|
||
| 3374 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleType)"> |
||
| 3375 | <summary>
|
||
| 3376 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings"/> class. Use it for creation of new style with specific type. |
||
| 3377 | </summary>
|
||
| 3378 | <param name="styleType">Type of the style.</param> |
||
| 3379 | </member>
|
||
| 3380 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 3381 | <summary>
|
||
| 3382 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings"/> class. Use it for editing of style definition. |
||
| 3383 | </summary>
|
||
| 3384 | <param name="styleDefinition">The style definition.</param> |
||
| 3385 | </member>
|
||
| 3386 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ListStyle)"> |
||
| 3387 | <summary>
|
||
| 3388 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings"/> class. Use it for editing of list style. |
||
| 3389 | </summary>
|
||
| 3390 | <param name="listStyle">The list style.</param> |
||
| 3391 | </member>
|
||
| 3392 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings.#ctor(System.Boolean,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ListStyle)"> |
||
| 3393 | <summary>
|
||
| 3394 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3395 | </summary>
|
||
| 3396 | </member>
|
||
| 3397 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.FontPropertiesDialogContext.DefaultStyle"> |
||
| 3398 | <summary>
|
||
| 3399 | Gets or sets the default style which will be used to fill in the dialog on Reset All |
||
| 3400 | </summary>
|
||
| 3401 | <value>The default style.</value> |
||
| 3402 | </member>
|
||
| 3403 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.FontPropertiesDialogContext.ApplyStyle"> |
||
| 3404 | <summary>
|
||
| 3405 | A callback that is used to apply the style filled in the UI. |
||
| 3406 | </summary>
|
||
| 3407 | <value>The apply style.</value> |
||
| 3408 | </member>
|
||
| 3409 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.FontPropertiesDialogContext.CurrentEditingStyle"> |
||
| 3410 | <summary>
|
||
| 3411 | Gets the current editing style. Provided for backward compatibility. |
||
| 3412 | </summary>
|
||
| 3413 | <value>The current editing style.</value> |
||
| 3414 | </member>
|
||
| 3415 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.FontPropertiesDialogContext.Owner"> |
||
| 3416 | <summary>
|
||
| 3417 | The owner RadRichTextBox used to set the owner of the RadWindow and to extract the current style. |
||
| 3418 | </summary>
|
||
| 3419 | <value>The owner.</value> |
||
| 3420 | </member>
|
||
| 3421 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType"> |
||
| 3422 | <summary>
|
||
| 3423 | Describes document editor types. |
||
| 3424 | </summary>
|
||
| 3425 | </member>
|
||
| 3426 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType.MainDocument"> |
||
| 3427 | <summary>
|
||
| 3428 | Main document editor. |
||
| 3429 | </summary>
|
||
| 3430 | </member>
|
||
| 3431 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType.Header"> |
||
| 3432 | <summary>
|
||
| 3433 | Header editor. |
||
| 3434 | </summary>
|
||
| 3435 | </member>
|
||
| 3436 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType.Footer"> |
||
| 3437 | <summary>
|
||
| 3438 | Footer editor. |
||
| 3439 | </summary>
|
||
| 3440 | </member>
|
||
| 3441 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType.Note"> |
||
| 3442 | <summary>
|
||
| 3443 | Note editor. |
||
| 3444 | </summary>
|
||
| 3445 | </member>
|
||
| 3446 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentEditorType.Comment"> |
||
| 3447 | <summary>
|
||
| 3448 | Comment editor. |
||
| 3449 | </summary>
|
||
| 3450 | </member>
|
||
| 3451 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext"> |
||
| 3452 | <summary>
|
||
| 3453 | Contains information that can be used by dialogs implementing <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IChangeEditingPermissionsDialog"/> |
||
| 3454 | </summary>
|
||
| 3455 | </member>
|
||
| 3456 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext.#ctor(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo},Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionInfoCollection,System.Action{System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo},System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo}},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3457 | <summary>
|
||
| 3458 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext"/> class. |
||
| 3459 | </summary>
|
||
| 3460 | <param name="currentRangePermissions">Current region permissions infos.</param> |
||
| 3461 | <param name="users">Current users.</param> |
||
| 3462 | <param name="updatePermissionRangeCallback">The callback used for updating permission range.</param> |
||
| 3463 | </member>
|
||
| 3464 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext.CurrentRangePermissions"> |
||
| 3465 | <summary>
|
||
| 3466 | Gets the current region permissions info. |
||
| 3467 | </summary>
|
||
| 3468 | </member>
|
||
| 3469 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext.Users"> |
||
| 3470 | <summary>
|
||
| 3471 | Gets all the permissions info. |
||
| 3472 | </summary>
|
||
| 3473 | </member>
|
||
| 3474 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext.UpdatePermissionRangeCallback"> |
||
| 3475 | <summary>
|
||
| 3476 | Gets the callback used for updating permission range. |
||
| 3477 | </summary>
|
||
| 3478 | </member>
|
||
| 3479 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IChangeEditingPermissionsDialog"> |
||
| 3480 | <summary>
|
||
| 3481 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for changing editing permissions. |
||
| 3482 | </summary>
|
||
| 3483 | </member>
|
||
| 3484 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IChangeEditingPermissionsDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialogContext,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3485 | <summary>
|
||
| 3486 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 3487 | </summary>
|
||
| 3488 | <param name="context">The context containing information about current permissions and how to set them.</param> |
||
| 3489 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3490 | </member>
|
||
| 3491 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.INotesDialog"> |
||
| 3492 | <summary>
|
||
| 3493 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for footnotes and endnotes |
||
| 3494 | </summary>
|
||
| 3495 | </member>
|
||
| 3496 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.INotesDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.NotesDialogContext,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3497 | <summary>
|
||
| 3498 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 3499 | </summary>
|
||
| 3500 | <param name="context">The notes dialog context.</param> |
||
| 3501 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3502 | </member>
|
||
| 3503 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IProtectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 3504 | <summary>
|
||
| 3505 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for enforcing document protection |
||
| 3506 | </summary>
|
||
| 3507 | </member>
|
||
| 3508 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IProtectDocumentDialog.ShowDialog(System.Action{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentProtectionMode,System.String},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3509 | <summary>
|
||
| 3510 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 3511 | </summary>
|
||
| 3512 | <param name="protectDocumentCallback">The callback that will be used to set the document password.</param> |
||
| 3513 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3514 | </member>
|
||
| 3515 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IUnprotectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 3516 | <summary>
|
||
| 3517 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for removing document protection |
||
| 3518 | </summary>
|
||
| 3519 | </member>
|
||
| 3520 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IUnprotectDocumentDialog.ShowDialog(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3521 | <summary>
|
||
| 3522 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 3523 | </summary>
|
||
| 3524 | <param name="protectDocumentCallback">The callback that will be used to remove the document protection.</param> |
||
| 3525 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 3526 | </member>
|
||
| 3527 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,System.Action{System.Object},Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,System.Action{System.Action{System.Char,System.Windows.Media.FontFamily},System.Windows.Media.FontFamily,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3528 | <summary>
|
||
| 3529 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3530 | </summary>
|
||
| 3531 | </member>
|
||
| 3532 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,System.Action{System.Object},Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,System.Action{System.Action{System.Char,System.Windows.Media.FontFamily},System.Windows.Media.FontFamily,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3533 | <summary>
|
||
| 3534 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3535 | </summary>
|
||
| 3536 | </member>
|
||
| 3537 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ListStyle,System.Action{System.Object},Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument,System.Action{System.Action{System.Char,System.Windows.Media.FontFamily},System.Windows.Media.FontFamily,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox},Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3538 | <summary>
|
||
| 3539 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3540 | </summary>
|
||
| 3541 | </member>
|
||
| 3542 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleType,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3543 | <summary>
|
||
| 3544 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext"/> class. Use it for creation of new style with specified type. |
||
| 3545 | </summary>
|
||
| 3546 | <param name="dialogTitle">The dialog title.</param> |
||
| 3547 | <param name="styleType">Type of the style.</param> |
||
| 3548 | <param name="owner">The owner.</param> |
||
| 3549 | </member>
|
||
| 3550 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3551 | <summary>
|
||
| 3552 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext"/> class. Use it for creation of new style. |
||
| 3553 | </summary>
|
||
| 3554 | <param name="dialogTitle">The dialog title.</param> |
||
| 3555 | <param name="owner">The owner.</param> |
||
| 3556 | </member>
|
||
| 3557 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3558 | <summary>
|
||
| 3559 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext"/> class. Use it for editing of style definition. |
||
| 3560 | </summary>
|
||
| 3561 | <param name="dialogTitle">The dialog title.</param> |
||
| 3562 | <param name="realStyleDefinition">The real style definition.</param> |
||
| 3563 | <param name="owner">The owner.</param> |
||
| 3564 | </member>
|
||
| 3565 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ListStyle,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 3566 | <summary>
|
||
| 3567 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext"/> class. Use it for editing of list style. |
||
| 3568 | </summary>
|
||
| 3569 | <param name="dialogTitle">The dialog title.</param> |
||
| 3570 | <param name="realListStyle">The real list style.</param> |
||
| 3571 | <param name="owner">The owner.</param> |
||
| 3572 | </member>
|
||
| 3573 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.CustomStyleDefinitionAction"> |
||
| 3574 | <summary>
|
||
| 3575 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3576 | </summary>
|
||
| 3577 | </member>
|
||
| 3578 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.EditCustomStyleDefinition"> |
||
| 3579 | <summary>
|
||
| 3580 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3581 | </summary>
|
||
| 3582 | </member>
|
||
| 3583 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogContext.ShowInsertSymbolDialogAction"> |
||
| 3584 | <summary>
|
||
| 3585 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3586 | </summary>
|
||
| 3587 | </member>
|
||
| 3588 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleCrossBorder"> |
||
| 3589 | <summary>
|
||
| 3590 | DoubleCrossBorder |
||
| 3591 | </summary>
|
||
| 3592 | </member>
|
||
| 3593 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleCrossBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 3594 | <summary>
|
||
| 3595 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 3596 | </summary>
|
||
| 3597 | </member>
|
||
| 3598 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleHorizontalBorder"> |
||
| 3599 | <summary>
|
||
| 3600 | DoubleHorizontalBorder |
||
| 3601 | </summary>
|
||
| 3602 | </member>
|
||
| 3603 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleHorizontalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 3604 | <summary>
|
||
| 3605 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 3606 | </summary>
|
||
| 3607 | </member>
|
||
| 3608 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleVerticalBorder"> |
||
| 3609 | <summary>
|
||
| 3610 | DoubleVerticalBorder |
||
| 3611 | </summary>
|
||
| 3612 | </member>
|
||
| 3613 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DoubleBorder.DoubleVerticalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 3614 | <summary>
|
||
| 3615 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 3616 | </summary>
|
||
| 3617 | </member>
|
||
| 3618 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableMovement.TableAdorner"> |
||
| 3619 | <summary>
|
||
| 3620 | TableAdorner |
||
| 3621 | </summary>
|
||
| 3622 | </member>
|
||
| 3623 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableMovement.TableAdorner.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 3624 | <summary>
|
||
| 3625 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 3626 | </summary>
|
||
| 3627 | </member>
|
||
| 3628 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PagesLayoutManager.PagePresentersMargin"> |
||
| 3629 | <summary>
|
||
| 3630 | Gets or sets value corresponding to the margins between child page-presenters. |
||
| 3631 | </summary>
|
||
| 3632 | </member>
|
||
| 3633 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"> |
||
| 3634 | <summary>
|
||
| 3635 | Represents rich text box control, which can be used to visualize and edit <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/>. |
||
| 3636 | </summary>
|
||
| 3637 | </member>
|
||
| 3638 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCustomAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeEnd)"> |
||
| 3639 | <summary>
|
||
| 3640 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3641 | </summary>
|
||
| 3642 | </member>
|
||
| 3643 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AddOrReplaceTabStop(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TabStop,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TabStop)"> |
||
| 3644 | <summary>
|
||
| 3645 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3646 | </summary>
|
||
| 3647 | </member>
|
||
| 3648 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ResizeColumn(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,System.Int32,System.Double)"> |
||
| 3649 | <summary>
|
||
| 3650 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3651 | </summary>
|
||
| 3652 | </member>
|
||
| 3653 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeTableColumnsLayoutMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableLayoutMode)"> |
||
| 3654 | <summary>
|
||
| 3655 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3656 | </summary>
|
||
| 3657 | </member>
|
||
| 3658 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SetNumberingValue(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Commands.SetNumberingValueOption,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 3659 | <summary>
|
||
| 3660 | Deprecated. |
||
| 3661 | </summary>
|
||
| 3662 | </member>
|
||
| 3663 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.RestartNumbering"> |
||
| 3664 | <summary>
|
||
| 3665 | Deprecated |
||
| 3666 | </summary>
|
||
| 3667 | </member>
|
||
| 3668 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ContinueNumbering"> |
||
| 3669 | <summary>
|
||
| 3670 | Deprecated |
||
| 3671 | </summary>
|
||
| 3672 | </member>
|
||
| 3673 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MinScaleFactor"> |
||
| 3674 | <summary>
|
||
| 3675 | Represents the minimum scale factor the control supports. |
||
| 3676 | </summary>
|
||
| 3677 | </member>
|
||
| 3678 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MaxScaleFactor"> |
||
| 3679 | <summary>
|
||
| 3680 | Represents the maximum scale factor the control supports. |
||
| 3681 | </summary>
|
||
| 3682 | </member>
|
||
| 3683 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.EnsureActiveEditorPresenter"> |
||
| 3684 | <summary>
|
||
| 3685 | Ensures control template is applied and ensures ActiveEditorPresenter is initialized to its default value. |
||
| 3686 | </summary>
|
||
| 3687 | <returns>Whether the ActiveEditorPresenter has been created as a result of this method call.</returns> |
||
| 3688 | </member>
|
||
| 3689 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 3690 | <summary>
|
||
| 3691 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 3692 | </summary>
|
||
| 3693 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 3694 | </member>
|
||
| 3695 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.#ctor"> |
||
| 3696 | <summary>
|
||
| 3697 | Initializes a new instance of the RadRichTextBox class. |
||
| 3698 | </summary>
|
||
| 3699 | </member>
|
||
| 3700 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnCreateAutomationPeer"> |
||
| 3701 | <summary>
|
||
| 3702 | Returns class-specific <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer"/> implementations for the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF)/Silverlight infrastructure. |
||
| 3703 | </summary>
|
||
| 3704 | <returns>
|
||
| 3705 | The type-specific <see cref="T:System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer"/> implementation. |
||
| 3706 | </returns>
|
||
| 3707 | </member>
|
||
| 3708 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ScrollToHorizontalOffset(System.Double)"> |
||
| 3709 | <summary>
|
||
| 3710 | Scrolls the contents of RadRichTextBox to the specified horizontal offset. |
||
| 3711 | </summary>
|
||
| 3712 | </member>
|
||
| 3713 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ScrollToVerticalOffset(System.Double)"> |
||
| 3714 | <summary>
|
||
| 3715 | Scrolls the contents of RadRichTextBox to the specified vertical offset. |
||
| 3716 | </summary>
|
||
| 3717 | </member>
|
||
| 3718 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ScrollToNote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 3719 | <summary>
|
||
| 3720 | Scrolls the viewport so that a note becomes visible. |
||
| 3721 | </summary>
|
||
| 3722 | <param name="note">The note.</param> |
||
| 3723 | </member>
|
||
| 3724 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InvalidateProofingErrors(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3725 | <summary>
|
||
| 3726 | Clears the spell-checking state of all words in the document and updates the UI. |
||
| 3727 | </summary>
|
||
| 3728 | <param name="invalidateIncorrectWordsOnly">True to invalidate incorrect word only.</param> |
||
| 3729 | </member>
|
||
| 3730 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InvalidateEditorLayout"> |
||
| 3731 | <summary>
|
||
| 3732 | Forces the control to invalidate the layout of its child elements. |
||
| 3733 | </summary>
|
||
| 3734 | </member>
|
||
| 3735 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Print(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintMode)"> |
||
| 3736 | <summary>
|
||
| 3737 | Initializes printing of the current document. |
||
| 3738 | </summary>
|
||
| 3739 | <param name="documentName">The name of the document to print.</param> |
||
| 3740 | <param name="mode">The printing mode.</param> |
||
| 3741 | </member>
|
||
| 3742 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Print(System.Windows.Controls.PrintDialog,Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintSettings)"> |
||
| 3743 | <summary>
|
||
| 3744 | Prints with the specified print dialog. The dialog should allready be initialized. |
||
| 3745 | </summary>
|
||
| 3746 | <param name="printDialog">The print dialog.</param> |
||
| 3747 | <param name="printSettings">The print settings.</param> |
||
| 3748 | </member>
|
||
| 3749 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SuspendUpdateLayout"> |
||
| 3750 | <summary>
|
||
| 3751 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 3752 | Suspends layout updates forced by document editing operations (e.g. multiple insert/delete operations). Each call to to this method should be followed by a call to <see cref="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ResumeUpdateLayout(System.Boolean)"/> method. |
||
| 3753 | </summary>
|
||
| 3754 | <remarks>
|
||
| 3755 | Use this method when you have to do sequence of updates to the document, to improve performance and avoid unnecessary layout and UI updates. |
||
| 3756 | </remarks>
|
||
| 3757 | </member>
|
||
| 3758 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ResumeUpdateLayout(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3759 | <summary>
|
||
| 3760 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 3761 | Resumes layout updates suspended by calls to <see cref="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SuspendUpdateLayout"/> method. |
||
| 3762 | </summary>
|
||
| 3763 | <param name="updateLayout">True to call UpdateEditorLayout once all "resume" calls are equal to the "suspend" calls.</param> |
||
| 3764 | </member>
|
||
| 3765 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateEditorLayout"> |
||
| 3766 | <summary>
|
||
| 3767 | Forces the control to update its layout and UI; |
||
| 3768 | </summary>
|
||
| 3769 | </member>
|
||
| 3770 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateEditorLayout(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3771 | <summary>
|
||
| 3772 | Forces the control to update its layout and UI. |
||
| 3773 | </summary>
|
||
| 3774 | <param name="async">False to execute the update immediately. Otherwise it will be executed with slight delay using Dispatcher Timer for performance reasons.</param> |
||
| 3775 | </member>
|
||
| 3776 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleHeaderFooterEditingMode"> |
||
| 3777 | <summary>
|
||
| 3778 | Toggles the headers/footers editing mode. |
||
| 3779 | </summary>
|
||
| 3780 | </member>
|
||
| 3781 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleFormattingSymbols"> |
||
| 3782 | <summary>
|
||
| 3783 | Toggles the visibility of the formatting symbols in the document. |
||
| 3784 | </summary>
|
||
| 3785 | </member>
|
||
| 3786 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleComments"> |
||
| 3787 | <summary>
|
||
| 3788 | Toggles the visibility of the comments in the document. |
||
| 3789 | </summary>
|
||
| 3790 | </member>
|
||
| 3791 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleBookmarks"> |
||
| 3792 | <summary>
|
||
| 3793 | Toggles the visibility of the bookmarks in the document. |
||
| 3794 | </summary>
|
||
| 3795 | </member>
|
||
| 3796 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Undo"> |
||
| 3797 | <summary>
|
||
| 3798 | Reverts last executed command group. |
||
| 3799 | </summary>
|
||
| 3800 | </member>
|
||
| 3801 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Redo"> |
||
| 3802 | <summary>
|
||
| 3803 | Re-executes the last undone command group. |
||
| 3804 | </summary>
|
||
| 3805 | </member>
|
||
| 3806 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.BeginUndoGroup"> |
||
| 3807 | <summary>
|
||
| 3808 | Begins new undo group. |
||
| 3809 | </summary>
|
||
| 3810 | </member>
|
||
| 3811 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CancelUndoGroup"> |
||
| 3812 | <summary>
|
||
| 3813 | Cancels current undo group. |
||
| 3814 | </summary>
|
||
| 3815 | </member>
|
||
| 3816 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.EndUndoGroup"> |
||
| 3817 | <summary>
|
||
| 3818 | Closes current undo group. |
||
| 3819 | </summary>
|
||
| 3820 | </member>
|
||
| 3821 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.EndUndoGroup(System.String)"> |
||
| 3822 | <summary>
|
||
| 3823 | Closes current undo group. |
||
| 3824 | </summary>
|
||
| 3825 | <param name="groupDisplayText">The display text which will be used for the undo group.</param> |
||
| 3826 | </member>
|
||
| 3827 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Cut"> |
||
| 3828 | <summary>
|
||
| 3829 | Executes the Cut command. |
||
| 3830 | </summary>
|
||
| 3831 | </member>
|
||
| 3832 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Copy"> |
||
| 3833 | <summary>
|
||
| 3834 | Copies currently selected document elements into the clipboard |
||
| 3835 | </summary>
|
||
| 3836 | </member>
|
||
| 3837 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Paste"> |
||
| 3838 | <summary>
|
||
| 3839 | Pastes from clipboard into the document respecting CaretPosition and Selection |
||
| 3840 | </summary>
|
||
| 3841 | </member>
|
||
| 3842 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MoveSelection(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3843 | <summary>
|
||
| 3844 | Moves current document selection to a specified position. |
||
| 3845 | </summary>
|
||
| 3846 | <param name="position">The move position.</param> |
||
| 3847 | <param name="deleteSelection">Indicates whether the current selection should be deleted.</param> |
||
| 3848 | </member>
|
||
| 3849 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Delete(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3850 | <summary>
|
||
| 3851 | Deletes from the document respecting CaretPosition and Selection. |
||
| 3852 | </summary>
|
||
| 3853 | <param name="deletePrevious">If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.</param> |
||
| 3854 | </member>
|
||
| 3855 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Telerik#Windows#Documents#Model#IDocumentEditor#Delete(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 3856 | <summary>
|
||
| 3857 | Deletes from the document respecting CaretPosition and Selection. |
||
| 3858 | </summary>
|
||
| 3859 | <param name="deletePrevious">If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.</param> |
||
| 3860 | <returns>True if the command was executed successfully.</returns> |
||
| 3861 | </member>
|
||
| 3862 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Insert(System.String)"> |
||
| 3863 | <summary>
|
||
| 3864 | Inserts text into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3865 | </summary>
|
||
| 3866 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 3867 | </member>
|
||
| 3868 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Telerik#Windows#Documents#Model#IDocumentEditor#Insert(System.String)"> |
||
| 3869 | <summary>
|
||
| 3870 | Inserts text into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3871 | </summary>
|
||
| 3872 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 3873 | <returns>True if the command was executed successfully.</returns> |
||
| 3874 | </member>
|
||
| 3875 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Insert(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 3876 | <summary>
|
||
| 3877 | Inserts text into the document at the specified position. |
||
| 3878 | </summary>
|
||
| 3879 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 3880 | </member>
|
||
| 3881 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertPageBreak"> |
||
| 3882 | <summary>
|
||
| 3883 | Inserts PageBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3884 | </summary>
|
||
| 3885 | </member>
|
||
| 3886 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertLineBreak"> |
||
| 3887 | <summary>
|
||
| 3888 | Inserts LineBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3889 | </summary>
|
||
| 3890 | </member>
|
||
| 3891 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertColumnBreak"> |
||
| 3892 | <summary>
|
||
| 3893 | Inserts ColumnBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3894 | </summary>
|
||
| 3895 | </member>
|
||
| 3896 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertSectionBreak"> |
||
| 3897 | <summary>
|
||
| 3898 | Inserts SectionBreak into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3899 | </summary>
|
||
| 3900 | </member>
|
||
| 3901 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertSectionBreak(Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType)"> |
||
| 3902 | <summary>
|
||
| 3903 | Inserts SectionBreak of the specified type into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 3904 | </summary>
|
||
| 3905 | <param name="sectionBreakType">The type of the section break.</param> |
||
| 3906 | </member>
|
||
| 3907 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 3908 | <summary>
|
||
| 3909 | Inserts inline element into the document. |
||
| 3910 | </summary>
|
||
| 3911 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 3912 | </member>
|
||
| 3913 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 3914 | <summary>
|
||
| 3915 | Inserts inline element into the document. |
||
| 3916 | </summary>
|
||
| 3917 | <param name="inline">The inline element to insert.</param> |
||
| 3918 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the inline at.</param> |
||
| 3919 | </member>
|
||
| 3920 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertParagraph"> |
||
| 3921 | <summary>
|
||
| 3922 | Inserts a new paragraph. |
||
| 3923 | </summary>
|
||
| 3924 | </member>
|
||
| 3925 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertLine(System.String)"> |
||
| 3926 | <summary>
|
||
| 3927 | Inserts text and adds new paragraph after it. |
||
| 3928 | </summary>
|
||
| 3929 | <param name="text">The text.</param> |
||
| 3930 | </member>
|
||
| 3931 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment)"> |
||
| 3932 | <summary>
|
||
| 3933 | Inserts a document fragment. |
||
| 3934 | </summary>
|
||
| 3935 | <param name="documentFragment">The document fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 3936 | </member>
|
||
| 3937 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 3938 | <summary>
|
||
| 3939 | Inserts a fragment at specified position. |
||
| 3940 | </summary>
|
||
| 3941 | <param name="documentFragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 3942 | <param name="documentPosition">The document position to insert the fragment at.</param> |
||
| 3943 | </member>
|
||
| 3944 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline})"> |
||
| 3945 | <summary>
|
||
| 3946 | Inserts collection of inlines as hyperlink into the document. |
||
| 3947 | </summary>
|
||
| 3948 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 3949 | <param name="inlines">The inlines.</param> |
||
| 3950 | </member>
|
||
| 3951 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.String)"> |
||
| 3952 | <summary>
|
||
| 3953 | Inserts hyperlink into the document. |
||
| 3954 | </summary>
|
||
| 3955 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 3956 | <param name="hyperlinkText">The hyperlink text.</param> |
||
| 3957 | </member>
|
||
| 3958 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 3959 | <summary>
|
||
| 3960 | Inserts hyperlink into the document. |
||
| 3961 | </summary>
|
||
| 3962 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 3963 | <param name="hyperlinkText">The hyperlink text.</param> |
||
| 3964 | <param name="hyperlinkStyle">The hyperlink style.</param> |
||
| 3965 | </member>
|
||
| 3966 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo)"> |
||
| 3967 | <summary>
|
||
| 3968 | Creates hyperlink form the current selection. |
||
| 3969 | </summary>
|
||
| 3970 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 3971 | </member>
|
||
| 3972 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 3973 | <summary>
|
||
| 3974 | Creates hyperlink form the current selection. |
||
| 3975 | </summary>
|
||
| 3976 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 3977 | <param name="hyperlinkStyle">The hyperlink style.</param> |
||
| 3978 | </member>
|
||
| 3979 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.RemoveHyperlink"> |
||
| 3980 | <summary>
|
||
| 3981 | Removes the hyperlink on the caret position. |
||
| 3982 | </summary>
|
||
| 3983 | </member>
|
||
| 3984 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertImage(System.IO.Stream,System.String)"> |
||
| 3985 | <summary>
|
||
| 3986 | Inserts image inline into the document. |
||
| 3987 | </summary>
|
||
| 3988 | <param name="imageStream">The stream to the image's contents.</param> |
||
| 3989 | <param name="extension">The extension specifying the image format.</param> |
||
| 3990 | </member>
|
||
| 3991 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 3992 | <summary>
|
||
| 3993 | Inserts a comment. |
||
| 3994 | </summary>
|
||
| 3995 | <param name="comment">The comment.</param> |
||
| 3996 | </member>
|
||
| 3997 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteComment"> |
||
| 3998 | <summary>
|
||
| 3999 | Deletes the current comment. |
||
| 4000 | </summary>
|
||
| 4001 | </member>
|
||
| 4002 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CommentRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4003 | <summary>
|
||
| 4004 | Deletes a comment. |
||
| 4005 | </summary>
|
||
| 4006 | <param name="commentRangeStart">The comment range start.</param> |
||
| 4007 | </member>
|
||
| 4008 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteAllComments"> |
||
| 4009 | <summary>
|
||
| 4010 | Deletes all comments in the current document. |
||
| 4011 | </summary>
|
||
| 4012 | </member>
|
||
| 4013 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToPreviousComment"> |
||
| 4014 | <summary>
|
||
| 4015 | Moves current position to the previous comment. |
||
| 4016 | </summary>
|
||
| 4017 | </member>
|
||
| 4018 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToNextComment"> |
||
| 4019 | <summary>
|
||
| 4020 | Moves current position to the next comment. |
||
| 4021 | </summary>
|
||
| 4022 | </member>
|
||
| 4023 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteBookmark(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BookmarkRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4024 | <summary>
|
||
| 4025 | Deletes a bookmark. |
||
| 4026 | </summary>
|
||
| 4027 | <param name="bookmarkRangeStart">The bookmark range start.</param> |
||
| 4028 | </member>
|
||
| 4029 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteBookmark(System.String)"> |
||
| 4030 | <summary>
|
||
| 4031 | Deletes a bookmark. |
||
| 4032 | </summary>
|
||
| 4033 | <param name="bookmarkName">Name of the bookmark.</param> |
||
| 4034 | </member>
|
||
| 4035 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertBookmark(System.String)"> |
||
| 4036 | <summary>
|
||
| 4037 | Inserts a bookmark. |
||
| 4038 | </summary>
|
||
| 4039 | <param name="bookmarkName">Name of the bookmark.</param> |
||
| 4040 | </member>
|
||
| 4041 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertPermissionRange(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo})"> |
||
| 4042 | <summary>
|
||
| 4043 | Inserts new permission range. |
||
| 4044 | </summary>
|
||
| 4045 | <param name="permissionInfos">The permissions for the new range.</param> |
||
| 4046 | </member>
|
||
| 4047 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeletePermissionRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4048 | <summary>
|
||
| 4049 | Deletes a permission range. |
||
| 4050 | </summary>
|
||
| 4051 | <param name="permissionRangeStart">The permission range start.</param> |
||
| 4052 | </member>
|
||
| 4053 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeEnd)"> |
||
| 4054 | <summary>
|
||
| 4055 | Inserts an annotation range. |
||
| 4056 | </summary>
|
||
| 4057 | <param name="rangeStart">The annotation range start.</param> |
||
| 4058 | <param name="rangeEnd">The annotation range end.</param> |
||
| 4059 | </member>
|
||
| 4060 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4061 | <summary>
|
||
| 4062 | Deletes an annotation range. |
||
| 4063 | </summary>
|
||
| 4064 | <param name="rangeStart">The start of the range that is to be deleted.</param> |
||
| 4065 | </member>
|
||
| 4066 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SplitAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 4067 | <summary>
|
||
| 4068 | Splits an annotation range at the specified position. |
||
| 4069 | </summary>
|
||
| 4070 | <param name="rangeStart">The start of the range that is to be split.</param> |
||
| 4071 | <param name="position">The position where the range is to be split.</param> |
||
| 4072 | </member>
|
||
| 4073 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SplitAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4074 | <summary>
|
||
| 4075 | Splits an annotation range at the caret position. |
||
| 4076 | </summary>
|
||
| 4077 | <param name="rangeStart">The start of the range that is to be split.</param> |
||
| 4078 | </member>
|
||
| 4079 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeLayoutMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentLayoutMode)"> |
||
| 4080 | <summary>
|
||
| 4081 | Changes the layout mode. |
||
| 4082 | </summary>
|
||
| 4083 | <param name="layoutMode">The new layout mode to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4084 | </member>
|
||
| 4085 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeDocumentElementTag(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement,System.String)"> |
||
| 4086 | <summary>
|
||
| 4087 | Changes the Tag property of a specified DocumentElement. |
||
| 4088 | </summary>
|
||
| 4089 | <param name="element">The DocumentElement.</param> |
||
| 4090 | <param name="tag">The new tag value.</param> |
||
| 4091 | </member>
|
||
| 4092 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GetContent(System.String)"> |
||
| 4093 | <summary>
|
||
| 4094 | Gets the content in various formats. |
||
| 4095 | </summary>
|
||
| 4096 | <param name="format">The format to export into.</param> |
||
| 4097 | <returns>String representation of the content.</returns> |
||
| 4098 | </member>
|
||
| 4099 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertReadOnlyRange"> |
||
| 4100 | <summary>
|
||
| 4101 | Inserts a read only range. |
||
| 4102 | </summary>
|
||
| 4103 | </member>
|
||
| 4104 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteReadOnlyRange"> |
||
| 4105 | <summary>
|
||
| 4106 | Deletes the current read only range. |
||
| 4107 | </summary>
|
||
| 4108 | </member>
|
||
| 4109 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteReadOnlyRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ReadOnlyRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4110 | <summary>
|
||
| 4111 | Deletes the read only range. |
||
| 4112 | </summary>
|
||
| 4113 | <param name="readOnlyRangeStart">The read only range that is to be deleted.</param> |
||
| 4114 | </member>
|
||
| 4115 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field)"> |
||
| 4116 | <summary>
|
||
| 4117 | Inserts a field into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 4118 | </summary>
|
||
| 4119 | <param name="field">The field.</param> |
||
| 4120 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 4121 | </member>
|
||
| 4122 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 4123 | <summary>
|
||
| 4124 | Inserts a field into the document at current caret position in a specified display mode. |
||
| 4125 | </summary>
|
||
| 4126 | <param name="field">The field.</param> |
||
| 4127 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 4128 | <returns>True if the operation completed successfully</returns> |
||
| 4129 | </member>
|
||
| 4130 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4131 | <summary>
|
||
| 4132 | Updates a field. |
||
| 4133 | </summary>
|
||
| 4134 | <param name="fieldStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 4135 | </member>
|
||
| 4136 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateAllFields"> |
||
| 4137 | <summary>
|
||
| 4138 | Updates all fields in the document. |
||
| 4139 | </summary>
|
||
| 4140 | </member>
|
||
| 4141 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateAllFields(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 4142 | <summary>
|
||
| 4143 | Updates all fields and displays them in the specified display mode. |
||
| 4144 | </summary>
|
||
| 4145 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 4146 | </member>
|
||
| 4147 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeBibliographicStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BibliographicReferences.BibliographicReferenceStyleBase)"> |
||
| 4148 | <summary>
|
||
| 4149 | Changes the bibliographic style of all bibliography related fields in the document. |
||
| 4150 | </summary>
|
||
| 4151 | <param name="newBibliographicStyle">The new bibliographic style.</param> |
||
| 4152 | </member>
|
||
| 4153 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleFieldCodes(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4154 | <summary>
|
||
| 4155 | Toggles the display mode of a field. |
||
| 4156 | </summary>
|
||
| 4157 | <param name="fieldStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 4158 | </member>
|
||
| 4159 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeFieldDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 4160 | <summary>
|
||
| 4161 | Changes the field display mode. |
||
| 4162 | </summary>
|
||
| 4163 | <param name="fieldStart">The field start.</param> |
||
| 4164 | <param name="displayMode">The new display mode.</param> |
||
| 4165 | </member>
|
||
| 4166 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeAllFieldsDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 4167 | <summary>
|
||
| 4168 | Changes the display mode of all fields in the document. |
||
| 4169 | </summary>
|
||
| 4170 | <param name="displayMode">The display mode.</param> |
||
| 4171 | </member>
|
||
| 4172 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PreviewFirstMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 4173 | <summary>
|
||
| 4174 | Previews the first mail merge data record. |
||
| 4175 | </summary>
|
||
| 4176 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 4177 | </member>
|
||
| 4178 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PreviewLastMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 4179 | <summary>
|
||
| 4180 | Previews the last mail merge data record. |
||
| 4181 | </summary>
|
||
| 4182 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 4183 | </member>
|
||
| 4184 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PreviewPreviousMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 4185 | <summary>
|
||
| 4186 | Previews the previous mail merge data record. |
||
| 4187 | </summary>
|
||
| 4188 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 4189 | </member>
|
||
| 4190 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PreviewNextMailMergeDataRecord"> |
||
| 4191 | <summary>
|
||
| 4192 | Previews the next mail merge data record. |
||
| 4193 | </summary>
|
||
| 4194 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 4195 | </member>
|
||
| 4196 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PreviewMailMergeDataRecordAtIndex(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 4197 | <summary>
|
||
| 4198 | Previews the the mail merge data record at a specified index. |
||
| 4199 | </summary>
|
||
| 4200 | <param name="index">The index of the record to be shown.</param> |
||
| 4201 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 4202 | </member>
|
||
| 4203 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MailMergeCurrentRecord"> |
||
| 4204 | <summary>
|
||
| 4205 | Produces a mail merge document for the current mail merge data record. |
||
| 4206 | </summary>
|
||
| 4207 | <returns>The document</returns> |
||
| 4208 | </member>
|
||
| 4209 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MailMerge(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4210 | <summary>
|
||
| 4211 | Produces a mail merge document for all the mail merge data records. |
||
| 4212 | </summary>
|
||
| 4213 | <param name="startEachRecordOnNewPage"><c>true</c> if each record should start on a new page.</param> |
||
| 4214 | <returns>The document</returns> |
||
| 4215 | </member>
|
||
| 4216 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCaption(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CaptionDefinition,System.String,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4217 | <summary>
|
||
| 4218 | Inserts a caption. |
||
| 4219 | </summary>
|
||
| 4220 | <param name="definition">The definition.</param> |
||
| 4221 | <param name="caption">The caption text to be used.</param> |
||
| 4222 | <param name="includeLabel">if set to <c>true</c> the label is included in the caption.</param> |
||
| 4223 | <param name="insertBelow">if set to <c>true</c> the caption is inserted after the current selection.</param> |
||
| 4224 | </member>
|
||
| 4225 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateAllCaptions(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CaptionDefinition)"> |
||
| 4226 | <summary>
|
||
| 4227 | Updates all captions related to caption definition. |
||
| 4228 | </summary>
|
||
| 4229 | <param name="captionDefinition">The caption definition.</param> |
||
| 4230 | </member>
|
||
| 4231 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCrossReferenceToBookmark(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4232 | <summary>
|
||
| 4233 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a bookmark into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 4234 | </summary>
|
||
| 4235 | </member>
|
||
| 4236 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCrossReferenceToHeading(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4237 | <summary>
|
||
| 4238 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a heading paragraph into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 4239 | </summary>
|
||
| 4240 | </member>
|
||
| 4241 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCrossReferenceToCaption(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Fields.ReferenceContentType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4242 | <summary>
|
||
| 4243 | Inserts a Cross-Reference to a caption into the document at current caret position. |
||
| 4244 | </summary>
|
||
| 4245 | </member>
|
||
| 4246 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateHeader(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 4247 | <summary>
|
||
| 4248 | Updates the header for a section. |
||
| 4249 | </summary>
|
||
| 4250 | <param name="section">The section of the header.</param> |
||
| 4251 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 4252 | <param name="header">The header.</param> |
||
| 4253 | </member>
|
||
| 4254 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UpdateFooter(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 4255 | <summary>
|
||
| 4256 | Updates the footer for a section. |
||
| 4257 | </summary>
|
||
| 4258 | <param name="section">The section of the footer.</param> |
||
| 4259 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 4260 | <param name="footer">The footer.</param> |
||
| 4261 | </member>
|
||
| 4262 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.FocusHeader"> |
||
| 4263 | <summary>
|
||
| 4264 | Focuses the header of the current page. |
||
| 4265 | </summary>
|
||
| 4266 | </member>
|
||
| 4267 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.FocusFooter"> |
||
| 4268 | <summary>
|
||
| 4269 | Focuses the footer of the current page. |
||
| 4270 | </summary>
|
||
| 4271 | </member>
|
||
| 4272 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionHeaderLinkToPrevious(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4273 | <summary>
|
||
| 4274 | Changes the value indicated whether the a section header should be linked to the header of the previous section. |
||
| 4275 | </summary>
|
||
| 4276 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 4277 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 4278 | <param name="value"><c>true</c> if the header should be linked.</param> |
||
| 4279 | </member>
|
||
| 4280 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionFooterLinkToPrevious(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4281 | <summary>
|
||
| 4282 | Changes the value indicated whether the a section footer should be linked to the footer of the previous section. |
||
| 4283 | </summary>
|
||
| 4284 | <param name="section">The section.</param> |
||
| 4285 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 4286 | <param name="value"><c>true</c> if the footer should be linked.</param> |
||
| 4287 | </member>
|
||
| 4288 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ClearFormatting"> |
||
| 4289 | <summary>
|
||
| 4290 | Clears the formatting of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4291 | </summary>
|
||
| 4292 | </member>
|
||
| 4293 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleBold"> |
||
| 4294 | <summary>
|
||
| 4295 | Toggles the bold state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4296 | </summary>
|
||
| 4297 | </member>
|
||
| 4298 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeFontWeight(System.Windows.FontWeight)"> |
||
| 4299 | <summary>
|
||
| 4300 | Changes the font weight of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4301 | </summary>
|
||
| 4302 | <param name="fontWeight">The new font weight.</param> |
||
| 4303 | </member>
|
||
| 4304 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleItalic"> |
||
| 4305 | <summary>
|
||
| 4306 | Toggles the italic state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4307 | </summary>
|
||
| 4308 | </member>
|
||
| 4309 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeFontStyle(System.Windows.FontStyle)"> |
||
| 4310 | <summary>
|
||
| 4311 | Changes the font style of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4312 | </summary>
|
||
| 4313 | <param name="fontStyle">The new font style.</param> |
||
| 4314 | </member>
|
||
| 4315 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeFontFamily(System.Windows.Media.FontFamily)"> |
||
| 4316 | <summary>
|
||
| 4317 | Changes the font family of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4318 | </summary>
|
||
| 4319 | <param name="fontFamily">The new font family to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4320 | </member>
|
||
| 4321 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeStyleNameToActiveEditor(System.String)"> |
||
| 4322 | <summary>
|
||
| 4323 | Changes the style name of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4324 | </summary>
|
||
| 4325 | </member>
|
||
| 4326 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeStyleName(System.String)"> |
||
| 4327 | <summary>
|
||
| 4328 | Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document. |
||
| 4329 | </summary>
|
||
| 4330 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 4331 | </member>
|
||
| 4332 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeStyleName(System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4333 | <summary>
|
||
| 4334 | Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document. |
||
| 4335 | </summary>
|
||
| 4336 | <param name="styleName">Name of the style.</param> |
||
| 4337 | <param name="useLinkedStyle">If true, the linked style may be used depending on the selection.</param> |
||
| 4338 | </member>
|
||
| 4339 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeFontSize(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4340 | <summary>
|
||
| 4341 | Changes the font size of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4342 | </summary>
|
||
| 4343 | <param name="newFontSize">The new font size to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4344 | </member>
|
||
| 4345 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IncrementFontSize"> |
||
| 4346 | <summary>
|
||
| 4347 | Increments the font size of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4348 | </summary>
|
||
| 4349 | </member>
|
||
| 4350 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DecrementFontSize"> |
||
| 4351 | <summary>
|
||
| 4352 | Decrements the font size of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4353 | </summary>
|
||
| 4354 | </member>
|
||
| 4355 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeTextForeColor(System.Windows.Media.Color)"> |
||
| 4356 | <summary>
|
||
| 4357 | Changes the text foreground color of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4358 | </summary>
|
||
| 4359 | <param name="newColor">The new foreground color to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4360 | </member>
|
||
| 4361 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeUnderlineColor(System.Windows.Media.Color)"> |
||
| 4362 | <summary>
|
||
| 4363 | Changes the underline color of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4364 | </summary>
|
||
| 4365 | <param name="newColor">The new underline color to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4366 | </member>
|
||
| 4367 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeTextHighlightColor(System.Windows.Media.Color)"> |
||
| 4368 | <summary>
|
||
| 4369 | Changes the text highligh color of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4370 | </summary>
|
||
| 4371 | <param name="newColor">The new highlight color to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4372 | </member>
|
||
| 4373 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeBaselineAlignment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BaselineAlignment)"> |
||
| 4374 | <summary>
|
||
| 4375 | Changes the baseline alignment of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4376 | </summary>
|
||
| 4377 | <param name="newBaselineAlignment">The new baseline alignment to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4378 | </member>
|
||
| 4379 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleSubscript"> |
||
| 4380 | <summary>
|
||
| 4381 | Toggles the subscript state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4382 | </summary>
|
||
| 4383 | </member>
|
||
| 4384 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleSuperscript"> |
||
| 4385 | <summary>
|
||
| 4386 | Changes the superscript state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4387 | </summary>
|
||
| 4388 | </member>
|
||
| 4389 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleUnderline"> |
||
| 4390 | <summary>
|
||
| 4391 | Toggles the underline state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4392 | </summary>
|
||
| 4393 | </member>
|
||
| 4394 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeUnderlineDecoration(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.TextDecorations.DecorationProviders.IUnderlineUIDecorationProvider)"> |
||
| 4395 | <summary>
|
||
| 4396 | Changes the underline decoration of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4397 | </summary>
|
||
| 4398 | <param name="decoration">The new underline decoration provider to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4399 | </member>
|
||
| 4400 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ToggleStrikethrough"> |
||
| 4401 | <summary>
|
||
| 4402 | Toggles the subscript state of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4403 | </summary>
|
||
| 4404 | </member>
|
||
| 4405 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeStrikethrough(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4406 | <summary>
|
||
| 4407 | Changes the strikethrough of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4408 | </summary>
|
||
| 4409 | <param name="isStrikethrough">The new strikethrough value.</param> |
||
| 4410 | </member>
|
||
| 4411 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSpanStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 4412 | <summary>
|
||
| 4413 | Changes the style of current run in the document. |
||
| 4414 | </summary>
|
||
| 4415 | <param name="styleInfo">The new style to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4416 | </member>
|
||
| 4417 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeImageSize(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline,System.Windows.Size)"> |
||
| 4418 | <summary>
|
||
| 4419 | Changes the size of the image. |
||
| 4420 | </summary>
|
||
| 4421 | <param name="image">The ImageInline.</param> |
||
| 4422 | <param name="size">The new size.</param> |
||
| 4423 | </member>
|
||
| 4424 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeImageRotateAngle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline,System.Double)"> |
||
| 4425 | <summary>
|
||
| 4426 | Changes the image rotate angle. |
||
| 4427 | </summary>
|
||
| 4428 | <param name="image">The ImageInline.</param> |
||
| 4429 | <param name="angle">The new angle.</param> |
||
| 4430 | </member>
|
||
| 4431 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ClearAllFormatting"> |
||
| 4432 | <summary>
|
||
| 4433 | Clears all of the formatting of the current paragraph and run in the document. |
||
| 4434 | </summary>
|
||
| 4435 | </member>
|
||
| 4436 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeTextAlignment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadTextAlignment)"> |
||
| 4437 | <summary>
|
||
| 4438 | Changes the text alignment of the current run in the document. |
||
| 4439 | </summary>
|
||
| 4440 | <param name="alignment">The new text alignment to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4441 | </member>
|
||
| 4442 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphBackground(System.Windows.Media.Color)"> |
||
| 4443 | <summary>
|
||
| 4444 | Changes the background color of the selected paragraphs in the document. |
||
| 4445 | </summary>
|
||
| 4446 | <param name="color">The new background color to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4447 | </member>
|
||
| 4448 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphListLevel(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 4449 | <summary>
|
||
| 4450 | Changes the list level the paragraph is currently in. |
||
| 4451 | </summary>
|
||
| 4452 | <param name="listLevel">The list level to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4453 | </member>
|
||
| 4454 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IncrementParagraphListLevel"> |
||
| 4455 | <summary>
|
||
| 4456 | Increments the list level the paragraph is currently in by 1. |
||
| 4457 | </summary>
|
||
| 4458 | </member>
|
||
| 4459 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DecrementParagraphListLevel"> |
||
| 4460 | <summary>
|
||
| 4461 | Decrements the list level the paragraph is currently in by 1. |
||
| 4462 | </summary>
|
||
| 4463 | </member>
|
||
| 4464 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IncrementParagraphLeftIndent"> |
||
| 4465 | <summary>
|
||
| 4466 | Increments the left indent of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4467 | </summary>
|
||
| 4468 | </member>
|
||
| 4469 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DecrementParagraphLeftIndent"> |
||
| 4470 | <summary>
|
||
| 4471 | Decrements the left indent of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4472 | </summary>
|
||
| 4473 | </member>
|
||
| 4474 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphLeftIndent(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4475 | <summary>
|
||
| 4476 | Changes the left indent of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4477 | </summary>
|
||
| 4478 | <param name="leftIndent">The new left indent to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4479 | </member>
|
||
| 4480 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphRightIndent(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4481 | <summary>
|
||
| 4482 | Changes the right indent of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4483 | </summary>
|
||
| 4484 | <param name="rightIndent">The new right indent to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4485 | </member>
|
||
| 4486 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphFirstLineIndent(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4487 | <summary>
|
||
| 4488 | Changes the left indent of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4489 | </summary>
|
||
| 4490 | <param name="firstLineIndent">The new left indent to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4491 | </member>
|
||
| 4492 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphSpacingBefore(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4493 | <summary>
|
||
| 4494 | Changes the spacing before the current paragraph. |
||
| 4495 | </summary>
|
||
| 4496 | <param name="spacingBefore">The new spacing to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4497 | </member>
|
||
| 4498 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphAutomaticSpacingBefore(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4499 | <summary>
|
||
| 4500 | Controls whether automatic spacing is applied before the current paragraph. |
||
| 4501 | </summary>
|
||
| 4502 | <param name="value">True if automatic spacing should be applied, otherwise false.</param> |
||
| 4503 | </member>
|
||
| 4504 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphSpacingAfter(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4505 | <summary>
|
||
| 4506 | Changes the spacing after the current paragraph. |
||
| 4507 | </summary>
|
||
| 4508 | <param name="spacingAfter">The new spacing to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4509 | </member>
|
||
| 4510 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphAutomaticSpacingAfter(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 4511 | <summary>
|
||
| 4512 | Controls whether automatic spacing is applied after the current paragraph. |
||
| 4513 | </summary>
|
||
| 4514 | <param name="value">True if automatic spacing should be applied, otherwise false.</param> |
||
| 4515 | </member>
|
||
| 4516 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphLineSpacing(System.Double,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineSpacingType)"> |
||
| 4517 | <summary>
|
||
| 4518 | Changes the line spacing inside the current paragraph. |
||
| 4519 | </summary>
|
||
| 4520 | <param name="lineSpacing">The new line spacing to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4521 | <param name="lineSpacingType">The type of the line spacing to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4522 | </member>
|
||
| 4523 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphLineSpacing(System.Double)"> |
||
| 4524 | <summary>
|
||
| 4525 | Changes the lines spacing inside the current paragraph. |
||
| 4526 | </summary>
|
||
| 4527 | <param name="lineSpacing">The new line spacing to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4528 | </member>
|
||
| 4529 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphLineSpacingType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.LineSpacingType)"> |
||
| 4530 | <summary>
|
||
| 4531 | Changes the line spacing type inside the current paragraph. |
||
| 4532 | </summary>
|
||
| 4533 | <param name="lineSpacingType">The new line spacing type to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4534 | </member>
|
||
| 4535 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeParagraphStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 4536 | <summary>
|
||
| 4537 | Changes the paragraph style of the current paragraph. |
||
| 4538 | </summary>
|
||
| 4539 | <param name="styleInfo">The new style to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4540 | </member>
|
||
| 4541 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.RestartListNumbering"> |
||
| 4542 | <summary>
|
||
| 4543 | Creates a new list from the current paragraph. The paragraph should be in list, otherwise this method does nothing. |
||
| 4544 | </summary>
|
||
| 4545 | </member>
|
||
| 4546 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ContinueListNumbering"> |
||
| 4547 | <summary>
|
||
| 4548 | Removes all paragraphs from the current list and continues the first possible list before that paragraph. The paragraph should be in list and should be first in the list, otherwise this method does nothing. |
||
| 4549 | </summary>
|
||
| 4550 | </member>
|
||
| 4551 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionPageSize(System.Windows.Size)"> |
||
| 4552 | <summary>
|
||
| 4553 | Changes the page size of the current section. |
||
| 4554 | </summary>
|
||
| 4555 | <param name="size">The new page size to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4556 | </member>
|
||
| 4557 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionPageMargin(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.Padding)"> |
||
| 4558 | <summary>
|
||
| 4559 | Changes the page margin of the current section. |
||
| 4560 | </summary>
|
||
| 4561 | <param name="sectionMargin">The new margin to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4562 | </member>
|
||
| 4563 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionActualPageMargin(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.Padding)"> |
||
| 4564 | <summary>
|
||
| 4565 | Changes the actual page margin (regarding the page orientation) of the section. |
||
| 4566 | </summary>
|
||
| 4567 | <param name="sectionMargin">The section margin.</param> |
||
| 4568 | </member>
|
||
| 4569 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionPageOrientation(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PageOrientation)"> |
||
| 4570 | <summary>
|
||
| 4571 | Changes the page orientation of the current section. |
||
| 4572 | </summary>
|
||
| 4573 | <param name="sectionPageOrientation">The new page orientation to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4574 | </member>
|
||
| 4575 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionHeaderTopMargin(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 4576 | <summary>
|
||
| 4577 | Changes the top margin of the header of the current section. |
||
| 4578 | </summary>
|
||
| 4579 | <param name="sectionHeaderTopMargin">Header top margin to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4580 | </member>
|
||
| 4581 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionFooterBottomMargin(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 4582 | <summary>
|
||
| 4583 | Changes the bottom margin of the footer of the current section. |
||
| 4584 | </summary>
|
||
| 4585 | <param name="sectionFooterBottomMargin">Footer bottom margin to be applied.</param> |
||
| 4586 | </member>
|
||
| 4587 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionFirstPageNumber(System.Nullable{System.Int32})"> |
||
| 4588 | <summary>
|
||
| 4589 | Changes the first page number of the current section. |
||
| 4590 | Set null continue numeration form the previous section. |
||
| 4591 | </summary>
|
||
| 4592 | <param name="firstPageNumber">The new first page number value.</param> |
||
| 4593 | </member>
|
||
| 4594 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionColumns(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnCollection)"> |
||
| 4595 | <summary>
|
||
| 4596 | Changes the section columns of the current section. |
||
| 4597 | </summary>
|
||
| 4598 | <param name="sectionColumns">The section columns.</param> |
||
| 4599 | </member>
|
||
| 4600 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeSectionColumns(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SectionColumnsLayout)"> |
||
| 4601 | <summary>
|
||
| 4602 | Changes the section columns of the current section. |
||
| 4603 | </summary>
|
||
| 4604 | <param name="sectionColumnsLayout">The section columns layout.</param> |
||
| 4605 | </member>
|
||
| 4606 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SatisfyImports"> |
||
| 4607 | <summary>
|
||
| 4608 | Loads extensible UI components through MEF. |
||
| 4609 | </summary>
|
||
| 4610 | </member>
|
||
| 4611 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowParagraphPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4612 | <summary>
|
||
| 4613 | Shows the paragraph properties dialog. |
||
| 4614 | </summary>
|
||
| 4615 | </member>
|
||
| 4616 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowFontPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4617 | <summary>
|
||
| 4618 | Shows the font properties dialog. |
||
| 4619 | </summary>
|
||
| 4620 | </member>
|
||
| 4621 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowTablePropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4622 | <summary>
|
||
| 4623 | Shows the table properties dialog. |
||
| 4624 | </summary>
|
||
| 4625 | </member>
|
||
| 4626 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowTableBordersDialog"> |
||
| 4627 | <summary>
|
||
| 4628 | Shows the table borders dialog. |
||
| 4629 | </summary>
|
||
| 4630 | </member>
|
||
| 4631 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertSymbolWindow"> |
||
| 4632 | <summary>
|
||
| 4633 | Show the insert symbol dialog. |
||
| 4634 | </summary>
|
||
| 4635 | </member>
|
||
| 4636 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertHyperlinkDialog"> |
||
| 4637 | <summary>
|
||
| 4638 | Shows the insert hyperlink dialog. |
||
| 4639 | </summary>
|
||
| 4640 | </member>
|
||
| 4641 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowManageBookmarksDialog"> |
||
| 4642 | <summary>
|
||
| 4643 | Shows the dialog for managing bookmarks. |
||
| 4644 | </summary>
|
||
| 4645 | </member>
|
||
| 4646 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowFindReplaceDialog"> |
||
| 4647 | <summary>
|
||
| 4648 | Shows the find replace dialog. |
||
| 4649 | </summary>
|
||
| 4650 | </member>
|
||
| 4651 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertTableDialog"> |
||
| 4652 | <summary>
|
||
| 4653 | Shows the insert table dialog. |
||
| 4654 | </summary>
|
||
| 4655 | </member>
|
||
| 4656 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowSpellCheckingDialog"> |
||
| 4657 | <summary>
|
||
| 4658 | Shows the spell checking dialog. |
||
| 4659 | </summary>
|
||
| 4660 | </member>
|
||
| 4661 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowEditCustomDictionaryDialog"> |
||
| 4662 | <summary>
|
||
| 4663 | Shows the dialog for editing custom spellchecking dictionaries. |
||
| 4664 | </summary>
|
||
| 4665 | </member>
|
||
| 4666 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowFloatingBlockPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4667 | <summary>
|
||
| 4668 | Shows the floating block properties dialog. |
||
| 4669 | </summary>
|
||
| 4670 | </member>
|
||
| 4671 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowTabStopsPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4672 | <summary>
|
||
| 4673 | Shows the dialog for editing tab stops. |
||
| 4674 | </summary>
|
||
| 4675 | </member>
|
||
| 4676 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowImageEditorDialog(System.String)"> |
||
| 4677 | <summary>
|
||
| 4678 | Shows the image editor dialog. |
||
| 4679 | </summary>
|
||
| 4680 | <param name="executeToolName">Name of the tool to execute when the dialog is opened.</param> |
||
| 4681 | </member>
|
||
| 4682 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowStyleFormattingPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 4683 | <summary>
|
||
| 4684 | Shows the dialog for adding new style. |
||
| 4685 | </summary>
|
||
| 4686 | </member>
|
||
| 4687 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowStyleFormattingPropertiesDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 4688 | <summary>
|
||
| 4689 | Shows the dialog for modifying style formatting. |
||
| 4690 | </summary>
|
||
| 4691 | </member>
|
||
| 4692 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowStyleFormattingPropertiesDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialogSettings)"> |
||
| 4693 | <summary>
|
||
| 4694 | Shows the style formatting properties dialog. |
||
| 4695 | </summary>
|
||
| 4696 | <param name="settings">The settings.</param> |
||
| 4697 | </member>
|
||
| 4698 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowManageStylesDialog"> |
||
| 4699 | <summary>
|
||
| 4700 | Shows the dialog for managing styles. |
||
| 4701 | </summary>
|
||
| 4702 | </member>
|
||
| 4703 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowDefineNewListStyleDialog"> |
||
| 4704 | <summary>
|
||
| 4705 | Shows dialog for creating new list style. |
||
| 4706 | </summary>
|
||
| 4707 | </member>
|
||
| 4708 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertCrossReferenceWindow"> |
||
| 4709 | <summary>
|
||
| 4710 | Shows the insert cross reference window. |
||
| 4711 | </summary>
|
||
| 4712 | </member>
|
||
| 4713 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertTableOfContentsDialog"> |
||
| 4714 | <summary>
|
||
| 4715 | Shows the insert Table of Contents window. |
||
| 4716 | </summary>
|
||
| 4717 | </member>
|
||
| 4718 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowAddNewBibliographicSourceDialog(System.String,System.Boolean,System.Action{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BibliographicReferences.BibliographicSource})"> |
||
| 4719 | <summary>
|
||
| 4720 | Shows the Add New Bibliographic Source Dialog. |
||
| 4721 | </summary>
|
||
| 4722 | </member>
|
||
| 4723 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowSetNumberingValueDialog"> |
||
| 4724 | <summary>
|
||
| 4725 | Shows the Set Numbering Value Dialog. |
||
| 4726 | </summary>
|
||
| 4727 | </member>
|
||
| 4728 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowManageBibliographicSourcesDialog"> |
||
| 4729 | <summary>
|
||
| 4730 | Shows the Manage Bibliographic Sources Dialog. |
||
| 4731 | </summary>
|
||
| 4732 | </member>
|
||
| 4733 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertCaptionDialog"> |
||
| 4734 | <summary>
|
||
| 4735 | Shows the insert caption dialog. |
||
| 4736 | </summary>
|
||
| 4737 | </member>
|
||
| 4738 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowWatermarkSettingsDialog"> |
||
| 4739 | <summary>
|
||
| 4740 | Shows the watermark settings dialog. |
||
| 4741 | </summary>
|
||
| 4742 | </member>
|
||
| 4743 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowSectionColumnsDialog"> |
||
| 4744 | <summary>
|
||
| 4745 | Show the sections columns dialog. |
||
| 4746 | </summary>
|
||
| 4747 | </member>
|
||
| 4748 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowNotesDialog"> |
||
| 4749 | <summary>
|
||
| 4750 | Shows the notes dialog. |
||
| 4751 | </summary>
|
||
| 4752 | </member>
|
||
| 4753 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowCodeFormattingDialog"> |
||
| 4754 | <summary>
|
||
| 4755 | Shows the dialog for code formatting. |
||
| 4756 | </summary>
|
||
| 4757 | </member>
|
||
| 4758 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowImageEditorDialog"> |
||
| 4759 | <summary>
|
||
| 4760 | Shows the image editor dialog. |
||
| 4761 | </summary>
|
||
| 4762 | </member>
|
||
| 4763 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowInsertDateTimeDialog"> |
||
| 4764 | <summary>
|
||
| 4765 | Shows the insert date field dialog. |
||
| 4766 | </summary>
|
||
| 4767 | </member>
|
||
| 4768 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowProtectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 4769 | <summary>
|
||
| 4770 | Shows the dialog for enforcing document protection. |
||
| 4771 | </summary>
|
||
| 4772 | </member>
|
||
| 4773 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowUnprotectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 4774 | <summary>
|
||
| 4775 | Shows the dialog for removing document protection. |
||
| 4776 | </summary>
|
||
| 4777 | </member>
|
||
| 4778 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowChangeEditingPermissionsDialog"> |
||
| 4779 | <summary>
|
||
| 4780 | Shows the dialog for changing editing permissions. |
||
| 4781 | </summary>
|
||
| 4782 | </member>
|
||
| 4783 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ResizeTableColumn(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,System.Int32,System.Double)"> |
||
| 4784 | <summary>
|
||
| 4785 | Changes the width of a table column. The specified width value will be applied with width type <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnitType.Fixed"/>. |
||
| 4786 | You could specify different width type through the ChangeTableGridColumnWidth method. |
||
| 4787 | </summary>
|
||
| 4788 | <param name="table">The table.</param> |
||
| 4789 | <param name="columnIndex">The index of the column.</param> |
||
| 4790 | <param name="columnWidth">The new value for the column width.</param> |
||
| 4791 | </member>
|
||
| 4792 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeTableGridColumnWidth(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table,System.Int32,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnit)"> |
||
| 4793 | <summary>
|
||
| 4794 | Changes the width of a table column. |
||
| 4795 | </summary>
|
||
| 4796 | <param name="table">The table.</param> |
||
| 4797 | <param name="columnIndex">The index of the column.</param> |
||
| 4798 | <param name="width">The new value for the column width. If the type of the width is not specified, <see cref="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnitType.Fixed"/> will be used.</param> |
||
| 4799 | </member>
|
||
| 4800 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCodeBlock(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Code.CodeFormattingSettings)"> |
||
| 4801 | <summary>
|
||
| 4802 | Inserts code block into the document at caret position. If caret position is in code block, replaces the current code block. |
||
| 4803 | </summary>
|
||
| 4804 | </member>
|
||
| 4805 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DeleteCodeBlock(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CodeAnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 4806 | <summary>
|
||
| 4807 | Deletes a code block. |
||
| 4808 | </summary>
|
||
| 4809 | <param name="rangeStart">The code range start of the block to delete.</param> |
||
| 4810 | </member>
|
||
| 4811 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToNextRevision"> |
||
| 4812 | <summary>
|
||
| 4813 | Moves current position to the next revision. |
||
| 4814 | </summary>
|
||
| 4815 | </member>
|
||
| 4816 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToPreviousRevision"> |
||
| 4817 | <summary>
|
||
| 4818 | Moves current position to the previous revision. |
||
| 4819 | </summary>
|
||
| 4820 | </member>
|
||
| 4821 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AcceptRevision(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.Revision)"> |
||
| 4822 | <summary>
|
||
| 4823 | Accepts revision. |
||
| 4824 | </summary>
|
||
| 4825 | <param name="revision">The revision.</param> |
||
| 4826 | </member>
|
||
| 4827 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.RejectRevision(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.Revision)"> |
||
| 4828 | <summary>
|
||
| 4829 | Rejects revision. |
||
| 4830 | </summary>
|
||
| 4831 | <param name="revision">The revision.</param> |
||
| 4832 | </member>
|
||
| 4833 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AcceptAllRevisions"> |
||
| 4834 | <summary>
|
||
| 4835 | Accepts all revisions in the current document. |
||
| 4836 | </summary>
|
||
| 4837 | </member>
|
||
| 4838 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.RejectAllRevisions"> |
||
| 4839 | <summary>
|
||
| 4840 | Rejects all revisions in the current document. |
||
| 4841 | </summary>
|
||
| 4842 | </member>
|
||
| 4843 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertFootnote"> |
||
| 4844 | <summary>
|
||
| 4845 | Inserts footnote at the current position. |
||
| 4846 | </summary>
|
||
| 4847 | </member>
|
||
| 4848 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertFootnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 4849 | <summary>
|
||
| 4850 | Inserts the footnote at the current position. |
||
| 4851 | </summary>
|
||
| 4852 | <param name="footnote">The footnote.</param> |
||
| 4853 | </member>
|
||
| 4854 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertEndnote"> |
||
| 4855 | <summary>
|
||
| 4856 | Inserts endnote at the current position. |
||
| 4857 | </summary>
|
||
| 4858 | </member>
|
||
| 4859 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertEndnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 4860 | <summary>
|
||
| 4861 | Inserts the endnote at the current position. |
||
| 4862 | </summary>
|
||
| 4863 | <param name="endnote">The endnote.</param> |
||
| 4864 | </member>
|
||
| 4865 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToNextFootnote"> |
||
| 4866 | <summary>
|
||
| 4867 | Moves current position to the next footnote. |
||
| 4868 | </summary>
|
||
| 4869 | </member>
|
||
| 4870 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToPreviousFootnote"> |
||
| 4871 | <summary>
|
||
| 4872 | Moves current position to the previous footnote. |
||
| 4873 | </summary>
|
||
| 4874 | </member>
|
||
| 4875 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToNextEndnote"> |
||
| 4876 | <summary>
|
||
| 4877 | Moves current position to the next endnote. |
||
| 4878 | </summary>
|
||
| 4879 | </member>
|
||
| 4880 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.GoToPreviousEndnote"> |
||
| 4881 | <summary>
|
||
| 4882 | Moves current position to the previous endnote. |
||
| 4883 | </summary>
|
||
| 4884 | </member>
|
||
| 4885 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnSelectionChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 4886 | <summary>
|
||
| 4887 | Raises the <see cref="E:SelectionChanged"/> event. |
||
| 4888 | </summary>
|
||
| 4889 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4890 | </member>
|
||
| 4891 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnCommentShowing(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.CommentShowingEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4892 | <summary>
|
||
| 4893 | Raises the <see cref="E:CommentShowing"/> event. |
||
| 4894 | </summary>
|
||
| 4895 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.CommentShowingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4896 | </member>
|
||
| 4897 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnCommandExecuting(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4898 | <summary>
|
||
| 4899 | Raises the <see cref="E:CommandExecuting"/> event. |
||
| 4900 | </summary>
|
||
| 4901 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4902 | </member>
|
||
| 4903 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnCommandExecuted(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4904 | <summary>
|
||
| 4905 | Raises the <see cref="E:CommandExecuted"/> event. |
||
| 4906 | </summary>
|
||
| 4907 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4908 | </member>
|
||
| 4909 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnIsReadOnlyChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 4910 | <summary>
|
||
| 4911 | Raises the <see cref="E:IsReadOnlyChanged"/> event. |
||
| 4912 | </summary>
|
||
| 4913 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4914 | </member>
|
||
| 4915 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnPrintStarted(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 4916 | <summary>
|
||
| 4917 | Raises the <see cref="E:PrintStarted"/> event. |
||
| 4918 | </summary>
|
||
| 4919 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4920 | </member>
|
||
| 4921 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnPrintCompleted(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintCompletedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4922 | <summary>
|
||
| 4923 | Raises the <see cref="E:PrintCompleted"/> event. |
||
| 4924 | </summary>
|
||
| 4925 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintCompletedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4926 | </member>
|
||
| 4927 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnIsSpellCheckingEnabledChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 4928 | <summary>
|
||
| 4929 | Raises the <see cref="E:IsSpellCheckingEnabledChanged"/> event. |
||
| 4930 | </summary>
|
||
| 4931 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4932 | </member>
|
||
| 4933 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnIsInHeaderFooterEditModeChanged(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 4934 | <summary>
|
||
| 4935 | Raises the <see cref="E:IsInHeaderFooterEditModeChanged"/> event. |
||
| 4936 | </summary>
|
||
| 4937 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.EventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4938 | </member>
|
||
| 4939 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnActiveDocumentEditorChanged(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4940 | <summary>
|
||
| 4941 | Raises the <see cref="E:ActiveDocumentEditorChanged"/> event. |
||
| 4942 | </summary>
|
||
| 4943 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.ActiveDocumentEditorChangedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4944 | </member>
|
||
| 4945 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnUntrackableCommandExecuting(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UntrackableCommandExecutingEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4946 | <summary>
|
||
| 4947 | Raises the <see cref="E:UntrackableCommandExecuting"/> event. |
||
| 4948 | </summary>
|
||
| 4949 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UntrackableCommandExecutingEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4950 | </member>
|
||
| 4951 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.OnNoteReferenceClicked(System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs)"> |
||
| 4952 | <summary>
|
||
| 4953 | Raises the <see cref="E:NoteReferenceClicked"/> event. |
||
| 4954 | </summary>
|
||
| 4955 | <param name="args">The MouseButtonEventArgs instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 4956 | </member>
|
||
| 4957 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsFocusable"> |
||
| 4958 | <summary>
|
||
| 4959 | Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a control is included in tab navigation. |
||
| 4960 | </summary>
|
||
| 4961 | </member>
|
||
| 4962 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AcceptsReturn"> |
||
| 4963 | <summary>
|
||
| 4964 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the RETURN key types a RETURN character in the control. |
||
| 4965 | </summary>
|
||
| 4966 | </member>
|
||
| 4967 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AcceptsTab"> |
||
| 4968 | <summary>
|
||
| 4969 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order. |
||
| 4970 | </summary>
|
||
| 4971 | </member>
|
||
| 4972 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AllowScaling"> |
||
| 4973 | <summary>
|
||
| 4974 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scaling is enabled. |
||
| 4975 | </summary>
|
||
| 4976 | </member>
|
||
| 4977 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ScaleFactor"> |
||
| 4978 | <summary>
|
||
| 4979 | Gets or sets a value representing the current view scale factor. |
||
| 4980 | </summary>
|
||
| 4981 | </member>
|
||
| 4982 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HorizontalScrollBarVisibility"> |
||
| 4983 | <summary>
|
||
| 4984 | Gets or sets a value representing the horizontal scroll bar visibility. |
||
| 4985 | </summary>
|
||
| 4986 | </member>
|
||
| 4987 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.VerticalScrollBarVisibility"> |
||
| 4988 | <summary>
|
||
| 4989 | Gets or sets a value representing the vertical scroll bar visibility. |
||
| 4990 | </summary>
|
||
| 4991 | </member>
|
||
| 4992 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsReadOnly"> |
||
| 4993 | <summary>
|
||
| 4994 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is read-only. |
||
| 4995 | </summary>
|
||
| 4996 | </member>
|
||
| 4997 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsSelectionEnabled"> |
||
| 4998 | <summary>
|
||
| 4999 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection can be made in the document. |
||
| 5000 | </summary>
|
||
| 5001 | </member>
|
||
| 5002 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HyperlinkNavigationMode"> |
||
| 5003 | <summary>
|
||
| 5004 | Gets or sets the hyperlink navigation mode. |
||
| 5005 | </summary>
|
||
| 5006 | <value>The hyperlink navigation mode.</value> |
||
| 5007 | </member>
|
||
| 5008 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.LayoutMode"> |
||
| 5009 | <summary>
|
||
| 5010 | Gets or sets the document layout mode. |
||
| 5011 | </summary>
|
||
| 5012 | <value>The document layout mode.</value> |
||
| 5013 | </member>
|
||
| 5014 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HyperlinkToolTipFormatString"> |
||
| 5015 | <summary>
|
||
| 5016 | Gets or sets the hyperlink tool text. |
||
| 5017 | </summary>
|
||
| 5018 | <value>The hyperlink tool tip.</value> |
||
| 5019 | </member>
|
||
| 5020 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsSelectionMiniToolBarEnabled"> |
||
| 5021 | <summary>
|
||
| 5022 | Gets or sets value indicating whether selection mini toolBar is enabled. |
||
| 5023 | </summary>
|
||
| 5024 | </member>
|
||
| 5025 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsImageMiniToolBarEnabled"> |
||
| 5026 | <summary>
|
||
| 5027 | Gets or sets value indicating whether image mini toolBar is enabled. |
||
| 5028 | </summary>
|
||
| 5029 | </member>
|
||
| 5030 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsContextMenuEnabled"> |
||
| 5031 | <summary>
|
||
| 5032 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether context menu is enabled. |
||
| 5033 | </summary>
|
||
| 5034 | </member>
|
||
| 5035 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowComments"> |
||
| 5036 | <summary>
|
||
| 5037 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the comments are shown. |
||
| 5038 | </summary>
|
||
| 5039 | </member>
|
||
| 5040 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ShowFormattingSymbols"> |
||
| 5041 | <summary>
|
||
| 5042 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document. |
||
| 5043 | </summary>
|
||
| 5044 | <value>
|
||
| 5045 | <c>true</c> if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 5046 | </value>
|
||
| 5047 | </member>
|
||
| 5048 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsTrackChangesEnabled"> |
||
| 5049 | <summary>
|
||
| 5050 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document. |
||
| 5051 | </summary>
|
||
| 5052 | <value>
|
||
| 5053 | <c>true</c> if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 5054 | </value>
|
||
| 5055 | </member>
|
||
| 5056 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommentTemplateContentMargin"> |
||
| 5057 | <summary>
|
||
| 5058 | Gets or sets the comment template content margin. |
||
| 5059 | </summary>
|
||
| 5060 | </member>
|
||
| 5061 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsSpellCheckingEnabled"> |
||
| 5062 | <summary>
|
||
| 5063 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spell checking is enabled for this document. |
||
| 5064 | </summary>
|
||
| 5065 | </member>
|
||
| 5066 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentInheritsDefaultStyleSettings"> |
||
| 5067 | <summary>
|
||
| 5068 | Gets or sets value indicating whether the edited Document instance should use by default |
||
| 5069 | the FontFamily, FontSize, ForeColor and other style properties applied to this RadRichTextBox using the DefaultStyleSettings. |
||
| 5070 | </summary>
|
||
| 5071 | </member>
|
||
| 5072 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.LineBreakingRuleLanguage"> |
||
| 5073 | <summary>
|
||
| 5074 | Gets or sets the language which rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs. |
||
| 5075 | </summary>
|
||
| 5076 | <value>The line breaking characters rule language.</value> |
||
| 5077 | </member>
|
||
| 5078 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HorizontalOffset"> |
||
| 5079 | <summary>
|
||
| 5080 | Gets the horizontal scroll position. |
||
| 5081 | </summary>
|
||
| 5082 | </member>
|
||
| 5083 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.VerticalOffset"> |
||
| 5084 | <summary>
|
||
| 5085 | Gets the vertical scroll position. |
||
| 5086 | </summary>
|
||
| 5087 | </member>
|
||
| 5088 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SelectedComment"> |
||
| 5089 | <summary>
|
||
| 5090 | Gets or sets the currently focused comment in the document |
||
| 5091 | </summary>
|
||
| 5092 | </member>
|
||
| 5093 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SelectedNote"> |
||
| 5094 | <summary>
|
||
| 5095 | Gets or sets the currently focused note |
||
| 5096 | </summary>
|
||
| 5097 | </member>
|
||
| 5098 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ValidationErrors"> |
||
| 5099 | <summary>
|
||
| 5100 | Gets or sets(private) an instance of ValidationError that provides an error set by DataProviderBase. |
||
| 5101 | </summary>
|
||
| 5102 | </member>
|
||
| 5103 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IgnoredWords"> |
||
| 5104 | <summary>
|
||
| 5105 | Gets or sets an instance of IIgnoredWordDictionary that provides a list of words that would be ignored by spell checker. |
||
| 5106 | </summary>
|
||
| 5107 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SpellChecker"/> |
||
| 5108 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsSpellCheckingEnabled"/> |
||
| 5109 | </member>
|
||
| 5110 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DefaultStyleSettings"> |
||
| 5111 | <summary>
|
||
| 5112 | Gets StyleDefinition instance that stores default values for various RichTextBox and |
||
| 5113 | Document properties like FontSize, FontFamily, ForeColor, etc. |
||
| 5114 | </summary>
|
||
| 5115 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentInheritsDefaultStyleSettings"/> |
||
| 5116 | </member>
|
||
| 5117 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SpellChecker"> |
||
| 5118 | <summary>
|
||
| 5119 | Gets or sets the ISpellChecker implementation used when proofing. |
||
| 5120 | </summary>
|
||
| 5121 | </member>
|
||
| 5122 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HorizontalScrollBar"> |
||
| 5123 | <summary>
|
||
| 5124 | Gets the horizontal scroll bar instance of the control. |
||
| 5125 | </summary>
|
||
| 5126 | </member>
|
||
| 5127 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.VerticalScrollBar"> |
||
| 5128 | <summary>
|
||
| 5129 | Gets the vertical scroll bar instance of the control. |
||
| 5130 | </summary>
|
||
| 5131 | </member>
|
||
| 5132 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.Document"> |
||
| 5133 | <summary>
|
||
| 5134 | Gets or sets the current document. |
||
| 5135 | </summary>
|
||
| 5136 | </member>
|
||
| 5137 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ActiveEditorPresenter"> |
||
| 5138 | <summary>
|
||
| 5139 | Gets or sets a value representing the active document presenter. |
||
| 5140 | </summary>
|
||
| 5141 | </member>
|
||
| 5142 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ParagraphPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5143 | <summary>
|
||
| 5144 | Gets or sets a value representing the current paragraph properties dialog. |
||
| 5145 | </summary>
|
||
| 5146 | </member>
|
||
| 5147 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertSymbolWindow"> |
||
| 5148 | <summary>
|
||
| 5149 | Gets or sets a value representing the current insert symbol window. |
||
| 5150 | </summary>
|
||
| 5151 | </member>
|
||
| 5152 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertHyperlinkDialog"> |
||
| 5153 | <summary>
|
||
| 5154 | Gets or sets a value representing the current insert-hyperlink dialog instance. |
||
| 5155 | </summary>
|
||
| 5156 | </member>
|
||
| 5157 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ManageBookmarksDialog"> |
||
| 5158 | <summary>
|
||
| 5159 | Gets or sets a value representing the current manage bookmark dialog instance. |
||
| 5160 | </summary>
|
||
| 5161 | </member>
|
||
| 5162 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.FindReplaceDialog"> |
||
| 5163 | <summary>
|
||
| 5164 | Gets or sets a value representing the current find/replace dialog instance. |
||
| 5165 | </summary>
|
||
| 5166 | </member>
|
||
| 5167 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertTableDialog"> |
||
| 5168 | <summary>
|
||
| 5169 | Gets or sets a value representing the current insert table dialog instance. |
||
| 5170 | </summary>
|
||
| 5171 | </member>
|
||
| 5172 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.TablePropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5173 | <summary>
|
||
| 5174 | Gets or sets a value representing the current table properties dialog instance. |
||
| 5175 | </summary>
|
||
| 5176 | </member>
|
||
| 5177 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.TableBordersDialog"> |
||
| 5178 | <summary>
|
||
| 5179 | Gets or sets a value representing the current table borders dialog instance. |
||
| 5180 | </summary>
|
||
| 5181 | </member>
|
||
| 5182 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.FloatingBlockPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5183 | <summary>
|
||
| 5184 | Gets or sets a value representing the current floating block properties dialog instance. |
||
| 5185 | </summary>
|
||
| 5186 | </member>
|
||
| 5187 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.TabStopsPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5188 | <summary>
|
||
| 5189 | Gets or sets a value representing the current tab stops properties dialog instance. |
||
| 5190 | </summary>
|
||
| 5191 | </member>
|
||
| 5192 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.FontPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5193 | <summary>
|
||
| 5194 | Gets or sets a value representing the current font properties dialog instance. |
||
| 5195 | </summary>
|
||
| 5196 | </member>
|
||
| 5197 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.EditCustomDictionaryDialog"> |
||
| 5198 | <summary>
|
||
| 5199 | Gets or sets a value representing the current instance of the dialog for editing custom dictionaries. |
||
| 5200 | </summary>
|
||
| 5201 | </member>
|
||
| 5202 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SpellCheckingDialog"> |
||
| 5203 | <summary>
|
||
| 5204 | Gets or sets a value representing the current spell checking dialog instance. |
||
| 5205 | </summary>
|
||
| 5206 | </member>
|
||
| 5207 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SectionColumnsDialog"> |
||
| 5208 | <summary>
|
||
| 5209 | Gets or sets a value representing the current section columnss dialog. |
||
| 5210 | </summary>
|
||
| 5211 | </member>
|
||
| 5212 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SelectionMiniToolBar"> |
||
| 5213 | <summary>
|
||
| 5214 | Gets or sets a value representing the current selection mini toolbar. |
||
| 5215 | </summary>
|
||
| 5216 | </member>
|
||
| 5217 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ImageEditorDialog"> |
||
| 5218 | <summary>
|
||
| 5219 | Gets or sets the image editor dialog. |
||
| 5220 | </summary>
|
||
| 5221 | <value>The image editor dialog.</value> |
||
| 5222 | </member>
|
||
| 5223 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ImageMiniToolBar"> |
||
| 5224 | <summary>
|
||
| 5225 | Gets or sets the image mini toolbar. |
||
| 5226 | </summary>
|
||
| 5227 | <value>The image mini toolbar.</value> |
||
| 5228 | </member>
|
||
| 5229 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ContextMenu"> |
||
| 5230 | <summary>
|
||
| 5231 | Gets or sets a value representing the current context menu. |
||
| 5232 | </summary>
|
||
| 5233 | </member>
|
||
| 5234 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CurrentEditingStyle"> |
||
| 5235 | <summary>
|
||
| 5236 | Gets a value indicating the current editing style. |
||
| 5237 | </summary>
|
||
| 5238 | </member>
|
||
| 5239 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertDateTimeDialog"> |
||
| 5240 | <summary>
|
||
| 5241 | Gets or sets a value representing the current spell checking dialog instance. |
||
| 5242 | </summary>
|
||
| 5243 | </member>
|
||
| 5244 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ProtectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 5245 | <summary>
|
||
| 5246 | Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for enforcing document protection. |
||
| 5247 | </summary>
|
||
| 5248 | </member>
|
||
| 5249 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UnprotectDocumentDialog"> |
||
| 5250 | <summary>
|
||
| 5251 | Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for removing document protection. |
||
| 5252 | </summary>
|
||
| 5253 | </member>
|
||
| 5254 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ChangeEditingPermissionsDialog"> |
||
| 5255 | <summary>
|
||
| 5256 | Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for changing document permissions. |
||
| 5257 | </summary>
|
||
| 5258 | </member>
|
||
| 5259 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.StyleFormattingPropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 5260 | <summary>
|
||
| 5261 | Gets or sets a value representing the current style formatting properties dialog instance. |
||
| 5262 | </summary>
|
||
| 5263 | </member>
|
||
| 5264 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ManageStylesDialog"> |
||
| 5265 | <summary>
|
||
| 5266 | Gets or sets a value representing the current mange styles dialog instance. |
||
| 5267 | </summary>
|
||
| 5268 | </member>
|
||
| 5269 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCrossReferenceWindow"> |
||
| 5270 | <summary>
|
||
| 5271 | Gets or sets a value representing the current insert cross-reference window instance. |
||
| 5272 | </summary>
|
||
| 5273 | </member>
|
||
| 5274 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertTableOfContentsDialog"> |
||
| 5275 | <summary>
|
||
| 5276 | Gets or sets a value representing the current insert Table of Contents window instance. |
||
| 5277 | </summary>
|
||
| 5278 | </member>
|
||
| 5279 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.AddNewBibliographicSourceDialog"> |
||
| 5280 | <summary>
|
||
| 5281 | Gets or sets a value representing the current add new bibliographic reference dialog instance. |
||
| 5282 | </summary>
|
||
| 5283 | </member>
|
||
| 5284 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SetNumberingValueDialog"> |
||
| 5285 | <summary>
|
||
| 5286 | Gets or sets a value representing the current Set Numbering Value reference dialog instance. |
||
| 5287 | </summary>
|
||
| 5288 | </member>
|
||
| 5289 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ManageBibliographicSourcesDialog"> |
||
| 5290 | <summary>
|
||
| 5291 | Gets or sets a value representing the current Manage Bibliographic Sources reference dialog instance. |
||
| 5292 | </summary>
|
||
| 5293 | </member>
|
||
| 5294 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.InsertCaptionDialog"> |
||
| 5295 | <summary>
|
||
| 5296 | Gets or sets a value representing the current Insert Caption dialog instance. |
||
| 5297 | </summary>
|
||
| 5298 | </member>
|
||
| 5299 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.WatermarkSettingsDialog"> |
||
| 5300 | <summary>
|
||
| 5301 | Gets or sets a value representing the current Watermark Settings dialog instance. |
||
| 5302 | </summary>
|
||
| 5303 | </member>
|
||
| 5304 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.NotesDialog"> |
||
| 5305 | <summary>
|
||
| 5306 | Gets or sets a value representing the current Notes dialog instance. |
||
| 5307 | </summary>
|
||
| 5308 | </member>
|
||
| 5309 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CodeFormattingDialog"> |
||
| 5310 | <summary>
|
||
| 5311 | Gets or sets a value representing the current code formatting dialog instance. |
||
| 5312 | </summary>
|
||
| 5313 | </member>
|
||
| 5314 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SelectionChanged"> |
||
| 5315 | <summary>
|
||
| 5316 | Occurs when selection is changed. |
||
| 5317 | </summary>
|
||
| 5318 | </member>
|
||
| 5319 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentChanging"> |
||
| 5320 | <summary>
|
||
| 5321 | Occurs when the current document is changing. |
||
| 5322 | </summary>
|
||
| 5323 | </member>
|
||
| 5324 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UserInfoChanged"> |
||
| 5325 | <summary>
|
||
| 5326 | Occurs when the current user info has changed. |
||
| 5327 | </summary>
|
||
| 5328 | </member>
|
||
| 5329 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ProtectionStateChanged"> |
||
| 5330 | <summary>
|
||
| 5331 | Occurs when the current protection state has changed. |
||
| 5332 | </summary>
|
||
| 5333 | </member>
|
||
| 5334 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentChanged"> |
||
| 5335 | <summary>
|
||
| 5336 | Occurs when the current document has changed. |
||
| 5337 | </summary>
|
||
| 5338 | </member>
|
||
| 5339 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentLayoutModeChanged"> |
||
| 5340 | <summary>
|
||
| 5341 | Occurs when the layout mode of the current document has changed. |
||
| 5342 | </summary>
|
||
| 5343 | </member>
|
||
| 5344 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentContentChanged"> |
||
| 5345 | <summary>
|
||
| 5346 | Occurs when the content of the current document has changed. |
||
| 5347 | </summary>
|
||
| 5348 | </member>
|
||
| 5349 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.DocumentArranged"> |
||
| 5350 | <summary>
|
||
| 5351 | Occurs when the current document has been arranged. |
||
| 5352 | </summary>
|
||
| 5353 | </member>
|
||
| 5354 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CurrentSpanStyleChanged"> |
||
| 5355 | <summary>
|
||
| 5356 | Occurs when the current span's style has changed. |
||
| 5357 | </summary>
|
||
| 5358 | </member>
|
||
| 5359 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CurrentParagraphStyleChanged"> |
||
| 5360 | <summary>
|
||
| 5361 | Occurs when the current paragraph's style has changed. |
||
| 5362 | </summary>
|
||
| 5363 | </member>
|
||
| 5364 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CurrentEditingStyleChanged"> |
||
| 5365 | <summary>
|
||
| 5366 | Occurs when the current editing style has changed. |
||
| 5367 | </summary>
|
||
| 5368 | </member>
|
||
| 5369 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.SelectedLayoutBoxChanged"> |
||
| 5370 | <summary>
|
||
| 5371 | Occurs when currently selected layout box has changed. |
||
| 5372 | </summary>
|
||
| 5373 | </member>
|
||
| 5374 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ScaleFactorChanged"> |
||
| 5375 | <summary>
|
||
| 5376 | Occurs when the ScaleFactor property value has changed. |
||
| 5377 | </summary>
|
||
| 5378 | </member>
|
||
| 5379 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CurrentVisiblePageChanged"> |
||
| 5380 | <summary>
|
||
| 5381 | Occurs when the CurrentPage property value has changed. |
||
| 5382 | </summary>
|
||
| 5383 | </member>
|
||
| 5384 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommandError"> |
||
| 5385 | <summary>
|
||
| 5386 | Occurs on error while executing command. |
||
| 5387 | </summary>
|
||
| 5388 | </member>
|
||
| 5389 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommentShowing"> |
||
| 5390 | <summary>
|
||
| 5391 | Occurs when showing comment. |
||
| 5392 | </summary>
|
||
| 5393 | </member>
|
||
| 5394 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommandExecuting"> |
||
| 5395 | <summary>
|
||
| 5396 | Occurs before the execution of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase"/>. |
||
| 5397 | </summary>
|
||
| 5398 | </member>
|
||
| 5399 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommandExecuted"> |
||
| 5400 | <summary>
|
||
| 5401 | Occurs after the execution of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase"/>. |
||
| 5402 | </summary>
|
||
| 5403 | </member>
|
||
| 5404 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.HyperlinkClicked"> |
||
| 5405 | <summary>
|
||
| 5406 | Occurs when the users clicks on a hyperlink in the current document. |
||
| 5407 | </summary>
|
||
| 5408 | </member>
|
||
| 5409 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.MergeFieldToStringConverting"> |
||
| 5410 | <summary>
|
||
| 5411 | Occurs when MergeField is going to calculate its value. |
||
| 5412 | If MergeFieldToStringConvertingEventArgs.ConvertedValue is set it becames a result string value. |
||
| 5413 | </summary>
|
||
| 5414 | </member>
|
||
| 5415 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsReadOnlyChanged"> |
||
| 5416 | <summary>
|
||
| 5417 | Occurs when IsReadOnly property changes. |
||
| 5418 | </summary>
|
||
| 5419 | </member>
|
||
| 5420 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PrintStarted"> |
||
| 5421 | <summary>
|
||
| 5422 | Occurs when printing has started. |
||
| 5423 | </summary>
|
||
| 5424 | </member>
|
||
| 5425 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.PrintCompleted"> |
||
| 5426 | <summary>
|
||
| 5427 | Occurs when print is completed. |
||
| 5428 | </summary>
|
||
| 5429 | </member>
|
||
| 5430 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsSpellCheckingEnabledChanged"> |
||
| 5431 | <summary>
|
||
| 5432 | Occurs when IsSpellCheckingEnabled property changes. |
||
| 5433 | </summary>
|
||
| 5434 | </member>
|
||
| 5435 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.IsInHeaderFooterEditModeChanged"> |
||
| 5436 | <summary>
|
||
| 5437 | Occurs when going in or out of header/footer editing mode. |
||
| 5438 | </summary>
|
||
| 5439 | </member>
|
||
| 5440 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.ActiveDocumentEditorChanged"> |
||
| 5441 | <summary>
|
||
| 5442 | Occurs when active document editor changes. |
||
| 5443 | </summary>
|
||
| 5444 | </member>
|
||
| 5445 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.UntrackableCommandExecuting"> |
||
| 5446 | <summary>
|
||
| 5447 | Occurs when executing command that does not support track changes and track changes are enabled. |
||
| 5448 | </summary>
|
||
| 5449 | </member>
|
||
| 5450 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.NoteReferenceClicked"> |
||
| 5451 | <summary>
|
||
| 5452 | Occurs when note reference is clicked. |
||
| 5453 | </summary>
|
||
| 5454 | </member>
|
||
| 5455 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBoxGridViewEditor"> |
||
| 5456 | <summary>
|
||
| 5457 | This is an adapter class that adapts RadRichTextBox to IGridViewEditor interface. It is public because it should be initialized with reflection. |
||
| 5458 | </summary>
|
||
| 5459 | </member>
|
||
| 5460 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBoxGridViewEditor.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 5461 | <summary>
|
||
| 5462 | Initializes a new instance of the RadRichTextBoxGridViewEditor class. |
||
| 5463 | </summary>
|
||
| 5464 | <param name="richTextBox">The adapted RadRichTextBox.</param> |
||
| 5465 | </member>
|
||
| 5466 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPresenterBase.Telerik#Windows#Controls#IDocumentEditorPresenter#GetCurrentSectionBoundsInView"> |
||
| 5467 | <summary>
|
||
| 5468 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 5469 | </summary>
|
||
| 5470 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5471 | </member>
|
||
| 5472 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPresenterBase.HorizontalOffset"> |
||
| 5473 | <summary>
|
||
| 5474 | Gets the horizontal scroll position. |
||
| 5475 | </summary>
|
||
| 5476 | </member>
|
||
| 5477 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPresenterBase.VerticalOffset"> |
||
| 5478 | <summary>
|
||
| 5479 | Gets the vertical scroll position. |
||
| 5480 | </summary>
|
||
| 5481 | </member>
|
||
| 5482 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.UIProviders.TableBordersUIProvider.IsProviderAssociatedToClonedBoxes"> |
||
| 5483 | <summary>
|
||
| 5484 | The property indicates whether the provider is associated for a root TableLayotBox which hosts cloned repeat on every page rows. |
||
| 5485 | </summary>
|
||
| 5486 | </member>
|
||
| 5487 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.TableLayoutBox.ShouldRenderRepeatOnEveryPageChildRowBoxes"> |
||
| 5488 | <summary>
|
||
| 5489 | Gets or sets whether the TableLayoutBox has child repeat on every page rows and indicates whether they should be rendered or not. |
||
| 5490 | </summary>
|
||
| 5491 | </member>
|
||
| 5492 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.TableLayoutBox.RepeatOnEveryPageRowsSourceTableLayoutBox"> |
||
| 5493 | <summary>
|
||
| 5494 | Gets or sets the repeat on every page rows source table layout box. The source table layout box is the associated table's first layout box. |
||
| 5495 | </summary>
|
||
| 5496 | <value>The repeat on every page rows source table layout box.</value> |
||
| 5497 | </member>
|
||
| 5498 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.TableRowLayoutBox.ShouldInterruptCreateNewFragment"> |
||
| 5499 | <summary>
|
||
| 5500 | Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted. |
||
| 5501 | </summary>
|
||
| 5502 | </member>
|
||
| 5503 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders"> |
||
| 5504 | <summary>
|
||
| 5505 | Represents collection of Table borders. This class is immutable. |
||
| 5506 | </summary>
|
||
| 5507 | </member>
|
||
| 5508 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.#ctor"> |
||
| 5509 | <summary>
|
||
| 5510 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders"/> class. |
||
| 5511 | </summary>
|
||
| 5512 | </member>
|
||
| 5513 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetTop(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5514 | <summary>
|
||
| 5515 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified top border. |
||
| 5516 | </summary>
|
||
| 5517 | <param name="newTopBorder">The new top border.</param> |
||
| 5518 | </member>
|
||
| 5519 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetBottom(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5520 | <summary>
|
||
| 5521 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified bottom border. |
||
| 5522 | </summary>
|
||
| 5523 | <param name="newBottomBorder">The new bottom border.</param> |
||
| 5524 | </member>
|
||
| 5525 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetLeft(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5526 | <summary>
|
||
| 5527 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified left border. |
||
| 5528 | </summary>
|
||
| 5529 | <param name="newLeftBorder">The new left border.</param> |
||
| 5530 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5531 | </member>
|
||
| 5532 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetRight(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5533 | <summary>
|
||
| 5534 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified right border. |
||
| 5535 | </summary>
|
||
| 5536 | <param name="newRightBorder">The new right border.</param> |
||
| 5537 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5538 | </member>
|
||
| 5539 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetInsideHorizontal(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5540 | <summary>
|
||
| 5541 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified inside horizontal border. |
||
| 5542 | </summary>
|
||
| 5543 | <param name="newInsideHorizontalBorder">The new inside horizontal border.</param> |
||
| 5544 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5545 | </member>
|
||
| 5546 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders.SetInsideVertical(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 5547 | <summary>
|
||
| 5548 | Returns new TableBorders object with the specified inside vertical border. |
||
| 5549 | </summary>
|
||
| 5550 | <param name="newInsideVerticalBorder">The new inside vertical border.</param> |
||
| 5551 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5552 | </member>
|
||
| 5553 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertAtCaretPosition(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Span)"> |
||
| 5554 | <summary>
|
||
| 5555 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5556 | </summary>
|
||
| 5557 | </member>
|
||
| 5558 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteAtDocumentPosition(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 5559 | <summary>
|
||
| 5560 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5561 | </summary>
|
||
| 5562 | </member>
|
||
| 5563 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5564 | <summary>
|
||
| 5565 | Inserts an inline element into the document. |
||
| 5566 | </summary>
|
||
| 5567 | <param name="inline">The element to insert.</param> |
||
| 5568 | <param name="position">The position to insert the element at.</param> |
||
| 5569 | </member>
|
||
| 5570 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5571 | <summary>
|
||
| 5572 | Inserts a document fragment into the document. |
||
| 5573 | </summary>
|
||
| 5574 | <param name="fragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 5575 | <param name="position">The position to insert the fragment at.</param> |
||
| 5576 | </member>
|
||
| 5577 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateSelectedSpansStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UpdateDocumentElementDelegate{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Span})"> |
||
| 5578 | <summary>
|
||
| 5579 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5580 | </summary>
|
||
| 5581 | </member>
|
||
| 5582 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateSelectedParagraphsStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UpdateDocumentElementDelegate{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph})"> |
||
| 5583 | <summary>
|
||
| 5584 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5585 | </summary>
|
||
| 5586 | </member>
|
||
| 5587 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateSectionsStyle(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section},Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UpdateDocumentElementDelegate{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section})"> |
||
| 5588 | <summary>
|
||
| 5589 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5590 | </summary>
|
||
| 5591 | </member>
|
||
| 5592 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateSelectedSectionsStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UpdateDocumentElementDelegate{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section})"> |
||
| 5593 | <summary>
|
||
| 5594 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5595 | </summary>
|
||
| 5596 | </member>
|
||
| 5597 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertPageBreak"> |
||
| 5598 | <summary>
|
||
| 5599 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5600 | </summary>
|
||
| 5601 | </member>
|
||
| 5602 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertLineBreak"> |
||
| 5603 | <summary>
|
||
| 5604 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5605 | </summary>
|
||
| 5606 | </member>
|
||
| 5607 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertReadOnlyRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5608 | <summary>
|
||
| 5609 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5610 | </summary>
|
||
| 5611 | </member>
|
||
| 5612 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteReadOnlyRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ReadOnlyRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5613 | <summary>
|
||
| 5614 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5615 | </summary>
|
||
| 5616 | </member>
|
||
| 5617 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CommentRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5618 | <summary>
|
||
| 5619 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5620 | </summary>
|
||
| 5621 | </member>
|
||
| 5622 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 5623 | <summary>
|
||
| 5624 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5625 | </summary>
|
||
| 5626 | </member>
|
||
| 5627 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 5628 | <summary>
|
||
| 5629 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5630 | </summary>
|
||
| 5631 | </member>
|
||
| 5632 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Delete(System.Boolean,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5633 | <summary>
|
||
| 5634 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5635 | </summary>
|
||
| 5636 | </member>
|
||
| 5637 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Delete(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 5638 | <summary>
|
||
| 5639 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5640 | </summary>
|
||
| 5641 | </member>
|
||
| 5642 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5643 | <summary>
|
||
| 5644 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5645 | </summary>
|
||
| 5646 | </member>
|
||
| 5647 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFragment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment)"> |
||
| 5648 | <summary>
|
||
| 5649 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5650 | </summary>
|
||
| 5651 | </member>
|
||
| 5652 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertInline(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 5653 | <summary>
|
||
| 5654 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5655 | </summary>
|
||
| 5656 | </member>
|
||
| 5657 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Insert(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5658 | <summary>
|
||
| 5659 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5660 | </summary>
|
||
| 5661 | </member>
|
||
| 5662 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Insert(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 5663 | <summary>
|
||
| 5664 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5665 | </summary>
|
||
| 5666 | </member>
|
||
| 5667 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFootnote"> |
||
| 5668 | <summary>
|
||
| 5669 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5670 | </summary>
|
||
| 5671 | </member>
|
||
| 5672 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFootnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 5673 | <summary>
|
||
| 5674 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5675 | </summary>
|
||
| 5676 | </member>
|
||
| 5677 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertEndnote"> |
||
| 5678 | <summary>
|
||
| 5679 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5680 | </summary>
|
||
| 5681 | </member>
|
||
| 5682 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertEndnote(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 5683 | <summary>
|
||
| 5684 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5685 | </summary>
|
||
| 5686 | </member>
|
||
| 5687 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertPermissionRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo)"> |
||
| 5688 | <summary>
|
||
| 5689 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5690 | </summary>
|
||
| 5691 | </member>
|
||
| 5692 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeletePermissionRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5693 | <summary>
|
||
| 5694 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5695 | </summary>
|
||
| 5696 | </member>
|
||
| 5697 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteCustomAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5698 | <summary>
|
||
| 5699 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5700 | </summary>
|
||
| 5701 | </member>
|
||
| 5702 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertCustomAnnotationRange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.AnnotationRangeEnd)"> |
||
| 5703 | <summary>
|
||
| 5704 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5705 | </summary>
|
||
| 5706 | </member>
|
||
| 5707 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdatePermissionRanges(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo},System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PermissionRangeInfo})"> |
||
| 5708 | <summary>
|
||
| 5709 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5710 | </summary>
|
||
| 5711 | </member>
|
||
| 5712 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertBookmark(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,System.String)"> |
||
| 5713 | <summary>
|
||
| 5714 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5715 | </summary>
|
||
| 5716 | </member>
|
||
| 5717 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteBookmark(System.String)"> |
||
| 5718 | <summary>
|
||
| 5719 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5720 | </summary>
|
||
| 5721 | </member>
|
||
| 5722 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteBookmark(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BookmarkRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5723 | <summary>
|
||
| 5724 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5725 | </summary>
|
||
| 5726 | </member>
|
||
| 5727 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo)"> |
||
| 5728 | <summary>
|
||
| 5729 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5730 | </summary>
|
||
| 5731 | </member>
|
||
| 5732 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertHyperlink(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline})"> |
||
| 5733 | <summary>
|
||
| 5734 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5735 | </summary>
|
||
| 5736 | </member>
|
||
| 5737 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ToggleFieldCodes(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5738 | <summary>
|
||
| 5739 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5740 | </summary>
|
||
| 5741 | </member>
|
||
| 5742 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field)"> |
||
| 5743 | <summary>
|
||
| 5744 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5745 | </summary>
|
||
| 5746 | </member>
|
||
| 5747 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Field,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 5748 | <summary>
|
||
| 5749 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5750 | </summary>
|
||
| 5751 | </member>
|
||
| 5752 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateField(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5753 | <summary>
|
||
| 5754 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5755 | </summary>
|
||
| 5756 | </member>
|
||
| 5757 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateAllFields"> |
||
| 5758 | <summary>
|
||
| 5759 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5760 | </summary>
|
||
| 5761 | </member>
|
||
| 5762 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateAllFields(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 5763 | <summary>
|
||
| 5764 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5765 | </summary>
|
||
| 5766 | </member>
|
||
| 5767 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ChangeFieldDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldRangeStart,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 5768 | <summary>
|
||
| 5769 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5770 | </summary>
|
||
| 5771 | </member>
|
||
| 5772 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ChangeAllFieldsDisplayMode(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.FieldDisplayMode)"> |
||
| 5773 | <summary>
|
||
| 5774 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5775 | </summary>
|
||
| 5776 | </member>
|
||
| 5777 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ChangeBibliographicStyle(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.BibliographicReferences.BibliographicReferenceStyleBase)"> |
||
| 5778 | <summary>
|
||
| 5779 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5780 | </summary>
|
||
| 5781 | </member>
|
||
| 5782 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertSectionBreak(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType)"> |
||
| 5783 | <summary>
|
||
| 5784 | Deprecated. |
||
| 5785 | </summary>
|
||
| 5786 | </member>
|
||
| 5787 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.MAX_DOCUMENT_SIZE"> |
||
| 5788 | <summary>
|
||
| 5789 | Represent the maximum document size. |
||
| 5790 | </summary>
|
||
| 5791 | </member>
|
||
| 5792 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.#ctor"> |
||
| 5793 | <summary>
|
||
| 5794 | Initializes a new instance of the RadDocument class. |
||
| 5795 | </summary>
|
||
| 5796 | </member>
|
||
| 5797 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Measure(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.SizeF)"> |
||
| 5798 | <summary>
|
||
| 5799 | Measures the document. |
||
| 5800 | </summary>
|
||
| 5801 | <param name="measureSize">The size to measure in.</param> |
||
| 5802 | </member>
|
||
| 5803 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Arrange(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RectangleF)"> |
||
| 5804 | <summary>
|
||
| 5805 | Arranges the document. |
||
| 5806 | </summary>
|
||
| 5807 | <param name="arrangeRect">The rectangle to arrange in.</param> |
||
| 5808 | </member>
|
||
| 5809 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateLayout"> |
||
| 5810 | <summary>
|
||
| 5811 | Forces the document to update its layout. |
||
| 5812 | </summary>
|
||
| 5813 | </member>
|
||
| 5814 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.UpdateSelectedSpansStylePublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UpdateDocumentElementDelegate{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Span})"> |
||
| 5815 | <summary>
|
||
| 5816 | Updates the selection spans' styles. |
||
| 5817 | </summary>
|
||
| 5818 | <param name="updateSpan">The delegate to invoke when a span is updated.</param> |
||
| 5819 | </member>
|
||
| 5820 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetLayoutBoxByPosition(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PointF)"> |
||
| 5821 | <summary>
|
||
| 5822 | Gets a layout box that intersects with a position. |
||
| 5823 | </summary>
|
||
| 5824 | <param name="position">The position to intersect with.</param> |
||
| 5825 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5826 | </member>
|
||
| 5827 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetBibliographicSource(System.String)"> |
||
| 5828 | <summary>
|
||
| 5829 | Tries to find a Bibliographic Source in the document. Returns null if none is found. |
||
| 5830 | </summary>
|
||
| 5831 | <param name="tagName">The tag name of the Source to be found.</param> |
||
| 5832 | </member>
|
||
| 5833 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetStatisticsInfo"> |
||
| 5834 | <summary>
|
||
| 5835 | Gets the statistical information about the document. |
||
| 5836 | </summary>
|
||
| 5837 | </member>
|
||
| 5838 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertPublicSubstitute(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 5839 | <summary>
|
||
| 5840 | Inserts text into the document. |
||
| 5841 | </summary>
|
||
| 5842 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 5843 | <param name="style">The style to apply.</param> |
||
| 5844 | </member>
|
||
| 5845 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertInternal(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5846 | <summary>
|
||
| 5847 | Inserts text into the document. |
||
| 5848 | </summary>
|
||
| 5849 | <param name="text">The text to insert.</param> |
||
| 5850 | <param name="style">The style to apply.</param> |
||
| 5851 | <param name="position">The position to insert the text at.</param> |
||
| 5852 | </member>
|
||
| 5853 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertInlinePublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline)"> |
||
| 5854 | <summary>
|
||
| 5855 | Inserts an inline element into the document. |
||
| 5856 | </summary>
|
||
| 5857 | <param name="inline">The inline to insert.</param> |
||
| 5858 | </member>
|
||
| 5859 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFragmentPublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentFragment)"> |
||
| 5860 | <summary>
|
||
| 5861 | Inserts a document fragment into the document. |
||
| 5862 | </summary>
|
||
| 5863 | <param name="fragment">The fragment to insert.</param> |
||
| 5864 | </member>
|
||
| 5865 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeletePublicSubstitute(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 5866 | <summary>
|
||
| 5867 | Executes the Delete command. |
||
| 5868 | </summary>
|
||
| 5869 | <param name="deletePrevious">If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret. Otherwise it is ignored.</param> |
||
| 5870 | </member>
|
||
| 5871 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DeleteRangePublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition)"> |
||
| 5872 | <summary>
|
||
| 5873 | Deletes a range from the document. |
||
| 5874 | </summary>
|
||
| 5875 | <param name="fromPosition">The position to start deleting.</param> |
||
| 5876 | <param name="toPosition">The position to end deleting.</param> |
||
| 5877 | </member>
|
||
| 5878 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetNextComment"> |
||
| 5879 | <summary>
|
||
| 5880 | Gets the next comment. |
||
| 5881 | </summary>
|
||
| 5882 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5883 | </member>
|
||
| 5884 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetPreviousComment"> |
||
| 5885 | <summary>
|
||
| 5886 | Gets the previous comment. |
||
| 5887 | </summary>
|
||
| 5888 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5889 | </member>
|
||
| 5890 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetCommentRangeStartByComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 5891 | <summary>
|
||
| 5892 | Gets the comment range start by comment. |
||
| 5893 | </summary>
|
||
| 5894 | <param name="comment">The comment.</param> |
||
| 5895 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5896 | </member>
|
||
| 5897 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Comment)"> |
||
| 5898 | <summary>
|
||
| 5899 | Selects comment. |
||
| 5900 | </summary>
|
||
| 5901 | <param name="comment">The comment.</param> |
||
| 5902 | </member>
|
||
| 5903 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToComment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.CommentRangeStart)"> |
||
| 5904 | <summary>
|
||
| 5905 | Selects comment. |
||
| 5906 | </summary>
|
||
| 5907 | <param name="commentRangeStart">The comment range start.</param> |
||
| 5908 | </member>
|
||
| 5909 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToPreviousComment"> |
||
| 5910 | <summary>
|
||
| 5911 | Selects previous comment. |
||
| 5912 | </summary>
|
||
| 5913 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5914 | </member>
|
||
| 5915 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToNextComment"> |
||
| 5916 | <summary>
|
||
| 5917 | Selects next comment. |
||
| 5918 | </summary>
|
||
| 5919 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5920 | </member>
|
||
| 5921 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFootnotePublicSubstitute"> |
||
| 5922 | <summary>
|
||
| 5923 | Inserts footnote at the current position. |
||
| 5924 | </summary>
|
||
| 5925 | </member>
|
||
| 5926 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertFootnotePublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 5927 | <summary>
|
||
| 5928 | Inserts footnote at the current position. |
||
| 5929 | </summary>
|
||
| 5930 | <param name="footnote">The footnote.</param> |
||
| 5931 | </member>
|
||
| 5932 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertEndnotePublicSubstitute"> |
||
| 5933 | <summary>
|
||
| 5934 | Inserts the endnote at the current position. |
||
| 5935 | </summary>
|
||
| 5936 | </member>
|
||
| 5937 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertEndnotePublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Notes.Note)"> |
||
| 5938 | <summary>
|
||
| 5939 | Inserts the endnote at the current position. |
||
| 5940 | </summary>
|
||
| 5941 | <param name="endnote">The endnote.</param> |
||
| 5942 | </member>
|
||
| 5943 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToNextFootnote"> |
||
| 5944 | <summary>
|
||
| 5945 | Moves current position to the next footnote. |
||
| 5946 | </summary>
|
||
| 5947 | </member>
|
||
| 5948 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToPreviousFootnote"> |
||
| 5949 | <summary>
|
||
| 5950 | Moves current position to the previous footnote. |
||
| 5951 | </summary>
|
||
| 5952 | </member>
|
||
| 5953 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToNextEndnote"> |
||
| 5954 | <summary>
|
||
| 5955 | Moves current position to the next endnote. |
||
| 5956 | </summary>
|
||
| 5957 | </member>
|
||
| 5958 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToPreviousEndnote"> |
||
| 5959 | <summary>
|
||
| 5960 | Moves current position to the previous endnote. |
||
| 5961 | </summary>
|
||
| 5962 | </member>
|
||
| 5963 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToRevision(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Revisions.Revision)"> |
||
| 5964 | <summary>
|
||
| 5965 | Selects revision. |
||
| 5966 | </summary>
|
||
| 5967 | <param name="revision">The revision.</param> |
||
| 5968 | </member>
|
||
| 5969 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToPreviousRevision"> |
||
| 5970 | <summary>
|
||
| 5971 | Selects previous revision. |
||
| 5972 | </summary>
|
||
| 5973 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5974 | </member>
|
||
| 5975 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GoToNextRevision"> |
||
| 5976 | <summary>
|
||
| 5977 | Selects next revision. |
||
| 5978 | </summary>
|
||
| 5979 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5980 | </member>
|
||
| 5981 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetCurrentRevision"> |
||
| 5982 | <summary>
|
||
| 5983 | Gets the current revision. |
||
| 5984 | </summary>
|
||
| 5985 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5986 | </member>
|
||
| 5987 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetNextRevision"> |
||
| 5988 | <summary>
|
||
| 5989 | Gets the next revision. |
||
| 5990 | </summary>
|
||
| 5991 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5992 | </member>
|
||
| 5993 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetPreviousRevision"> |
||
| 5994 | <summary>
|
||
| 5995 | Gets the previous revision. |
||
| 5996 | </summary>
|
||
| 5997 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 5998 | </member>
|
||
| 5999 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetAllRevisions"> |
||
| 6000 | <summary>
|
||
| 6001 | Gets all revisions. |
||
| 6002 | </summary>
|
||
| 6003 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6004 | </member>
|
||
| 6005 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertHyperlinkPublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo)"> |
||
| 6006 | <summary>
|
||
| 6007 | Creates hyperlink form the content between positions |
||
| 6008 | </summary>
|
||
| 6009 | <param name="startPosition">The start position.</param> |
||
| 6010 | <param name="endPosition">The end position.</param> |
||
| 6011 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 6012 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6013 | </member>
|
||
| 6014 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertHyperlinkPublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline})"> |
||
| 6015 | <summary>
|
||
| 6016 | Creates hyperlink from collection of inlines. |
||
| 6017 | </summary>
|
||
| 6018 | <param name="hyperlinkInfo">The hyperlink info.</param> |
||
| 6019 | <param name="hyperlinkInlines">The hyperlink inlines.</param> |
||
| 6020 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6021 | </member>
|
||
| 6022 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.RegisterDefaultHeadingStyles"> |
||
| 6023 | <summary>
|
||
| 6024 | Creates and registers the "Heading X" styles with the default settings. |
||
| 6025 | </summary>
|
||
| 6026 | </member>
|
||
| 6027 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.MeasureAndArrangeInDefaultSize"> |
||
| 6028 | <summary>
|
||
| 6029 | Forces document layout update, measuring document in RadDocument.MAX_DOCUMENT_SIZE |
||
| 6030 | </summary>
|
||
| 6031 | </member>
|
||
| 6032 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.BeginUpdate"> |
||
| 6033 | <summary>
|
||
| 6034 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 6035 | </summary>
|
||
| 6036 | </member>
|
||
| 6037 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EndUpdate"> |
||
| 6038 | <summary>
|
||
| 6039 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 6040 | </summary>
|
||
| 6041 | </member>
|
||
| 6042 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.MergeSpansWithSameStyles"> |
||
| 6043 | <summary>
|
||
| 6044 | Merges adjacent spans with same style properties into one. |
||
| 6045 | </summary>
|
||
| 6046 | <remarks>
|
||
| 6047 | <para>This method is automatically called when document is measured during the layout process.</para> |
||
| 6048 | <para>Calling it explicitly is generally not needed and may only be useful in case spans are manually added to Paragraph.Inlines collection.</para> |
||
| 6049 | </remarks>
|
||
| 6050 | </member>
|
||
| 6051 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.InsertSectionPublicSubstitute(Telerik.Windows.Documents.DocumentPosition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.SectionBreakType)"> |
||
| 6052 | <summary>
|
||
| 6053 | Inserts a section break. |
||
| 6054 | </summary>
|
||
| 6055 | <param name="position">The position.</param> |
||
| 6056 | <param name="style">The style.</param> |
||
| 6057 | <param name="sectionBreakType">Type of the section break.</param> |
||
| 6058 | </member>
|
||
| 6059 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EnsureDocumentMeasuredAndArranged"> |
||
| 6060 | <summary>
|
||
| 6061 | Ensures document layout is performed and layout-boxes have been created. |
||
| 6062 | </summary>
|
||
| 6063 | <remarks>
|
||
| 6064 | Call this method if the document is created in code and you need to access document's layout boxes. |
||
| 6065 | </remarks>
|
||
| 6066 | </member>
|
||
| 6067 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.OnPresentationChanged(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PresentationChangedEventArgs)"> |
||
| 6068 | <summary>
|
||
| 6069 | Raises the <see cref="E:PresentationChanged"/> event. |
||
| 6070 | </summary>
|
||
| 6071 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PresentationChangedEventArgs"/> instance containing the event data.</param> |
||
| 6072 | </member>
|
||
| 6073 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetContainingAnnotationRanges``1(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,System.Predicate{``0},System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6074 | <summary>
|
||
| 6075 | Gets the annotation ranges of type TRangeStart surrounding an inline that match a condition. |
||
| 6076 | </summary>
|
||
| 6077 | <param name="inline">The inline.</param> |
||
| 6078 | <param name="filter">The filter.</param> |
||
| 6079 | <param name="inclusive">Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.</param> |
||
| 6080 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6081 | </member>
|
||
| 6082 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetContainingAnnotationRanges``1(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6083 | <summary>
|
||
| 6084 | Gets the annotation ranges of type TRangeStart surrounding an inline. |
||
| 6085 | </summary>
|
||
| 6086 | <param name="inline">The inline.</param> |
||
| 6087 | <param name="inclusive">Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.</param> |
||
| 6088 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6089 | </member>
|
||
| 6090 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsInAnnotationRange``1(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,System.Predicate{``0},System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6091 | <summary>
|
||
| 6092 | Determines whether the specified inline is in annotation range of type TRangeStart that matches a condition. |
||
| 6093 | </summary>
|
||
| 6094 | <param name="inline">The inline.</param> |
||
| 6095 | <param name="filter">The filter.</param> |
||
| 6096 | <param name="inclusive">Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.</param> |
||
| 6097 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6098 | </member>
|
||
| 6099 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsInAnnotationRange``1(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Inline,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6100 | <summary>
|
||
| 6101 | Determines whether the specified inline is in annotation range of type TRangeStart. |
||
| 6102 | </summary>
|
||
| 6103 | <param name="inline">The inline.</param> |
||
| 6104 | <param name="inclusive">Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.</param> |
||
| 6105 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6106 | </member>
|
||
| 6107 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.GetAnnotationMarkersOfType``1"> |
||
| 6108 | <summary>
|
||
| 6109 | Gets all annotation markers of type T in the document. |
||
| 6110 | </summary>
|
||
| 6111 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6112 | </member>
|
||
| 6113 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ContainsAnnotationMarkersOfType``1"> |
||
| 6114 | <summary>
|
||
| 6115 | Determines whether the document contains annotation markers of type T. |
||
| 6116 | </summary>
|
||
| 6117 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6118 | </member>
|
||
| 6119 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.PageViewMargin"> |
||
| 6120 | <summary>
|
||
| 6121 | Deprecated. |
||
| 6122 | </summary>
|
||
| 6123 | </member>
|
||
| 6124 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DefaultPageLayoutSettings"> |
||
| 6125 | <summary>
|
||
| 6126 | Deprecated. |
||
| 6127 | </summary>
|
||
| 6128 | </member>
|
||
| 6129 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.System#ComponentModel#INotifyPropertyChanged#PropertyChanged"> |
||
| 6130 | <summary>
|
||
| 6131 | This event supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 6132 | </summary>
|
||
| 6133 | </member>
|
||
| 6134 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.LayoutMode"> |
||
| 6135 | <summary>
|
||
| 6136 | Gets or sets a value representing the current layout mode. |
||
| 6137 | </summary>
|
||
| 6138 | </member>
|
||
| 6139 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DefaultStyleSettings"> |
||
| 6140 | <summary>
|
||
| 6141 | This property is introduced for backward compatibility only. Please use Style instead. |
||
| 6142 | </summary>
|
||
| 6143 | </member>
|
||
| 6144 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ShowFormattingSymbols"> |
||
| 6145 | <summary>
|
||
| 6146 | Gets or sets a value whether to show formatting symbols. |
||
| 6147 | </summary>
|
||
| 6148 | </member>
|
||
| 6149 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ShowBookmarks"> |
||
| 6150 | <summary>
|
||
| 6151 | Gets or sets a value whether to show bookmarks. |
||
| 6152 | </summary>
|
||
| 6153 | </member>
|
||
| 6154 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.StructureChangeInProgress"> |
||
| 6155 | <summary>
|
||
| 6156 | Gets a value whether a structure change is in progress. |
||
| 6157 | </summary>
|
||
| 6158 | </member>
|
||
| 6159 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentLayoutBox"> |
||
| 6160 | <summary>
|
||
| 6161 | Gets a value representing the layout box of the document. |
||
| 6162 | </summary>
|
||
| 6163 | </member>
|
||
| 6164 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Sections"> |
||
| 6165 | <summary>
|
||
| 6166 | Gets a collection with the sections of the document. |
||
| 6167 | </summary>
|
||
| 6168 | </member>
|
||
| 6169 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.CaretPosition"> |
||
| 6170 | <summary>
|
||
| 6171 | Gets a value representing the current caret position. |
||
| 6172 | </summary>
|
||
| 6173 | </member>
|
||
| 6174 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DesiredSize"> |
||
| 6175 | <summary>
|
||
| 6176 | Gets a value representing the desired layout size of the document. |
||
| 6177 | </summary>
|
||
| 6178 | </member>
|
||
| 6179 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.History"> |
||
| 6180 | <summary>
|
||
| 6181 | Gets the document history instance of this document. |
||
| 6182 | </summary>
|
||
| 6183 | </member>
|
||
| 6184 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.Selection"> |
||
| 6185 | <summary>
|
||
| 6186 | Gets a value representing the document selection. |
||
| 6187 | </summary>
|
||
| 6188 | </member>
|
||
| 6189 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentContentChangedInterval"> |
||
| 6190 | <summary>
|
||
| 6191 | Gets or sets a value how often to fire the DocumentContentChanged event. |
||
| 6192 | </summary>
|
||
| 6193 | </member>
|
||
| 6194 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.HasDifferentEvenAndOddHeadersFooters"> |
||
| 6195 | <summary>
|
||
| 6196 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether headers and footers are different in even and odd pages. |
||
| 6197 | </summary>
|
||
| 6198 | <value>
|
||
| 6199 | <c>true</c> if headers and footers are different in even and odd pages; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 6200 | </value>
|
||
| 6201 | </member>
|
||
| 6202 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsTrackChangesEnabled"> |
||
| 6203 | <summary>
|
||
| 6204 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is track changes enabled. |
||
| 6205 | </summary>
|
||
| 6206 | <value>
|
||
| 6207 | <c>true</c> if this instance is track changes enabled; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 6208 | </value>
|
||
| 6209 | </member>
|
||
| 6210 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 6211 | <summary>
|
||
| 6212 | Gets a value indicating whether the document is empty. |
||
| 6213 | </summary>
|
||
| 6214 | <value>
|
||
| 6215 | <c>true</c> if the document is empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 6216 | </value>
|
||
| 6217 | </member>
|
||
| 6218 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentVariableList"> |
||
| 6219 | <summary>
|
||
| 6220 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 6221 | </summary>
|
||
| 6222 | </member>
|
||
| 6223 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.LineBreakingRuleLanguage"> |
||
| 6224 | <summary>
|
||
| 6225 | Gets or sets the language which rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs. |
||
| 6226 | </summary>
|
||
| 6227 | <value>The line breaking rule language.</value> |
||
| 6228 | </member>
|
||
| 6229 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsStrictLineBreakingRuleEnabled"> |
||
| 6230 | <summary>
|
||
| 6231 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strict line breaking rule will be applied to Japanese text in this document. |
||
| 6232 | </summary>
|
||
| 6233 | </member>
|
||
| 6234 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.NoLineBreaksBeforeRule"> |
||
| 6235 | <summary>
|
||
| 6236 | Gets or sets a rule determining which characters cannot start a line in East-Asian languages. |
||
| 6237 | </summary>
|
||
| 6238 | </member>
|
||
| 6239 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.NoLineBreaksAfterRule"> |
||
| 6240 | <summary>
|
||
| 6241 | Gets or sets a rule determining which characters cannot end a line in East-Asian languages. |
||
| 6242 | </summary>
|
||
| 6243 | </member>
|
||
| 6244 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.MainDocument"> |
||
| 6245 | <summary>
|
||
| 6246 | Gets or sets the main document for a header/footer document.<para/> |
||
| 6247 | Ensure that the property is set back to null when not needed, |
||
| 6248 | as setting it to a document creates references between the two documents (through the styles in the style repositories), |
||
| 6249 | which could cause memory leaks. |
||
| 6250 | </summary>
|
||
| 6251 | </member>
|
||
| 6252 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.IsDocumentDefaultStyleLoad"> |
||
| 6253 | <summary>
|
||
| 6254 | Gets or sets the is document default style load. |
||
| 6255 | </summary>
|
||
| 6256 | <value>The is document default style load.</value> |
||
| 6257 | </member>
|
||
| 6258 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DefaultTabWidth"> |
||
| 6259 | <summary>
|
||
| 6260 | Gets or sets the default tab width. |
||
| 6261 | </summary>
|
||
| 6262 | </member>
|
||
| 6263 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.SectionDefaultPageSize"> |
||
| 6264 | <summary>
|
||
| 6265 | Gets or sets the default section page size. |
||
| 6266 | </summary>
|
||
| 6267 | </member>
|
||
| 6268 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.SectionDefaultPageMargin"> |
||
| 6269 | <summary>
|
||
| 6270 | Gets or sets the default section page margin. |
||
| 6271 | </summary>
|
||
| 6272 | </member>
|
||
| 6273 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.SectionDefaultPageOrientation"> |
||
| 6274 | <summary>
|
||
| 6275 | Gets or sets the default section page orientation |
||
| 6276 | </summary>
|
||
| 6277 | </member>
|
||
| 6278 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ParagraphDefaultSpacingBefore"> |
||
| 6279 | <summary>
|
||
| 6280 | Gets or sets the default spacing before a paragraph. |
||
| 6281 | </summary>
|
||
| 6282 | </member>
|
||
| 6283 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.ParagraphDefaultSpacingAfter"> |
||
| 6284 | <summary>
|
||
| 6285 | Gets or sets the default spacing after a paragraph. |
||
| 6286 | </summary>
|
||
| 6287 | </member>
|
||
| 6288 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.LineSpacing"> |
||
| 6289 | <summary>
|
||
| 6290 | Gets or set the line spacing of this document. |
||
| 6291 | </summary>
|
||
| 6292 | </member>
|
||
| 6293 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.LineSpacingType"> |
||
| 6294 | <summary>
|
||
| 6295 | Gets or set the line spacing type of this document. |
||
| 6296 | </summary>
|
||
| 6297 | </member>
|
||
| 6298 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.FootnotesNumberingFormat"> |
||
| 6299 | <summary>
|
||
| 6300 | Gets or sets the footnotes numbering format. |
||
| 6301 | </summary>
|
||
| 6302 | </member>
|
||
| 6303 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.FootnotesFirstNumber"> |
||
| 6304 | <summary>
|
||
| 6305 | Gets or sets the footnotes starting number. |
||
| 6306 | </summary>
|
||
| 6307 | </member>
|
||
| 6308 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.FootnotesNumberingRestartType"> |
||
| 6309 | <summary>
|
||
| 6310 | Gets or sets the type of the footnotes numbering restart. |
||
| 6311 | </summary>
|
||
| 6312 | </member>
|
||
| 6313 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.FootnotesPosition"> |
||
| 6314 | <summary>
|
||
| 6315 | Gets or sets the footnotes position. |
||
| 6316 | </summary>
|
||
| 6317 | </member>
|
||
| 6318 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EndnotesNumberingFormat"> |
||
| 6319 | <summary>
|
||
| 6320 | Gets or sets the endnotes numbering format. |
||
| 6321 | </summary>
|
||
| 6322 | </member>
|
||
| 6323 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EndnotesFirstNumber"> |
||
| 6324 | <summary>
|
||
| 6325 | Gets or sets the endnotes starting number. |
||
| 6326 | </summary>
|
||
| 6327 | </member>
|
||
| 6328 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EndnotesNumberingRestartType"> |
||
| 6329 | <summary>
|
||
| 6330 | Gets or sets the type of the endnotes numbering restart. |
||
| 6331 | </summary>
|
||
| 6332 | </member>
|
||
| 6333 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.EndnotesPosition"> |
||
| 6334 | <summary>
|
||
| 6335 | Gets or sets the endnotes position. |
||
| 6336 | </summary>
|
||
| 6337 | </member>
|
||
| 6338 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.PresentationChanging"> |
||
| 6339 | <summary>
|
||
| 6340 | Occurs when the document presenter is changing. |
||
| 6341 | </summary>
|
||
| 6342 | </member>
|
||
| 6343 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.PresentationChanged"> |
||
| 6344 | <summary>
|
||
| 6345 | Occurs when document presentation is changed. |
||
| 6346 | </summary>
|
||
| 6347 | </member>
|
||
| 6348 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.documentContentChanged"> |
||
| 6349 | <summary>
|
||
| 6350 | Occurs when the document content has changed. |
||
| 6351 | </summary>
|
||
| 6352 | </member>
|
||
| 6353 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentArranged"> |
||
| 6354 | <summary>
|
||
| 6355 | Occurs when the document has been arranged. |
||
| 6356 | </summary>
|
||
| 6357 | </member>
|
||
| 6358 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.LayoutModeChanged"> |
||
| 6359 | <summary>
|
||
| 6360 | Occurs when the LayoutMode property value has changed |
||
| 6361 | </summary>
|
||
| 6362 | </member>
|
||
| 6363 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.HyperlinkClicked"> |
||
| 6364 | <summary>
|
||
| 6365 | Occurs when the users clicks on a hyperlink in the current document |
||
| 6366 | </summary>
|
||
| 6367 | </member>
|
||
| 6368 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentElementAdded"> |
||
| 6369 | <summary>
|
||
| 6370 | Occurs when when a document element is added in the whole document tree. |
||
| 6371 | </summary>
|
||
| 6372 | </member>
|
||
| 6373 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument.DocumentElementRemoved"> |
||
| 6374 | <summary>
|
||
| 6375 | Occurs when when a document element is removed from the whole document tree. |
||
| 6376 | </summary>
|
||
| 6377 | </member>
|
||
| 6378 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table.AddRow"> |
||
| 6379 | <summary>
|
||
| 6380 | Adds copy of the last row in table. If the table doesn't have rows then new row is added. |
||
| 6381 | </summary>
|
||
| 6382 | <returns>The newly added row.</returns> |
||
| 6383 | </member>
|
||
| 6384 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Table.HasFixedStructure"> |
||
| 6385 | <summary>
|
||
| 6386 | This property supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 6387 | </summary>
|
||
| 6388 | </member>
|
||
| 6389 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetLeft(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6390 | <summary>
|
||
| 6391 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified left border. |
||
| 6392 | </summary>
|
||
| 6393 | <param name="newLeftBorder">The new left border.</param> |
||
| 6394 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6395 | </member>
|
||
| 6396 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetTop(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6397 | <summary>
|
||
| 6398 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified top border. |
||
| 6399 | </summary>
|
||
| 6400 | <param name="newTopBorder">The new top border.</param> |
||
| 6401 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6402 | </member>
|
||
| 6403 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetRight(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6404 | <summary>
|
||
| 6405 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified right border. |
||
| 6406 | </summary>
|
||
| 6407 | <param name="newRightBorder">The new right border.</param> |
||
| 6408 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6409 | </member>
|
||
| 6410 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetBottom(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6411 | <summary>
|
||
| 6412 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified bottom border. |
||
| 6413 | </summary>
|
||
| 6414 | <param name="newBottomBorder">The new bottom border.</param> |
||
| 6415 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6416 | </member>
|
||
| 6417 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetInsideHorizontal(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6418 | <summary>
|
||
| 6419 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified horizontal border. |
||
| 6420 | </summary>
|
||
| 6421 | <param name="newInsideHorizontal">The new inside horizontal.</param> |
||
| 6422 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6423 | </member>
|
||
| 6424 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.SetInsideVertical(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Border)"> |
||
| 6425 | <summary>
|
||
| 6426 | Returns new TableCellBorders object with the specified vertical border. |
||
| 6427 | </summary>
|
||
| 6428 | <param name="newInsideVertical">The new inside vertical.</param> |
||
| 6429 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 6430 | </member>
|
||
| 6431 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.Top"> |
||
| 6432 | <summary>
|
||
| 6433 | Gets the top border. |
||
| 6434 | </summary>
|
||
| 6435 | <value>The top border.</value> |
||
| 6436 | </member>
|
||
| 6437 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.Bottom"> |
||
| 6438 | <summary>
|
||
| 6439 | Gets the bottom border. |
||
| 6440 | </summary>
|
||
| 6441 | <value>The bottom border.</value> |
||
| 6442 | </member>
|
||
| 6443 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.Left"> |
||
| 6444 | <summary>
|
||
| 6445 | Gets the left border. |
||
| 6446 | </summary>
|
||
| 6447 | <value>The left border.</value> |
||
| 6448 | </member>
|
||
| 6449 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.Right"> |
||
| 6450 | <summary>
|
||
| 6451 | Gets the right border. |
||
| 6452 | </summary>
|
||
| 6453 | <value>The right border.</value> |
||
| 6454 | </member>
|
||
| 6455 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.InsideHorizontal"> |
||
| 6456 | <summary>
|
||
| 6457 | Gets the inside horizontal border. This border is only used with conditional styles |
||
| 6458 | </summary>
|
||
| 6459 | <value>The inside horizontal border.</value> |
||
| 6460 | </member>
|
||
| 6461 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.InsideVertical"> |
||
| 6462 | <summary>
|
||
| 6463 | Gets the inside vertical border. This border is only used with conditional styles |
||
| 6464 | </summary>
|
||
| 6465 | <value>The inside vertical border.</value> |
||
| 6466 | </member>
|
||
| 6467 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.All"> |
||
| 6468 | <summary>
|
||
| 6469 | Gets all border if they are equal. Does not take into account the inside borders. |
||
| 6470 | </summary>
|
||
| 6471 | <value>All borders without inside borders.</value> |
||
| 6472 | </member>
|
||
| 6473 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders.AllIncludingInside"> |
||
| 6474 | <summary>
|
||
| 6475 | Gets all border if they are equal. This property does take into account the inside borders. |
||
| 6476 | </summary>
|
||
| 6477 | <value>All borders.</value> |
||
| 6478 | </member>
|
||
| 6479 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.VOWELS"> |
||
| 6480 | "Vowels" to test for |
||
| 6481 | </member>
|
||
| 6482 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.SILENT_START"> |
||
| 6483 | Prefixes when present which are not pronounced |
||
| 6484 | </member>
|
||
| 6485 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.maxCodeLen"> |
||
| 6486 | Maximum length of an encoding, default is 4 |
||
| 6487 | </member>
|
||
| 6488 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Encode(System.String)"> |
||
| 6489 | Encode a value with Double Metaphone |
||
| 6490 | |||
| 6491 | @param value string to encode |
||
| 6492 | @return an encoded string |
||
| 6493 | </member>
|
||
| 6494 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Encode(System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6495 | Encode a value with Double Metaphone, optionally using the alternate |
||
| 6496 | encoding. |
||
| 6497 | |||
| 6498 | @param value string to encode |
||
| 6499 | @param alternate use alternate encode |
||
| 6500 | @return an encoded string |
||
| 6501 | </member>
|
||
| 6502 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.IsDoubleMetaphoneEqual(System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6503 | Check if the Double Metaphone values of two <code>string</code> values |
||
| 6504 | are equal. |
||
| 6505 | |||
| 6506 | @param value1 The left-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
|
||
| 6507 | @param value2 The right-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
|
||
| 6508 | @return <code>true</code> if the encoded <code>string</code>s are equal; |
||
| 6509 | <code>false</code> otherwise. |
||
| 6510 | @see #isDoubleMetaphoneEqual(string,string,bool) |
||
| 6511 | </member>
|
||
| 6512 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.IsDoubleMetaphoneEqual(System.String,System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6513 | Check if the Double Metaphone values of two <code>string</code> values |
||
| 6514 | are equal, optionally using the alternate value. |
||
| 6515 | |||
| 6516 | @param value1 The left-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
|
||
| 6517 | @param value2 The right-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
|
||
| 6518 | @param alternate use the alternate value if <code>true</code>. |
||
| 6519 | @return <code>true</code> if the encoded <code>string</code>s are equal; |
||
| 6520 | <code>false</code> otherwise. |
||
| 6521 | </member>
|
||
| 6522 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.GetMaxCodeLen"> |
||
| 6523 | Returns the maxCodeLen. |
||
| 6524 | @return int |
||
| 6525 | </member>
|
||
| 6526 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.SetMaxCodeLen(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6527 | Sets the maxCodeLen. |
||
| 6528 | @param maxCodeLen The maxCodeLen to set |
||
| 6529 | </member>
|
||
| 6530 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleAEIOUY(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6531 | Handles 'A', 'E', 'I', 'O', 'U', and 'Y' cases |
||
| 6532 | </member>
|
||
| 6533 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleC(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6534 | Handles 'C' cases |
||
| 6535 | </member>
|
||
| 6536 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleCC(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6537 | Handles 'CC' cases |
||
| 6538 | </member>
|
||
| 6539 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleCH(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6540 | Handles 'CH' cases |
||
| 6541 | </member>
|
||
| 6542 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleD(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6543 | Handles 'D' cases |
||
| 6544 | </member>
|
||
| 6545 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleG(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6546 | Handles 'G' cases |
||
| 6547 | </member>
|
||
| 6548 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleGH(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6549 | Handles 'GH' cases |
||
| 6550 | </member>
|
||
| 6551 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleH(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6552 | Handles 'H' cases |
||
| 6553 | </member>
|
||
| 6554 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleJ(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6555 | Handles 'J' cases |
||
| 6556 | </member>
|
||
| 6557 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleL(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6558 | Handles 'L' cases |
||
| 6559 | </member>
|
||
| 6560 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleP(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6561 | Handles 'P' cases |
||
| 6562 | </member>
|
||
| 6563 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleR(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6564 | Handles 'R' cases |
||
| 6565 | </member>
|
||
| 6566 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleS(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6567 | Handles 'S' cases |
||
| 6568 | </member>
|
||
| 6569 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleSC(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6570 | Handles 'SC' cases |
||
| 6571 | </member>
|
||
| 6572 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleT(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6573 | Handles 'T' cases |
||
| 6574 | </member>
|
||
| 6575 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleW(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6576 | Handles 'W' cases |
||
| 6577 | </member>
|
||
| 6578 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleX(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6579 | Handles 'X' cases |
||
| 6580 | </member>
|
||
| 6581 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.HandleZ(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult,System.Int32,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6582 | Handles 'Z' cases |
||
| 6583 | </member>
|
||
| 6584 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.ConditionC0(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6585 | Complex condition 0 for 'C' |
||
| 6586 | </member>
|
||
| 6587 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.ConditionCH0(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6588 | Complex condition 0 for 'CH' |
||
| 6589 | </member>
|
||
| 6590 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.ConditionCH1(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6591 | Complex condition 1 for 'CH' |
||
| 6592 | </member>
|
||
| 6593 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.ConditionL0(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6594 | Complex condition 0 for 'L' |
||
| 6595 | </member>
|
||
| 6596 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.ConditionM0(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6597 | Complex condition 0 for 'M' |
||
| 6598 | </member>
|
||
| 6599 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.IsSlavoGermanic(System.String)"> |
||
| 6600 | Determines whether or not a value is of slavo-germanic orgin. A value is |
||
| 6601 | of slavo-germanic origin if it contians any of 'W', 'K', 'CZ', or 'WITZ'. |
||
| 6602 | </member>
|
||
| 6603 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.IsVowel(System.Char)"> |
||
| 6604 | Determines whether or not a character is a vowel or not |
||
| 6605 | </member>
|
||
| 6606 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.IsSilentStart(System.String)"> |
||
| 6607 | Determines whether or not the value starts with a silent letter. It will |
||
| 6608 | return <code>true</code> if the value starts with any of 'GN', 'KN', |
||
| 6609 | 'PN', 'WR' or 'PS'. |
||
| 6610 | </member>
|
||
| 6611 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.CleanInput(System.String)"> |
||
| 6612 | Cleans the input |
||
| 6613 | </member>
|
||
| 6614 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.CharAt(System.String,System.Int32)"> |
||
| 6615 | Gets the character at index <code>index</code> if available, otherwise |
||
| 6616 | it returns <code>Character.MIN_VALUE</code> so that there is some sort |
||
| 6617 | of a default |
||
| 6618 | </member>
|
||
| 6619 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String)"> |
||
| 6620 | Shortcut method with 1 criteria |
||
| 6621 | </member>
|
||
| 6622 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6623 | Shortcut method with 2 criteria |
||
| 6624 | </member>
|
||
| 6625 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String,System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6626 | Shortcut method with 3 criteria |
||
| 6627 | </member>
|
||
| 6628 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6629 | Shortcut method with 4 criteria |
||
| 6630 | </member>
|
||
| 6631 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6632 | Shortcut method with 5 criteria |
||
| 6633 | </member>
|
||
| 6634 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6635 | Shortcut method with 6 criteria |
||
| 6636 | </member>
|
||
| 6637 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphone.Contains(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.String[])"> |
||
| 6638 | * Determines whether <code>value</code> contains any of the criteria |
||
| 6639 | starting |
||
| 6640 | * at index <code>start</code> and matching up to length <code>length</code> |
||
| 6641 | </member>
|
||
| 6642 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DoubleMetaphoneResult"> |
||
| 6643 | Inner class for storing results, since there is the optional alternate |
||
| 6644 | encoding. |
||
| 6645 | </member>
|
||
| 6646 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.EditDistance.DamerauLevenshtein(System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 6647 | <summary>
|
||
| 6648 | Calculates the "Levenshtein Distance" of two strings |
||
| 6649 | </summary>
|
||
| 6650 | </member>
|
||
| 6651 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentProofingManager.MaximumIncorrectWordsNumber"> |
||
| 6652 | <summary>
|
||
| 6653 | Gets or sets the maximum incorrect words number. Negative value means unlimited. |
||
| 6654 | </summary>
|
||
| 6655 | <value>
|
||
| 6656 | The maximum incorrect words number. |
||
| 6657 | </value>
|
||
| 6658 | </member>
|
||
| 6659 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.AddDictionary(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.IWordDictionary,System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6660 | <summary>
|
||
| 6661 | Adds a dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten. |
||
| 6662 | </summary>
|
||
| 6663 | </member>
|
||
| 6664 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.AddDictionary(System.Lazy{Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.IWordDictionary},System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6665 | <summary>
|
||
| 6666 | Adds a lazily initialized dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten. |
||
| 6667 | </summary>
|
||
| 6668 | </member>
|
||
| 6669 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.RemoveDictionary(System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6670 | <summary>
|
||
| 6671 | Removes the dictionary with the specified culture from the spell checker. This method returns false if no such dictionary is found. |
||
| 6672 | </summary>
|
||
| 6673 | </member>
|
||
| 6674 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.AddCustomDictionary(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.ICustomWordDictionary,System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6675 | <summary>
|
||
| 6676 | Adds a custom dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten. |
||
| 6677 | </summary>
|
||
| 6678 | </member>
|
||
| 6679 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.RemoveCustomDictionary(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.ICustomWordDictionary,System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6680 | <summary>
|
||
| 6681 | This method is obsolete. Use RemoveCustomDictionary(CultureInfo) instead. |
||
| 6682 | </summary>
|
||
| 6683 | </member>
|
||
| 6684 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.RemoveCustomDictionary(System.Globalization.CultureInfo)"> |
||
| 6685 | <summary>
|
||
| 6686 | Removes the custom dictionary with the specified culture from the spell checker. This method returns false if no such dictionary is found. |
||
| 6687 | </summary>
|
||
| 6688 | </member>
|
||
| 6689 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.AutomaticallyLoadDefaultDictionaries"> |
||
| 6690 | <summary>
|
||
| 6691 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether MEF should be used to load default dictionaries. |
||
| 6692 | </summary>
|
||
| 6693 | <value><c>true</c> if default dictionaries should be loaded automatically; otherwise, <c>false</c>.</value> |
||
| 6694 | </member>
|
||
| 6695 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.DocumentSpellChecker.DictionaryList"> |
||
| 6696 | <summary>
|
||
| 6697 | Gets or sets the list of dictionaries used by SpellChecker. Generally this property is not intended to be used directly from your code, rather it is set automatically by MEF. |
||
| 6698 | </summary>
|
||
| 6699 | </member>
|
||
| 6700 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs"> |
||
| 6701 | <summary>
|
||
| 6702 | Provides data for <see cref="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommandExecuted"/> event. |
||
| 6703 | </summary>
|
||
| 6704 | </member>
|
||
| 6705 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase,System.Object)"> |
||
| 6706 | <summary>
|
||
| 6707 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 6708 | </summary>
|
||
| 6709 | <param name="command">The command.</param> |
||
| 6710 | <param name="commandParameter">The command parameter.</param> |
||
| 6711 | </member>
|
||
| 6712 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase)"> |
||
| 6713 | <summary>
|
||
| 6714 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 6715 | </summary>
|
||
| 6716 | <param name="command">The command.</param> |
||
| 6717 | </member>
|
||
| 6718 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs.Command"> |
||
| 6719 | <summary>
|
||
| 6720 | Gets the command. |
||
| 6721 | </summary>
|
||
| 6722 | <value>The command.</value> |
||
| 6723 | </member>
|
||
| 6724 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutedEventArgs.CommandParameter"> |
||
| 6725 | <summary>
|
||
| 6726 | Gets the command parameter. |
||
| 6727 | </summary>
|
||
| 6728 | <value>The command parameter.</value> |
||
| 6729 | </member>
|
||
| 6730 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs"> |
||
| 6731 | <summary>
|
||
| 6732 | Provides data for <see cref="E:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox.CommandExecuting"/> event. |
||
| 6733 | </summary>
|
||
| 6734 | </member>
|
||
| 6735 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase,System.Object)"> |
||
| 6736 | <summary>
|
||
| 6737 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 6738 | </summary>
|
||
| 6739 | <param name="command">The command.</param> |
||
| 6740 | <param name="commandParameter">The command parameter.</param> |
||
| 6741 | </member>
|
||
| 6742 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.RichTextBoxCommandBase)"> |
||
| 6743 | <summary>
|
||
| 6744 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 6745 | </summary>
|
||
| 6746 | <param name="command">The command.</param> |
||
| 6747 | </member>
|
||
| 6748 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs.Command"> |
||
| 6749 | <summary>
|
||
| 6750 | Gets the command. |
||
| 6751 | </summary>
|
||
| 6752 | <value>The command.</value> |
||
| 6753 | </member>
|
||
| 6754 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandExecutingEventArgs.CommandParameter"> |
||
| 6755 | <summary>
|
||
| 6756 | Gets the command parameter. |
||
| 6757 | </summary>
|
||
| 6758 | <value>The command parameter.</value> |
||
| 6759 | </member>
|
||
| 6760 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets"> |
||
| 6761 | <summary>
|
||
| 6762 | Specifies targets on which commands could be applied. |
||
| 6763 | </summary>
|
||
| 6764 | </member>
|
||
| 6765 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets.DocumentBody"> |
||
| 6766 | <summary>
|
||
| 6767 | The command can be applied on main document body. |
||
| 6768 | </summary>
|
||
| 6769 | </member>
|
||
| 6770 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets.HeaderFooter"> |
||
| 6771 | <summary>
|
||
| 6772 | The command can be applied on headers and footers. |
||
| 6773 | </summary>
|
||
| 6774 | </member>
|
||
| 6775 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets.Comment"> |
||
| 6776 | <summary>
|
||
| 6777 | The command can be applied on comments. |
||
| 6778 | </summary>
|
||
| 6779 | </member>
|
||
| 6780 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets.Note"> |
||
| 6781 | <summary>
|
||
| 6782 | The command can be applied on footnotes and endnotes. |
||
| 6783 | </summary>
|
||
| 6784 | </member>
|
||
| 6785 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.CommandTargets.All"> |
||
| 6786 | <summary>
|
||
| 6787 | The command can be applied on all document parts. |
||
| 6788 | </summary>
|
||
| 6789 | </member>
|
||
| 6790 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.MergeTableCellsCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6791 | <summary>
|
||
| 6792 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.MergeTableCellsCommand"/> class. |
||
| 6793 | </summary>
|
||
| 6794 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 6795 | </member>
|
||
| 6796 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.MoveCaretCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6797 | <summary>
|
||
| 6798 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.MoveCaretCommand"/> class. |
||
| 6799 | </summary>
|
||
| 6800 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 6801 | </member>
|
||
| 6802 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections"> |
||
| 6803 | <summary>
|
||
| 6804 | Describes how the caret is moved within the document. |
||
| 6805 | </summary>
|
||
| 6806 | </member>
|
||
| 6807 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.Previous"> |
||
| 6808 | <summary>
|
||
| 6809 | Move to the previous position. |
||
| 6810 | </summary>
|
||
| 6811 | </member>
|
||
| 6812 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.Next"> |
||
| 6813 | <summary>
|
||
| 6814 | Move to the next position. |
||
| 6815 | </summary>
|
||
| 6816 | </member>
|
||
| 6817 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.Up"> |
||
| 6818 | <summary>
|
||
| 6819 | Move up. |
||
| 6820 | </summary>
|
||
| 6821 | </member>
|
||
| 6822 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.Down"> |
||
| 6823 | <summary>
|
||
| 6824 | Move down. |
||
| 6825 | </summary>
|
||
| 6826 | </member>
|
||
| 6827 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.NextWord"> |
||
| 6828 | <summary>
|
||
| 6829 | Move to the beginning of the next word. |
||
| 6830 | </summary>
|
||
| 6831 | </member>
|
||
| 6832 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.PreviousWord"> |
||
| 6833 | <summary>
|
||
| 6834 | Move to current word start, or, if currently at the beginning, to the previos word start. |
||
| 6835 | </summary>
|
||
| 6836 | </member>
|
||
| 6837 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.Home"> |
||
| 6838 | <summary>
|
||
| 6839 | Move to current line start. |
||
| 6840 | </summary>
|
||
| 6841 | </member>
|
||
| 6842 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.End"> |
||
| 6843 | <summary>
|
||
| 6844 | Move to current line end. |
||
| 6845 | </summary>
|
||
| 6846 | </member>
|
||
| 6847 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.ParagraphStart"> |
||
| 6848 | <summary>
|
||
| 6849 | Move to current paragraph start, or, if currently at the beginning, to the previous paragarph start. |
||
| 6850 | </summary>
|
||
| 6851 | </member>
|
||
| 6852 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.ParagraphEnd"> |
||
| 6853 | <summary>
|
||
| 6854 | Move to current paragraph end. |
||
| 6855 | </summary>
|
||
| 6856 | </member>
|
||
| 6857 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.NextParagraph"> |
||
| 6858 | <summary>
|
||
| 6859 | Move to next paragraph start. |
||
| 6860 | </summary>
|
||
| 6861 | </member>
|
||
| 6862 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.DocumentStart"> |
||
| 6863 | <summary>
|
||
| 6864 | Move to document start. |
||
| 6865 | </summary>
|
||
| 6866 | </member>
|
||
| 6867 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.DocumentEnd"> |
||
| 6868 | <summary>
|
||
| 6869 | Move to document end. |
||
| 6870 | </summary>
|
||
| 6871 | </member>
|
||
| 6872 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.PageUp"> |
||
| 6873 | <summary>
|
||
| 6874 | Move one screen up. |
||
| 6875 | </summary>
|
||
| 6876 | </member>
|
||
| 6877 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.MoveCaretDirections.PageDown"> |
||
| 6878 | <summary>
|
||
| 6879 | The one screen down. |
||
| 6880 | </summary>
|
||
| 6881 | </member>
|
||
| 6882 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.OpenContextMenuOnNextSpellingErrorCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6883 | <summary>
|
||
| 6884 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ToggleSpellCheckingCommand"/> class. |
||
| 6885 | </summary>
|
||
| 6886 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 6887 | </member>
|
||
| 6888 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.SelectAllCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6889 | <summary>
|
||
| 6890 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.SelectAllCommand"/> class. |
||
| 6891 | </summary>
|
||
| 6892 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 6893 | </member>
|
||
| 6894 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ToggleSpellCheckingCommand.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6895 | <summary>
|
||
| 6896 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RichTextBoxCommands.ToggleSpellCheckingCommand"/> class. |
||
| 6897 | </summary>
|
||
| 6898 | <param name="editor">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 6899 | </member>
|
||
| 6900 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.DocumentTextMap.TrimWordStart(System.String@,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6901 | <summary>
|
||
| 6902 | Deprecated. |
||
| 6903 | </summary>
|
||
| 6904 | </member>
|
||
| 6905 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.DocumentTextMap.TrimWordEnd(System.String,System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 6906 | <summary>
|
||
| 6907 | Deprecated. |
||
| 6908 | </summary>
|
||
| 6909 | </member>
|
||
| 6910 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.DocumentTextMap.TrimWord(System.String)"> |
||
| 6911 | <summary>
|
||
| 6912 | Deprecated. |
||
| 6913 | </summary>
|
||
| 6914 | </member>
|
||
| 6915 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.DocumentTextSearch"> |
||
| 6916 | <summary>
|
||
| 6917 | Provides functionality for searching text in a RadDocument |
||
| 6918 | </summary>
|
||
| 6919 | </member>
|
||
| 6920 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.TextRange.AddToSelection(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 6921 | <summary>
|
||
| 6922 | Adds the current text range to the selection ranges of the document. |
||
| 6923 | </summary>
|
||
| 6924 | </member>
|
||
| 6925 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.TextRange.SetSelection(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument)"> |
||
| 6926 | <summary>
|
||
| 6927 | Sets the selection of the document to the current text range. |
||
| 6928 | </summary>
|
||
| 6929 | </member>
|
||
| 6930 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Annotations.CommentBalloon.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 6931 | <summary>
|
||
| 6932 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 6933 | </summary>
|
||
| 6934 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 6935 | </member>
|
||
| 6936 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Annotations.CommentsPane.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 6937 | <summary>
|
||
| 6938 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 6939 | </summary>
|
||
| 6940 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 6941 | </member>
|
||
| 6942 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IEditCustomDictionaryDialog"> |
||
| 6943 | <summary>
|
||
| 6944 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for editing custom spellchecking dictionaries. |
||
| 6945 | </summary>
|
||
| 6946 | </member>
|
||
| 6947 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IEditCustomDictionaryDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Proofing.ICustomWordDictionary,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6948 | <summary>
|
||
| 6949 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 6950 | </summary>
|
||
| 6951 | <param name="customWordDictionary">The custom word dictionary to edit.</param> |
||
| 6952 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 6953 | </member>
|
||
| 6954 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IEditCustomDictionaryDialog.Close"> |
||
| 6955 | <summary>
|
||
| 6956 | Closes the dialog. |
||
| 6957 | </summary>
|
||
| 6958 | </member>
|
||
| 6959 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.RadCompositionInitializer.ReturnToInitialState"> |
||
| 6960 | <summary>
|
||
| 6961 | Returns to initial state. This method is used only for test purpouses. |
||
| 6962 | </summary>
|
||
| 6963 | </member>
|
||
| 6964 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager"> |
||
| 6965 | <summary>
|
||
| 6966 | Encapsulates logic for spellchecking dialogs for <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>. |
||
| 6967 | </summary>
|
||
| 6968 | </member>
|
||
| 6969 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 6970 | <summary>
|
||
| 6971 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager"/> class. |
||
| 6972 | </summary>
|
||
| 6973 | <param name="radRichTextBox">The instance of RadRichTextBox to be spellchecked.</param> |
||
| 6974 | </member>
|
||
| 6975 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.IgnoreCurrentWord"> |
||
| 6976 | <summary>
|
||
| 6977 | Ignores the current word for further spell checking. |
||
| 6978 | </summary>
|
||
| 6979 | </member>
|
||
| 6980 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.IgnoreWord(Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.WordInfo)"> |
||
| 6981 | <summary>
|
||
| 6982 | Ignores the specified word for further spell checking. |
||
| 6983 | </summary>
|
||
| 6984 | <param name="wordInfo">The word to be ignored.</param> |
||
| 6985 | </member>
|
||
| 6986 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.IgnoreAll(System.String)"> |
||
| 6987 | <summary>
|
||
| 6988 | Ignores all occurrences of word. |
||
| 6989 | </summary>
|
||
| 6990 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 6991 | </member>
|
||
| 6992 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.AddToDictionary(System.String)"> |
||
| 6993 | <summary>
|
||
| 6994 | Adds word to dictionary. |
||
| 6995 | </summary>
|
||
| 6996 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 6997 | </member>
|
||
| 6998 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.GetSuggestions(System.String)"> |
||
| 6999 | <summary>
|
||
| 7000 | Gets the spellchecking suggestions for a word. |
||
| 7001 | </summary>
|
||
| 7002 | <param name="word">The word.</param> |
||
| 7003 | <returns>A collection filled with the suggestions.</returns> |
||
| 7004 | </member>
|
||
| 7005 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.ChangeWord(System.String)"> |
||
| 7006 | <summary>
|
||
| 7007 | Changes the currently selected word with the suggestion. |
||
| 7008 | </summary>
|
||
| 7009 | <param name="suggestion">The suggestion.</param> |
||
| 7010 | </member>
|
||
| 7011 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.MoveToNextError"> |
||
| 7012 | <summary>
|
||
| 7013 | Selects the next incorrect word and returns info about it. |
||
| 7014 | </summary>
|
||
| 7015 | <returns>Current incorrect word info.</returns> |
||
| 7016 | </member>
|
||
| 7017 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.CreateSpellCheckingContextDocument(Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.TextRange)"> |
||
| 7018 | <summary>
|
||
| 7019 | Creates the spell checking context document. |
||
| 7020 | </summary>
|
||
| 7021 | <param name="incorrectWordRange">Text range for the incorrect word.</param> |
||
| 7022 | <returns><see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RadDocument"/> containing the incorrect word and its context.</returns> |
||
| 7023 | </member>
|
||
| 7024 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.ShowEditCustomDictionaryDialog"> |
||
| 7025 | <summary>
|
||
| 7026 | Shows the dialog for editing custom spellchecking dictionaries. |
||
| 7027 | </summary>
|
||
| 7028 | </member>
|
||
| 7029 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.HasCustomDictionary"> |
||
| 7030 | <summary>
|
||
| 7031 | Determines whether there is custom dictionary to edit. |
||
| 7032 | </summary>
|
||
| 7033 | <returns>
|
||
| 7034 | <c>true</c> if there is custom dictionary to edit; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 7035 | </returns>
|
||
| 7036 | </member>
|
||
| 7037 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager.ChangeAll(System.String,System.String)"> |
||
| 7038 | <summary>
|
||
| 7039 | Changes all occurrences of the <paramref name="incorrectWord" /> with <paramref name="suggestion" />. |
||
| 7040 | </summary>
|
||
| 7041 | <param name="incorrectWord">The incorrect word.</param> |
||
| 7042 | <param name="suggestion">The suggestion which will replace the word.</param> |
||
| 7043 | </member>
|
||
| 7044 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.HeaderFooterPresenterBase.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 7045 | <summary>
|
||
| 7046 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 7047 | </summary>
|
||
| 7048 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 7049 | </member>
|
||
| 7050 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.HeaderFooterContainer.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 7051 | <summary>
|
||
| 7052 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 7053 | </summary>
|
||
| 7054 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 7055 | </member>
|
||
| 7056 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.HeaderFooterEditModeOverlay.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 7057 | <summary>
|
||
| 7058 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 7059 | </summary>
|
||
| 7060 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 7061 | </member>
|
||
| 7062 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.CommentsUILayer.ViewOffset"> |
||
| 7063 | <summary>
|
||
| 7064 | Offset of the view from the initial point (0, 0) generally related to scroll offset |
||
| 7065 | </summary>
|
||
| 7066 | </member>
|
||
| 7067 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.CommentsUILayer.ViewPort"> |
||
| 7068 | <summary>
|
||
| 7069 | Gets the rectangle currently visible |
||
| 7070 | </summary>
|
||
| 7071 | </member>
|
||
| 7072 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.ResizeThumb"> |
||
| 7073 | <summary>
|
||
| 7074 | ResizeThumb |
||
| 7075 | </summary>
|
||
| 7076 | </member>
|
||
| 7077 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.ResizeThumb.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7078 | <summary>
|
||
| 7079 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7080 | </summary>
|
||
| 7081 | </member>
|
||
| 7082 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DebugSingleCrossBorder"> |
||
| 7083 | <summary>
|
||
| 7084 | DebugSingleCrossBorder |
||
| 7085 | </summary>
|
||
| 7086 | </member>
|
||
| 7087 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.DebugSingleCrossBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7088 | <summary>
|
||
| 7089 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7090 | </summary>
|
||
| 7091 | </member>
|
||
| 7092 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.LineBorder.LineHorizontalBorder"> |
||
| 7093 | <summary>
|
||
| 7094 | LineHorizontalBorder |
||
| 7095 | </summary>
|
||
| 7096 | </member>
|
||
| 7097 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.LineBorder.LineHorizontalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7098 | <summary>
|
||
| 7099 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7100 | </summary>
|
||
| 7101 | </member>
|
||
| 7102 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.LineBorder.LineVerticalBorder"> |
||
| 7103 | <summary>
|
||
| 7104 | LineVerticalBorder |
||
| 7105 | </summary>
|
||
| 7106 | </member>
|
||
| 7107 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.LineBorder.LineVerticalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7108 | <summary>
|
||
| 7109 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7110 | </summary>
|
||
| 7111 | </member>
|
||
| 7112 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SentinelTableBorderUIElement"> |
||
| 7113 | <summary>
|
||
| 7114 | SentinelTableBorderUIElement |
||
| 7115 | </summary>
|
||
| 7116 | </member>
|
||
| 7117 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SentinelTableBorderUIElement.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7118 | <summary>
|
||
| 7119 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7120 | </summary>
|
||
| 7121 | </member>
|
||
| 7122 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleCrossBorder"> |
||
| 7123 | <summary>
|
||
| 7124 | SingleCrossBorder |
||
| 7125 | </summary>
|
||
| 7126 | </member>
|
||
| 7127 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleCrossBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7128 | <summary>
|
||
| 7129 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7130 | </summary>
|
||
| 7131 | </member>
|
||
| 7132 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleHorizontalBorder"> |
||
| 7133 | <summary>
|
||
| 7134 | SingleHorizontalBorder |
||
| 7135 | </summary>
|
||
| 7136 | </member>
|
||
| 7137 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleHorizontalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7138 | <summary>
|
||
| 7139 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7140 | </summary>
|
||
| 7141 | </member>
|
||
| 7142 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleVerticalBorder"> |
||
| 7143 | <summary>
|
||
| 7144 | SingleVerticalBorder |
||
| 7145 | </summary>
|
||
| 7146 | </member>
|
||
| 7147 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.SingleBorder.SingleVerticalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7148 | <summary>
|
||
| 7149 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7150 | </summary>
|
||
| 7151 | </member>
|
||
| 7152 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDCrossBorder"> |
||
| 7153 | <summary>
|
||
| 7154 | ThreeDCrossBorder |
||
| 7155 | </summary>
|
||
| 7156 | </member>
|
||
| 7157 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDCrossBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7158 | <summary>
|
||
| 7159 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7160 | </summary>
|
||
| 7161 | </member>
|
||
| 7162 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDHorizontalBorder"> |
||
| 7163 | <summary>
|
||
| 7164 | ThreeDHorizontalBorder |
||
| 7165 | </summary>
|
||
| 7166 | </member>
|
||
| 7167 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDHorizontalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7168 | <summary>
|
||
| 7169 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7170 | </summary>
|
||
| 7171 | </member>
|
||
| 7172 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDVerticalBorder"> |
||
| 7173 | <summary>
|
||
| 7174 | ThreeDVerticalBorder |
||
| 7175 | </summary>
|
||
| 7176 | </member>
|
||
| 7177 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TableDecorationLayers.TableBorders.ThreeDBorder.ThreeDVerticalBorder.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 7178 | <summary>
|
||
| 7179 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 7180 | </summary>
|
||
| 7181 | </member>
|
||
| 7182 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Layers.TextDecorationLayers.ProofingErrorsDecorationUILayer.MaximumIncorrectWordsNumber"> |
||
| 7183 | <summary>
|
||
| 7184 | Gets or sets the maximum incorrect words number. Negative value means unlimited. |
||
| 7185 | </summary>
|
||
| 7186 | <value>
|
||
| 7187 | The maximum incorrect words number. |
||
| 7188 | </value>
|
||
| 7189 | </member>
|
||
| 7190 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintScaling.None"> |
||
| 7191 | <summary>
|
||
| 7192 | No scaling is applied |
||
| 7193 | </summary>
|
||
| 7194 | </member>
|
||
| 7195 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintScaling.ShrinkToPageSize"> |
||
| 7196 | <summary>
|
||
| 7197 | Shrink to page size if needed. This is option for Native PrintMode only. |
||
| 7198 | </summary>
|
||
| 7199 | </member>
|
||
| 7200 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.PrintSettings.PageRange"> |
||
| 7201 | <summary>
|
||
| 7202 | Gets or sets the PageRange that will be printed. |
||
| 7203 | </summary>
|
||
| 7204 | <value>The page range</value> |
||
| 7205 | </member>
|
||
| 7206 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ISpellCheckingDialog"> |
||
| 7207 | <summary>
|
||
| 7208 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for spellchecking. |
||
| 7209 | </summary>
|
||
| 7210 | </member>
|
||
| 7211 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ISpellCheckingDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.SpellCheckingUIManager,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7212 | <summary>
|
||
| 7213 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 7214 | </summary>
|
||
| 7215 | <param name="spellCheckingUIManager">The spellchecking UI manager.</param> |
||
| 7216 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 7217 | </member>
|
||
| 7218 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ISpellCheckingDialog.Close"> |
||
| 7219 | <summary>
|
||
| 7220 | Closes the dialog. |
||
| 7221 | </summary>
|
||
| 7222 | </member>
|
||
| 7223 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.Space"> |
||
| 7224 | <summary>
|
||
| 7225 | Space symbol (U+0020), " ". |
||
| 7226 | </summary>
|
||
| 7227 | </member>
|
||
| 7228 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.EnSpace"> |
||
| 7229 | <summary>
|
||
| 7230 | En Space symbol (U+2002), " ". |
||
| 7231 | </summary>
|
||
| 7232 | </member>
|
||
| 7233 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.EmSpace"> |
||
| 7234 | <summary>
|
||
| 7235 | Em Space symbol (U+2003), " ". |
||
| 7236 | </summary>
|
||
| 7237 | </member>
|
||
| 7238 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.FourPerEmSpace"> |
||
| 7239 | <summary>
|
||
| 7240 | Four-Per-Em Space symbol (U+2005), " ". |
||
| 7241 | </summary>
|
||
| 7242 | </member>
|
||
| 7243 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.IdeographicSpace"> |
||
| 7244 | <summary>
|
||
| 7245 | Ideographic Space symbol (U+3000), " ". |
||
| 7246 | </summary>
|
||
| 7247 | </member>
|
||
| 7248 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.ZeroWidthSpace"> |
||
| 7249 | <summary>
|
||
| 7250 | Zero Width Space symbol (U+200B), "". |
||
| 7251 | </summary>
|
||
| 7252 | </member>
|
||
| 7253 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.Lozenge"> |
||
| 7254 | <summary>
|
||
| 7255 | Lozenge symbol (U+25CA). |
||
| 7256 | </summary>
|
||
| 7257 | </member>
|
||
| 7258 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.NotSign"> |
||
| 7259 | <summary>
|
||
| 7260 | Not Sign symbol (U+00AC). |
||
| 7261 | </summary>
|
||
| 7262 | </member>
|
||
| 7263 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.HorizontalTabulation"> |
||
| 7264 | <summary>
|
||
| 7265 | Horizontal tabulation symbol (U+0009). |
||
| 7266 | </summary>
|
||
| 7267 | </member>
|
||
| 7268 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.PilcrowSign"> |
||
| 7269 | <summary>
|
||
| 7270 | Pilcrow Sign symbol (U+00B6). |
||
| 7271 | </summary>
|
||
| 7272 | </member>
|
||
| 7273 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.RightwardsArrow"> |
||
| 7274 | <summary>
|
||
| 7275 | Rightwards Arrow symbol (U+2192). |
||
| 7276 | </summary>
|
||
| 7277 | </member>
|
||
| 7278 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.CurrencySign"> |
||
| 7279 | <summary>
|
||
| 7280 | Currency Sign symbol (U+00A4). |
||
| 7281 | </summary>
|
||
| 7282 | </member>
|
||
| 7283 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.NewLine"> |
||
| 7284 | <summary>
|
||
| 7285 | Carriage return + line feed. |
||
| 7286 | </summary>
|
||
| 7287 | </member>
|
||
| 7288 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutSpecialSymbols.VerticalTabulation"> |
||
| 7289 | <summary>
|
||
| 7290 | Vertical tab symbol (U+000B). |
||
| 7291 | </summary>
|
||
| 7292 | </member>
|
||
| 7293 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.StringUtils.IsRightToLeft(System.String)"> |
||
| 7294 | <summary>
|
||
| 7295 | Returns true if any of the characters of the string is right-to-left. |
||
| 7296 | </summary>
|
||
| 7297 | </member>
|
||
| 7298 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.UniversalDateTimeConverter.CanConvertFrom(System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext,System.Type)"> |
||
| 7299 | <summary>
|
||
| 7300 | Determines whether this instance [can convert from] the specified context. |
||
| 7301 | </summary>
|
||
| 7302 | <param name="context">The context.</param> |
||
| 7303 | <param name="sourceType">Type of the source.</param> |
||
| 7304 | <returns>
|
||
| 7305 | <c>true</c> if this instance [can convert from] the specified context; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 7306 | </returns>
|
||
| 7307 | </member>
|
||
| 7308 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.UniversalDateTimeConverter.CanConvertTo(System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext,System.Type)"> |
||
| 7309 | <summary>
|
||
| 7310 | Returns whether the type converter can convert an object to the specified type to the type of this converter. |
||
| 7311 | </summary>
|
||
| 7312 | <param name="context">The context.</param> |
||
| 7313 | <param name="destinationType">The type you want to convert to.</param> |
||
| 7314 | <returns>
|
||
| 7315 | True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. |
||
| 7316 | </returns>
|
||
| 7317 | <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException"> |
||
| 7318 | <paramref name="destinationType"/> is null.</exception> |
||
| 7319 | </member>
|
||
| 7320 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.UniversalDateTimeConverter.ConvertFrom(System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext,System.Globalization.CultureInfo,System.Object)"> |
||
| 7321 | <summary>
|
||
| 7322 | Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter. |
||
| 7323 | </summary>
|
||
| 7324 | <param name="context">The context.</param> |
||
| 7325 | <param name="culture">The culture.</param> |
||
| 7326 | <param name="value">The value to convert to the type of this converter.</param> |
||
| 7327 | <returns>The converted value.</returns> |
||
| 7328 | <exception cref="T:System.NotSupportedException">The conversion cannot be performed.</exception> |
||
| 7329 | </member>
|
||
| 7330 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.UniversalDateTimeConverter.ConvertTo(System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext,System.Globalization.CultureInfo,System.Object,System.Type)"> |
||
| 7331 | <summary>
|
||
| 7332 | Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter. |
||
| 7333 | </summary>
|
||
| 7334 | <param name="context">The context.</param> |
||
| 7335 | <param name="culture">The culture.</param> |
||
| 7336 | <param name="value">The value.</param> |
||
| 7337 | <param name="destinationType">Type of the destination.</param> |
||
| 7338 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7339 | </member>
|
||
| 7340 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.WeakEventHandler`2.onEventAction"> |
||
| 7341 | <summary>
|
||
| 7342 | Delegate to the method to call when the event fires. |
||
| 7343 | </summary>
|
||
| 7344 | </member>
|
||
| 7345 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Utils.WeakEventHandler`2.OnEventAction"> |
||
| 7346 | <summary>
|
||
| 7347 | Gets or sets the method to call when the event fires. |
||
| 7348 | </summary>
|
||
| 7349 | </member>
|
||
| 7350 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DropPositionMarker.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 7351 | <summary>
|
||
| 7352 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 7353 | </summary>
|
||
| 7354 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 7355 | </member>
|
||
| 7356 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ContextMenuPlacementEventArgs.#ctor(System.Windows.Point)"> |
||
| 7357 | <summary>
|
||
| 7358 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ContextMenuPlacementEventArgs"/> class. |
||
| 7359 | </summary>
|
||
| 7360 | <param name="location">The location, relative to silverlight plugin.</param> |
||
| 7361 | </member>
|
||
| 7362 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ContextMenuPlacementEventArgs.Location"> |
||
| 7363 | <summary>
|
||
| 7364 | Gets the location of the context menu, relative to silverlight plugin. |
||
| 7365 | </summary>
|
||
| 7366 | <value>The location.</value> |
||
| 7367 | </member>
|
||
| 7368 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IContextMenu.Show(System.Windows.Point,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7369 | <summary>
|
||
| 7370 | Shows the context menu at specified location, relative to passed RadRichTextBox. |
||
| 7371 | </summary>
|
||
| 7372 | <param name="location">The location to show at.</param> |
||
| 7373 | <param name="radRichTextBox">RadRichTextBox to attach to.</param> |
||
| 7374 | </member>
|
||
| 7375 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IContextMenu.Show(System.Windows.Point,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox,Telerik.Windows.Documents.TextSearch.WordInfo)"> |
||
| 7376 | <summary>
|
||
| 7377 | Shows the context menu at specified location, relative to passed RadRichTextBox, with list of suggestions for incorrect word |
||
| 7378 | </summary>
|
||
| 7379 | <param name="location">The location to show at.</param> |
||
| 7380 | <param name="radRichTextBox">RadRichTextBox to attach to.</param>- |
||
| 7381 | <param name="incorrectWordInfo">The word info to show suggestions for.</param> |
||
| 7382 | </member>
|
||
| 7383 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IContextMenu.Hide"> |
||
| 7384 | <summary>
|
||
| 7385 | Hides the menu. |
||
| 7386 | </summary>
|
||
| 7387 | </member>
|
||
| 7388 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IContextMenu.Opened"> |
||
| 7389 | <summary>
|
||
| 7390 | Occurs when context menu is opened. |
||
| 7391 | </summary>
|
||
| 7392 | </member>
|
||
| 7393 | <member name="E:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IContextMenu.Closed"> |
||
| 7394 | <summary>
|
||
| 7395 | Occurs when context menu is closed. |
||
| 7396 | </summary>
|
||
| 7397 | </member>
|
||
| 7398 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IFindReplaceDialog"> |
||
| 7399 | <summary>
|
||
| 7400 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for find and replace. |
||
| 7401 | </summary>
|
||
| 7402 | </member>
|
||
| 7403 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IFindReplaceDialog.Show(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox,System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean},System.String)"> |
||
| 7404 | <summary>
|
||
| 7405 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 7406 | </summary>
|
||
| 7407 | <param name="richTextBox">The associated <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>.</param> |
||
| 7408 | <param name="replaceCallback">The callback that will be invoked to perform replace.</param> |
||
| 7409 | <param name="textToFind">The text to initially set in the search field.</param> |
||
| 7410 | </member>
|
||
| 7411 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IFindReplaceDialog.Close"> |
||
| 7412 | <summary>
|
||
| 7413 | Closes the dialog. |
||
| 7414 | </summary>
|
||
| 7415 | </member>
|
||
| 7416 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IFindReplaceDialog.IsOpen"> |
||
| 7417 | <summary>
|
||
| 7418 | Gets a value indicating whether the dialog is open. |
||
| 7419 | </summary>
|
||
| 7420 | <value>
|
||
| 7421 | <c>true</c> if the dialog is open; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 7422 | </value>
|
||
| 7423 | </member>
|
||
| 7424 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertTableDialog"> |
||
| 7425 | <summary>
|
||
| 7426 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting tables. |
||
| 7427 | </summary>
|
||
| 7428 | </member>
|
||
| 7429 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertTableDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.InsertTableDialogContext)"> |
||
| 7430 | <summary>
|
||
| 7431 | Shows the dialog. Specified insert table callback is applied on user confirmation. |
||
| 7432 | </summary>
|
||
| 7433 | <param name="insertTableDialogContext">The insert table dialog context.</param> |
||
| 7434 | </member>
|
||
| 7435 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ITablePropertiesDialog"> |
||
| 7436 | <summary>
|
||
| 7437 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for editing table properties. |
||
| 7438 | </summary>
|
||
| 7439 | </member>
|
||
| 7440 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.ITablePropertiesDialog.ShowDialog(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7441 | <summary>
|
||
| 7442 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 7443 | </summary>
|
||
| 7444 | <param name="tablePropertiesEditor">Instance of <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor"/> used to edit table properties.</param> |
||
| 7445 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 7446 | </member>
|
||
| 7447 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor"> |
||
| 7448 | <summary>
|
||
| 7449 | Encapsulates logic for editing current table in <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/>. |
||
| 7450 | </summary>
|
||
| 7451 | </member>
|
||
| 7452 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7453 | <summary>
|
||
| 7454 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor"/> class. |
||
| 7455 | </summary>
|
||
| 7456 | </member>
|
||
| 7457 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.GetTargetCells"> |
||
| 7458 | <summary>
|
||
| 7459 | Gets selected cells, or current cell if there isn't selection. |
||
| 7460 | </summary>
|
||
| 7461 | </member>
|
||
| 7462 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.GetGridColumnWidth(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 7463 | <summary>
|
||
| 7464 | Gets the width of the grid column. |
||
| 7465 | </summary>
|
||
| 7466 | <param name="gridColumnIndex">Index of the grid column.</param> |
||
| 7467 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7468 | </member>
|
||
| 7469 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetGridColumnWidth(System.Int32,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnit)"> |
||
| 7470 | <summary>
|
||
| 7471 | Sets the width of the grid column. |
||
| 7472 | </summary>
|
||
| 7473 | <param name="gridColumnIndex">Index of the grid column.</param> |
||
| 7474 | <param name="tableWidthUnit">The table width.</param> |
||
| 7475 | </member>
|
||
| 7476 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SelectTableColumn(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 7477 | <summary>
|
||
| 7478 | Selects the table column. |
||
| 7479 | </summary>
|
||
| 7480 | <param name="gridColumnIndex">Index of the grid column.</param> |
||
| 7481 | </member>
|
||
| 7482 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SelectTableRow(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 7483 | <summary>
|
||
| 7484 | Selects the table row. |
||
| 7485 | </summary>
|
||
| 7486 | <param name="gridRowIndex">Index of the grid row.</param> |
||
| 7487 | </member>
|
||
| 7488 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTargetCellsBackground(System.Windows.Media.Color)"> |
||
| 7489 | <summary>
|
||
| 7490 | Sets the target cells background. |
||
| 7491 | </summary>
|
||
| 7492 | <param name="backgroundColor">Color of the background.</param> |
||
| 7493 | </member>
|
||
| 7494 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTargetCellsBorders(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableCellBorders)"> |
||
| 7495 | <summary>
|
||
| 7496 | Sets the target cells borders. |
||
| 7497 | </summary>
|
||
| 7498 | <param name="cellBorders">The TableCellBorders.</param> |
||
| 7499 | </member>
|
||
| 7500 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableBorders(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableBorders)"> |
||
| 7501 | <summary>
|
||
| 7502 | Sets the target cells borders. |
||
| 7503 | </summary>
|
||
| 7504 | </member>
|
||
| 7505 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTargetCellsContentAlignment(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadTextAlignment,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadVerticalAlignment)"> |
||
| 7506 | <summary>
|
||
| 7507 | Changes the table cell content alignment. |
||
| 7508 | </summary>
|
||
| 7509 | <param name="textAlignment">The text alignment.</param> |
||
| 7510 | <param name="verticalAlignment">The vertical content alignment.</param> |
||
| 7511 | </member>
|
||
| 7512 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTargetCellsPadding(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.Padding)"> |
||
| 7513 | <summary>
|
||
| 7514 | Changes the table cell padding. |
||
| 7515 | </summary>
|
||
| 7516 | <param name="cellPadding">The cell padding.</param> |
||
| 7517 | </member>
|
||
| 7518 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableDefaultCellPadding(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.Padding)"> |
||
| 7519 | <summary>
|
||
| 7520 | Changes the table cells default padding. |
||
| 7521 | </summary>
|
||
| 7522 | <param name="defaultCellPadding">The default cell padding for the table.</param> |
||
| 7523 | </member>
|
||
| 7524 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableCellSpacing(System.Double)"> |
||
| 7525 | <summary>
|
||
| 7526 | Changes the spacing between cells. |
||
| 7527 | </summary>
|
||
| 7528 | <param name="cellSpacing">The new cell spacing.</param> |
||
| 7529 | </member>
|
||
| 7530 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableWidth(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableWidthUnit)"> |
||
| 7531 | <summary>
|
||
| 7532 | Changes the width of the table. |
||
| 7533 | </summary>
|
||
| 7534 | <param name="tableWidth">Width of the table.</param> |
||
| 7535 | </member>
|
||
| 7536 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableFlowDirection(System.Windows.FlowDirection)"> |
||
| 7537 | <summary>
|
||
| 7538 | Changes the table flow direction. |
||
| 7539 | </summary>
|
||
| 7540 | <param name="flowDirection">The flow direction.</param> |
||
| 7541 | </member>
|
||
| 7542 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.SetTableIndent(System.Double)"> |
||
| 7543 | <summary>
|
||
| 7544 | Changes the table indent. |
||
| 7545 | </summary>
|
||
| 7546 | <param name="tableIndent">The new indent.</param> |
||
| 7547 | </member>
|
||
| 7548 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ChangeTableRowRepeatOnEveryPage(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableRow)"> |
||
| 7549 | <summary>
|
||
| 7550 | Changes the table row repeat on every page property. |
||
| 7551 | </summary>
|
||
| 7552 | <param name="row">The row.</param> |
||
| 7553 | </member>
|
||
| 7554 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ChangeTableRowHeight(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.TableRow,System.Double)"> |
||
| 7555 | <summary>
|
||
| 7556 | Changes the height of the table row. |
||
| 7557 | </summary>
|
||
| 7558 | <param name="row">The row.</param> |
||
| 7559 | <param name="height">The height.</param> |
||
| 7560 | </member>
|
||
| 7561 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ClearSelectedCellBorders"> |
||
| 7562 | <summary>
|
||
| 7563 | Clears all adjacent cell borders of the currently selected cells. |
||
| 7564 | </summary>
|
||
| 7565 | </member>
|
||
| 7566 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ClearAllTableCellBorders"> |
||
| 7567 | <summary>
|
||
| 7568 | Clears all cell borders of the current table. |
||
| 7569 | </summary>
|
||
| 7570 | </member>
|
||
| 7571 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ExecuteCommands"> |
||
| 7572 | <summary>
|
||
| 7573 | Executes all the commands. |
||
| 7574 | </summary>
|
||
| 7575 | </member>
|
||
| 7576 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.ClearCommands"> |
||
| 7577 | <summary>
|
||
| 7578 | Clears all the commands. |
||
| 7579 | </summary>
|
||
| 7580 | </member>
|
||
| 7581 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.InitialGridColumnIndex"> |
||
| 7582 | <summary>
|
||
| 7583 | Gets the initial grid column index of the current cell in the current table. |
||
| 7584 | </summary>
|
||
| 7585 | <value>The initial grid column index of the current cell.</value> |
||
| 7586 | </member>
|
||
| 7587 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.InitialGridRowIndex"> |
||
| 7588 | <summary>
|
||
| 7589 | Gets the initial grid row index of the current cell in the current table. |
||
| 7590 | </summary>
|
||
| 7591 | <value>The initial index of the grid row.</value> |
||
| 7592 | </member>
|
||
| 7593 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.GridColumnsCount"> |
||
| 7594 | <summary>
|
||
| 7595 | Gets the current table grid columns count. |
||
| 7596 | </summary>
|
||
| 7597 | <value>The grid columns count.</value> |
||
| 7598 | </member>
|
||
| 7599 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.TablePropertiesEditor.GridRowsCount"> |
||
| 7600 | <summary>
|
||
| 7601 | Gets the current table grid rows count. |
||
| 7602 | </summary>
|
||
| 7603 | <value>The grid rows count.</value> |
||
| 7604 | </member>
|
||
| 7605 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 7606 | <summary>
|
||
| 7607 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 7608 | </summary>
|
||
| 7609 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 7610 | </member>
|
||
| 7611 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.ShowFormattingSymbols"> |
||
| 7612 | <summary>
|
||
| 7613 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document. |
||
| 7614 | </summary>
|
||
| 7615 | <value>
|
||
| 7616 | <c>true</c> if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 7617 | </value>
|
||
| 7618 | </member>
|
||
| 7619 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.AcceptsReturn"> |
||
| 7620 | <summary>
|
||
| 7621 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the RETURN key types a RETURN character in the control. |
||
| 7622 | </summary>
|
||
| 7623 | </member>
|
||
| 7624 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.ShowComments"> |
||
| 7625 | <summary>
|
||
| 7626 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the comments are shown. |
||
| 7627 | </summary>
|
||
| 7628 | </member>
|
||
| 7629 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.CommentTemplateContentMargin"> |
||
| 7630 | <summary>
|
||
| 7631 | Gets or sets the comment template content margin. |
||
| 7632 | </summary>
|
||
| 7633 | </member>
|
||
| 7634 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.AllowScaling"> |
||
| 7635 | <summary>
|
||
| 7636 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scaling is enabled. |
||
| 7637 | </summary>
|
||
| 7638 | </member>
|
||
| 7639 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.AcceptsTab"> |
||
| 7640 | <summary>
|
||
| 7641 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order. |
||
| 7642 | </summary>
|
||
| 7643 | </member>
|
||
| 7644 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.SelectedComment"> |
||
| 7645 | <summary>
|
||
| 7646 | Gets or sets the currently focused comment in the document |
||
| 7647 | </summary>
|
||
| 7648 | </member>
|
||
| 7649 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.SelectedNote"> |
||
| 7650 | <summary>
|
||
| 7651 | Gets or sets the currently focused note |
||
| 7652 | </summary>
|
||
| 7653 | </member>
|
||
| 7654 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.IgnoredWords"> |
||
| 7655 | <summary>
|
||
| 7656 | Gets or sets an instance of IIgnoredWordDictionary that provides a list of words that would be ignored by spell checker |
||
| 7657 | </summary>
|
||
| 7658 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.SpellChecker"/> |
||
| 7659 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.IsSpellCheckingEnabled"/> |
||
| 7660 | </member>
|
||
| 7661 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.SpellChecker"> |
||
| 7662 | <summary>
|
||
| 7663 | Gets or sets the ISpellChecker implementation used when proofing. |
||
| 7664 | </summary>
|
||
| 7665 | </member>
|
||
| 7666 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.IsSpellCheckingEnabled"> |
||
| 7667 | <summary>
|
||
| 7668 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spell checking is enabled for this document |
||
| 7669 | </summary>
|
||
| 7670 | </member>
|
||
| 7671 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextPageView.IsReadOnly"> |
||
| 7672 | <summary>
|
||
| 7673 | Deprecated. |
||
| 7674 | </summary>
|
||
| 7675 | </member>
|
||
| 7676 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.DocumentFormatProvidersManager.ClearAllFormatProviders"> |
||
| 7677 | <summary>
|
||
| 7678 | Clears all format providers. This method is used only for test purpouses. |
||
| 7679 | </summary>
|
||
| 7680 | </member>
|
||
| 7681 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.FormatProviders.DocumentFormatProvidersManager.AutomaticallyLoadFormatProviders"> |
||
| 7682 | <summary>
|
||
| 7683 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether MEF should be used to load all format providers. |
||
| 7684 | </summary>
|
||
| 7685 | <value><c>true</c> if all format providers should be loaded automatically; otherwise, <c>false</c>.</value> |
||
| 7686 | </member>
|
||
| 7687 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertSymbolWindow"> |
||
| 7688 | <summary>
|
||
| 7689 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting symbols. |
||
| 7690 | </summary>
|
||
| 7691 | </member>
|
||
| 7692 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertSymbolWindow.Show(System.Action{System.Char,System.Windows.Media.FontFamily},System.Windows.Media.FontFamily,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7693 | <summary>
|
||
| 7694 | Shows the dialog. |
||
| 7695 | </summary>
|
||
| 7696 | <param name="insertSymbolCallback">The callback that will be invoked to insert symbols.</param> |
||
| 7697 | <param name="initialFont">The font which symbols will be loaded initially.</param> |
||
| 7698 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 7699 | </member>
|
||
| 7700 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertSymbolWindow.IsOpen"> |
||
| 7701 | <summary>
|
||
| 7702 | Gets a value indicating whether the dialog is open. |
||
| 7703 | </summary>
|
||
| 7704 | <value>
|
||
| 7705 | <c>true</c> if the dialog is open; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 7706 | </value>
|
||
| 7707 | </member>
|
||
| 7708 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertHyperlinkDialog"> |
||
| 7709 | <summary>
|
||
| 7710 | Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting/editing hyperlinks. |
||
| 7711 | </summary>
|
||
| 7712 | </member>
|
||
| 7713 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Extensibility.IInsertHyperlinkDialog.ShowDialog(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo,System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{System.String},System.Action{System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HyperlinkInfo},System.Action,Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox)"> |
||
| 7714 | <summary>
|
||
| 7715 | Shows the dialog for inserting hyperlinks. |
||
| 7716 | </summary>
|
||
| 7717 | <param name="text">The text of the hyperlink.</param> |
||
| 7718 | <param name="currentHyperlinkInfo">The current hyperlink info. Null if we are not in edit mode.</param> |
||
| 7719 | <param name="bookmarkNames">Names of all existing bookmarks.</param> |
||
| 7720 | <param name="insertHyperlinkCallback">The callback that will be called on confirmation to insert the hyperlink.</param> |
||
| 7721 | <param name="cancelCallback">The callback that will be called on cancelation.</param> |
||
| 7722 | <param name="owner">The owner of the dialog.</param> |
||
| 7723 | </member>
|
||
| 7724 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentLayoutBox.ShouldInterruptCreateNewFragment"> |
||
| 7725 | <summary>
|
||
| 7726 | Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted. |
||
| 7727 | </summary>
|
||
| 7728 | </member>
|
||
| 7729 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ElementVisibility"> |
||
| 7730 | <summary>
|
||
| 7731 | Defines element's visibility. |
||
| 7732 | </summary>
|
||
| 7733 | </member>
|
||
| 7734 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ElementVisibility.Visible"> |
||
| 7735 | <summary>
|
||
| 7736 | Indicates that the element is visible. |
||
| 7737 | </summary>
|
||
| 7738 | </member>
|
||
| 7739 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ElementVisibility.Hidden"> |
||
| 7740 | <summary>
|
||
| 7741 | Indicates that the element is hidden. |
||
| 7742 | </summary>
|
||
| 7743 | </member>
|
||
| 7744 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.ElementVisibility.Collapsed"> |
||
| 7745 | <summary>
|
||
| 7746 | Indicates that the element is collapsed. |
||
| 7747 | </summary>
|
||
| 7748 | </member>
|
||
| 7749 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.LayoutUtils"> |
||
| 7750 | <exclude/> |
||
| 7751 | </member>
|
||
| 7752 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStateBitVector.Reset"> |
||
| 7753 | <summary>
|
||
| 7754 | Clears all currently set bits in this vector. |
||
| 7755 | </summary>
|
||
| 7756 | </member>
|
||
| 7757 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStateBitVector.Item(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStates)"> |
||
| 7758 | <summary>
|
||
| 7759 | Determines whether the bit, corresponding to the specified key is set |
||
| 7760 | </summary>
|
||
| 7761 | <param name="key"></param> |
||
| 7762 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7763 | </member>
|
||
| 7764 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.DocumentElementStateBitVector.Data"> |
||
| 7765 | <summary>
|
||
| 7766 | Gets the UInt64 structure holding the separate bits of the vector. |
||
| 7767 | </summary>
|
||
| 7768 | </member>
|
||
| 7769 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.MatrixOrder"> |
||
| 7770 | <summary>
|
||
| 7771 | Specifies the order for matrix transform operations. |
||
| 7772 | </summary>
|
||
| 7773 | </member>
|
||
| 7774 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.MatrixOrder.Prepend"> |
||
| 7775 | <summary>
|
||
| 7776 | The new operation is applied before the old operation. |
||
| 7777 | </summary>
|
||
| 7778 | </member>
|
||
| 7779 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.MatrixOrder.Append"> |
||
| 7780 | <summary>
|
||
| 7781 | The new operation is applied after the old operation. |
||
| 7782 | </summary>
|
||
| 7783 | </member>
|
||
| 7784 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix"> |
||
| 7785 | <summary>
|
||
| 7786 | Represents a light-weight 3*3 Matrix to be used for GDI+ transformations. |
||
| 7787 | </summary>
|
||
| 7788 | </member>
|
||
| 7789 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single,System.Single)"> |
||
| 7790 | <summary>
|
||
| 7791 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, using the specified parameters. |
||
| 7792 | </summary>
|
||
| 7793 | </member>
|
||
| 7794 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix)"> |
||
| 7795 | <summary>
|
||
| 7796 | Copy constructor. |
||
| 7797 | </summary>
|
||
| 7798 | <param name="source"></param> |
||
| 7799 | </member>
|
||
| 7800 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PointF)"> |
||
| 7801 | <summary>
|
||
| 7802 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, applying the specified X and Y values as DX and DY members of the matrix. |
||
| 7803 | </summary>
|
||
| 7804 | <param name="offset"></param> |
||
| 7805 | </member>
|
||
| 7806 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single)"> |
||
| 7807 | <summary>
|
||
| 7808 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, scaling it by the provided parameters, at the origin (0, 0). |
||
| 7809 | </summary>
|
||
| 7810 | </member>
|
||
| 7811 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PointF)"> |
||
| 7812 | <summary>
|
||
| 7813 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, scaling it by the provided parameters, at the specified origin. |
||
| 7814 | </summary>
|
||
| 7815 | </member>
|
||
| 7816 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(System.Single)"> |
||
| 7817 | <summary>
|
||
| 7818 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, rotated by the specified angle (in degrees) at origin (0, 0). |
||
| 7819 | </summary>
|
||
| 7820 | </member>
|
||
| 7821 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.#ctor(System.Single,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PointF)"> |
||
| 7822 | <summary>
|
||
| 7823 | Initializes a new RadMatrix, rotated by the specified angle (in degrees) at the provided origin. |
||
| 7824 | </summary>
|
||
| 7825 | </member>
|
||
| 7826 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 7827 | <summary>
|
||
| 7828 | Determines whether the current matrix is empty. |
||
| 7829 | </summary>
|
||
| 7830 | </member>
|
||
| 7831 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.IsIdentity"> |
||
| 7832 | <summary>
|
||
| 7833 | Determines whether this matrix equals to the Identity one. |
||
| 7834 | </summary>
|
||
| 7835 | </member>
|
||
| 7836 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.Determinant"> |
||
| 7837 | <summary>
|
||
| 7838 | Gets the determinant - [(M11 * M22) - (M12 * M21)] - of this Matrix. |
||
| 7839 | </summary>
|
||
| 7840 | </member>
|
||
| 7841 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.IsInvertible"> |
||
| 7842 | <summary>
|
||
| 7843 | Determines whether this matrix may be inverted. That is to have non-zero determinant. |
||
| 7844 | </summary>
|
||
| 7845 | </member>
|
||
| 7846 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.ScaleX"> |
||
| 7847 | <summary>
|
||
| 7848 | Gets the scale by the X axis, provided by this matrix. |
||
| 7849 | </summary>
|
||
| 7850 | </member>
|
||
| 7851 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.ScaleY"> |
||
| 7852 | <summary>
|
||
| 7853 | Gets the scale by the Y axis, provided by this matrix. |
||
| 7854 | </summary>
|
||
| 7855 | </member>
|
||
| 7856 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.Rotation"> |
||
| 7857 | <summary>
|
||
| 7858 | Gets the rotation (in degrees) applied to this matrix. |
||
| 7859 | </summary>
|
||
| 7860 | </member>
|
||
| 7861 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix.Elements"> |
||
| 7862 | <summary>
|
||
| 7863 | Gets all the six fields of the matrix as an array. |
||
| 7864 | </summary>
|
||
| 7865 | </member>
|
||
| 7866 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetHeaderFooterType"> |
||
| 7867 | <summary>
|
||
| 7868 | Gets the type of the header and footer for this page. |
||
| 7869 | </summary>
|
||
| 7870 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7871 | </member>
|
||
| 7872 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetHeader"> |
||
| 7873 | <summary>
|
||
| 7874 | Gets the header for this page. |
||
| 7875 | </summary>
|
||
| 7876 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7877 | </member>
|
||
| 7878 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.SetHeader(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 7879 | <summary>
|
||
| 7880 | Sets the header. |
||
| 7881 | </summary>
|
||
| 7882 | <param name="header">The header.</param> |
||
| 7883 | </member>
|
||
| 7884 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetFooter"> |
||
| 7885 | <summary>
|
||
| 7886 | Gets the footer for this page. |
||
| 7887 | </summary>
|
||
| 7888 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7889 | </member>
|
||
| 7890 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.SetFooter(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 7891 | <summary>
|
||
| 7892 | Sets the footer. |
||
| 7893 | </summary>
|
||
| 7894 | <param name="footer">The footer.</param> |
||
| 7895 | </member>
|
||
| 7896 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetHeaderHeight"> |
||
| 7897 | <summary>
|
||
| 7898 | Gets the height of the header. |
||
| 7899 | </summary>
|
||
| 7900 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7901 | </member>
|
||
| 7902 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetFooterHeight"> |
||
| 7903 | <summary>
|
||
| 7904 | Gets the height of the footer. |
||
| 7905 | </summary>
|
||
| 7906 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7907 | </member>
|
||
| 7908 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetHeaderContentMargins"> |
||
| 7909 | <summary>
|
||
| 7910 | Gets the magin of the header content inside the top page margin. |
||
| 7911 | </summary>
|
||
| 7912 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7913 | </member>
|
||
| 7914 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.SectionLayoutBox.GetFooterContentMargins"> |
||
| 7915 | <summary>
|
||
| 7916 | Gets the margin of the footer inside the bottom page margin. |
||
| 7917 | </summary>
|
||
| 7918 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 7919 | </member>
|
||
| 7920 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.TelerikHelper.GetBoundingRect(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.RectangleF,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Layout.RadMatrix)"> |
||
| 7921 | <summary>
|
||
| 7922 | Get bounding rectangle around transformed one. |
||
| 7923 | </summary>
|
||
| 7924 | <param name="rect">Rectangle that is to be rotated</param> |
||
| 7925 | <param name="matrix">Transform matrix</param> |
||
| 7926 | <returns>the bounding rectangle around <paramref name="rect"/> |
||
| 7927 | that is transformed with <paramref name="matrix"/>.</returns> |
||
| 7928 | </member>
|
||
| 7929 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"> |
||
| 7930 | <summary>
|
||
| 7931 | An inline-level document element which contains image. |
||
| 7932 | </summary>
|
||
| 7933 | </member>
|
||
| 7934 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor"> |
||
| 7935 | <summary>
|
||
| 7936 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7937 | </summary>
|
||
| 7938 | </member>
|
||
| 7939 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor(System.Uri)"> |
||
| 7940 | <summary>
|
||
| 7941 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7942 | </summary>
|
||
| 7943 | <param name="uriSource">The URI from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 7944 | </member>
|
||
| 7945 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor(System.IO.Stream)"> |
||
| 7946 | <summary>
|
||
| 7947 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7948 | </summary>
|
||
| 7949 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 7950 | </member>
|
||
| 7951 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor(System.IO.Stream,System.Windows.Size,System.String)"> |
||
| 7952 | <summary>
|
||
| 7953 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7954 | </summary>
|
||
| 7955 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 7956 | <param name="size">The size of the element.</param> |
||
| 7957 | <param name="extension">The extension of the image.</param> |
||
| 7958 | </member>
|
||
| 7959 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor(System.Windows.Media.Imaging.WriteableBitmap)"> |
||
| 7960 | <summary>
|
||
| 7961 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7962 | </summary>
|
||
| 7963 | <param name="writableBitmap">The writable bitmap which will be used to create the image.</param> |
||
| 7964 | </member>
|
||
| 7965 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline)"> |
||
| 7966 | <summary>
|
||
| 7967 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> class. |
||
| 7968 | </summary>
|
||
| 7969 | <param name="originalImage">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline"/> which will be cloned.</param> |
||
| 7970 | </member>
|
||
| 7971 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Init(System.IO.Stream,System.String)"> |
||
| 7972 | <summary>
|
||
| 7973 | Initializes the element. |
||
| 7974 | </summary>
|
||
| 7975 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 7976 | <param name="extension">The extension of the image.</param> |
||
| 7977 | </member>
|
||
| 7978 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Init(System.IO.Stream,System.Windows.Size,System.String)"> |
||
| 7979 | <summary>
|
||
| 7980 | Initializes the element. |
||
| 7981 | </summary>
|
||
| 7982 | <param name="inputStream">The stream from which to obtain the image source.</param> |
||
| 7983 | <param name="size">The size of the element.</param> |
||
| 7984 | <param name="extension">The extension of the image.</param> |
||
| 7985 | </member>
|
||
| 7986 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.GetBytes"> |
||
| 7987 | <summary>
|
||
| 7988 | Gets the byte array used to create the image. |
||
| 7989 | </summary>
|
||
| 7990 | </member>
|
||
| 7991 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.UriSource"> |
||
| 7992 | <summary>
|
||
| 7993 | Gets or sets the URI which is used to obtain the image source. |
||
| 7994 | </summary>
|
||
| 7995 | <value>
|
||
| 7996 | The URI source. |
||
| 7997 | </value>
|
||
| 7998 | </member>
|
||
| 7999 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.ImageSource"> |
||
| 8000 | <summary>
|
||
| 8001 | Gets the image source last used to visualize the image. |
||
| 8002 | </summary>
|
||
| 8003 | </member>
|
||
| 8004 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Width"> |
||
| 8005 | <summary>
|
||
| 8006 | Gets or sets the width. |
||
| 8007 | </summary>
|
||
| 8008 | <value>
|
||
| 8009 | The width. |
||
| 8010 | </value>
|
||
| 8011 | </member>
|
||
| 8012 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Height"> |
||
| 8013 | <summary>
|
||
| 8014 | Gets or sets the height. |
||
| 8015 | </summary>
|
||
| 8016 | <value>
|
||
| 8017 | The height. |
||
| 8018 | </value>
|
||
| 8019 | </member>
|
||
| 8020 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.RotateAngle"> |
||
| 8021 | <summary>
|
||
| 8022 | Gets or sets the angle at which the image should be rotated. |
||
| 8023 | </summary>
|
||
| 8024 | <value>
|
||
| 8025 | The rotate angle. |
||
| 8026 | </value>
|
||
| 8027 | </member>
|
||
| 8028 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Size"> |
||
| 8029 | <summary>
|
||
| 8030 | Gets or sets the size. |
||
| 8031 | </summary>
|
||
| 8032 | <value>
|
||
| 8033 | The size. |
||
| 8034 | </value>
|
||
| 8035 | </member>
|
||
| 8036 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Extension"> |
||
| 8037 | <summary>
|
||
| 8038 | Gets or sets the file extension. |
||
| 8039 | </summary>
|
||
| 8040 | <value>
|
||
| 8041 | The extension. |
||
| 8042 | </value>
|
||
| 8043 | </member>
|
||
| 8044 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.RawData"> |
||
| 8045 | <summary>
|
||
| 8046 | Gets or sets the image bytes in Base64 format. This property is used for serialization. |
||
| 8047 | </summary>
|
||
| 8048 | <value>
|
||
| 8049 | The raw data. |
||
| 8050 | </value>
|
||
| 8051 | </member>
|
||
| 8052 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Alt"> |
||
| 8053 | <summary>
|
||
| 8054 | Gets or sets the alternative text for the image. |
||
| 8055 | </summary>
|
||
| 8056 | <value>
|
||
| 8057 | The alt. |
||
| 8058 | </value>
|
||
| 8059 | </member>
|
||
| 8060 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.ImageInline.Title"> |
||
| 8061 | <summary>
|
||
| 8062 | Gets or sets the title. |
||
| 8063 | </summary>
|
||
| 8064 | <value>
|
||
| 8065 | The title. |
||
| 8066 | </value>
|
||
| 8067 | </member>
|
||
| 8068 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PageLayoutSettingsConverter"> |
||
| 8069 | <summary>
|
||
| 8070 | Deprecated. |
||
| 8071 | </summary>
|
||
| 8072 | </member>
|
||
| 8073 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PageLayoutSettings"> |
||
| 8074 | <summary>
|
||
| 8075 | Deprecated. |
||
| 8076 | </summary>
|
||
| 8077 | </member>
|
||
| 8078 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph.GetActualTabStops"> |
||
| 8079 | <summary>
|
||
| 8080 | Gets local tab stops merged with tab stops from the style. |
||
| 8081 | </summary>
|
||
| 8082 | </member>
|
||
| 8083 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph.OutlineLevel"> |
||
| 8084 | <summary>
|
||
| 8085 | Gets or sets a value indicating the outline level. The outline level defines the level of this paragraph in TOC field. The default value is 0 - no level.; |
||
| 8086 | </summary>
|
||
| 8087 | <value>The outline level.</value> |
||
| 8088 | </member>
|
||
| 8089 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Paragraph.IsLineBreakingRuleEnabled"> |
||
| 8090 | <summary>
|
||
| 8091 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line. |
||
| 8092 | </summary>
|
||
| 8093 | </member>
|
||
| 8094 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.RadDocumentBindingSource"> |
||
| 8095 | <summary>
|
||
| 8096 | Represents collection of DocumentPageItems that wraps RadDocument and provides collection-changed events when document content changes |
||
| 8097 | and as a result pages are added or removed from the document. Suitable for binding to Items controls as RadBook, RadCoverFlow, etc. |
||
| 8098 | </summary>
|
||
| 8099 | </member>
|
||
| 8100 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"> |
||
| 8101 | <summary>
|
||
| 8102 | A block-level flow content element used for grouping other <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Block"/> elements. |
||
| 8103 | </summary>
|
||
| 8104 | </member>
|
||
| 8105 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetHeaderFooterTypeByPageNumber(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8106 | <summary>
|
||
| 8107 | Gets the header/footer type by page number. |
||
| 8108 | </summary>
|
||
| 8109 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8110 | </member>
|
||
| 8111 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetHeaderByPageNumber(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8112 | <summary>
|
||
| 8113 | Gets the header by page number. |
||
| 8114 | </summary>
|
||
| 8115 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8116 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8117 | </member>
|
||
| 8118 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetFooterByPageNumber(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8119 | <summary>
|
||
| 8120 | Gets the footer by page number. |
||
| 8121 | </summary>
|
||
| 8122 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8123 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8124 | </member>
|
||
| 8125 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetHeaderByType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType)"> |
||
| 8126 | <summary>
|
||
| 8127 | Gets the header by its type. |
||
| 8128 | </summary>
|
||
| 8129 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 8130 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8131 | </member>
|
||
| 8132 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetFooterByType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType)"> |
||
| 8133 | <summary>
|
||
| 8134 | Gets the footer by its type. |
||
| 8135 | </summary>
|
||
| 8136 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 8137 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8138 | </member>
|
||
| 8139 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.SetHeaderByPageNumber(System.Int32,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 8140 | <summary>
|
||
| 8141 | Sets the header by page number. |
||
| 8142 | </summary>
|
||
| 8143 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8144 | <param name="header">The header.</param> |
||
| 8145 | </member>
|
||
| 8146 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.SetFooterByPageNumber(System.Int32,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 8147 | <summary>
|
||
| 8148 | Sets the footer by page number. |
||
| 8149 | </summary>
|
||
| 8150 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8151 | <param name="footer">The footer.</param> |
||
| 8152 | </member>
|
||
| 8153 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.SetHeaderByType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Header)"> |
||
| 8154 | <summary>
|
||
| 8155 | Sets a header according to type. |
||
| 8156 | </summary>
|
||
| 8157 | <param name="headerType">Type of the header.</param> |
||
| 8158 | <param name="header">The header.</param> |
||
| 8159 | </member>
|
||
| 8160 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.SetFooterByType(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.HeaderFooterType,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Footer)"> |
||
| 8161 | <summary>
|
||
| 8162 | Sets a footer according to type. |
||
| 8163 | </summary>
|
||
| 8164 | <param name="footerType">Type of the footer.</param> |
||
| 8165 | <param name="footer">The footer.</param> |
||
| 8166 | </member>
|
||
| 8167 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetHeaderHeight(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8168 | <summary>
|
||
| 8169 | Gets the height of the header for a page. |
||
| 8170 | </summary>
|
||
| 8171 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8172 | </member>
|
||
| 8173 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.GetFooterHeight(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8174 | <summary>
|
||
| 8175 | Gets the height of the footer for a page. |
||
| 8176 | </summary>
|
||
| 8177 | <param name="pageNumber">The page number.</param> |
||
| 8178 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8179 | </member>
|
||
| 8180 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.IsEmpty"> |
||
| 8181 | <summary>
|
||
| 8182 | Gets a value indicating whether the section is empty. |
||
| 8183 | </summary>
|
||
| 8184 | <value>
|
||
| 8185 | <c>true</c> if the section is empty; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 8186 | </value>
|
||
| 8187 | </member>
|
||
| 8188 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.Headers"> |
||
| 8189 | <summary>
|
||
| 8190 | Gets or sets the headers. |
||
| 8191 | </summary>
|
||
| 8192 | <value>
|
||
| 8193 | The headers. |
||
| 8194 | </value>
|
||
| 8195 | </member>
|
||
| 8196 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.Footers"> |
||
| 8197 | <summary>
|
||
| 8198 | Gets or sets the footers. |
||
| 8199 | </summary>
|
||
| 8200 | <value>
|
||
| 8201 | The footers. |
||
| 8202 | </value>
|
||
| 8203 | </member>
|
||
| 8204 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.FirstPageNumber"> |
||
| 8205 | <summary>
|
||
| 8206 | Gets or sets the page number that appears on the first page of the section. |
||
| 8207 | </summary>
|
||
| 8208 | <value>
|
||
| 8209 | The page number. |
||
| 8210 | </value>
|
||
| 8211 | </member>
|
||
| 8212 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.Number"> |
||
| 8213 | <summary>
|
||
| 8214 | Gets the section number (starting from 1). |
||
| 8215 | </summary>
|
||
| 8216 | </member>
|
||
| 8217 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.ColumnsSerializationData"> |
||
| 8218 | <summary>
|
||
| 8219 | This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 8220 | </summary>
|
||
| 8221 | </member>
|
||
| 8222 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.HasDifferentFirstPageHeaderFooter"> |
||
| 8223 | <summary>
|
||
| 8224 | Gets or sets a value indicating whether first page header/footer is different. |
||
| 8225 | </summary>
|
||
| 8226 | <value>
|
||
| 8227 | <c>true</c> if first page header/footer is different; otherwise, <c>false</c>. |
||
| 8228 | </value>
|
||
| 8229 | </member>
|
||
| 8230 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.Columns"> |
||
| 8231 | <summary>
|
||
| 8232 | Gets or sets the text columns in the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section"/>. |
||
| 8233 | </summary>
|
||
| 8234 | <value>The section columns.</value> |
||
| 8235 | </member>
|
||
| 8236 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.FootnotesNumberingFormat"> |
||
| 8237 | <summary>
|
||
| 8238 | Gets or sets the footnotes numbering format. |
||
| 8239 | </summary>
|
||
| 8240 | </member>
|
||
| 8241 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.FootnotesFirstNumber"> |
||
| 8242 | <summary>
|
||
| 8243 | Gets or sets the footnotes starting number. |
||
| 8244 | </summary>
|
||
| 8245 | </member>
|
||
| 8246 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.FootnotesNumberingRestartType"> |
||
| 8247 | <summary>
|
||
| 8248 | Gets or sets the type of the footnotes numbering restart. |
||
| 8249 | </summary>
|
||
| 8250 | </member>
|
||
| 8251 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.EndnotesNumberingFormat"> |
||
| 8252 | <summary>
|
||
| 8253 | Gets or sets the endnotes numbering format. |
||
| 8254 | </summary>
|
||
| 8255 | </member>
|
||
| 8256 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.EndnotesFirstNumber"> |
||
| 8257 | <summary>
|
||
| 8258 | Gets or sets the endnotes starting number. |
||
| 8259 | </summary>
|
||
| 8260 | </member>
|
||
| 8261 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.EndnotesNumberingRestartType"> |
||
| 8262 | <summary>
|
||
| 8263 | Gets or sets the type of the endnotes numbering restart. |
||
| 8264 | </summary>
|
||
| 8265 | </member>
|
||
| 8266 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.HeaderTopMargin"> |
||
| 8267 | <summary>
|
||
| 8268 | Gets or sets the header top margin. |
||
| 8269 | </summary>
|
||
| 8270 | <value>
|
||
| 8271 | The header top margin. |
||
| 8272 | </value>
|
||
| 8273 | </member>
|
||
| 8274 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Section.FooterBottomMargin"> |
||
| 8275 | <summary>
|
||
| 8276 | Gets or sets the footer bottom margin. |
||
| 8277 | </summary>
|
||
| 8278 | <value>
|
||
| 8279 | The footer bottom margin. |
||
| 8280 | </value>
|
||
| 8281 | </member>
|
||
| 8282 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer.#ctor"> |
||
| 8283 | <summary>
|
||
| 8284 | This constructor supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. |
||
| 8285 | </summary>
|
||
| 8286 | </member>
|
||
| 8287 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer.#ctor(System.Windows.UIElement,System.Windows.Size)"> |
||
| 8288 | <summary>
|
||
| 8289 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/> class. |
||
| 8290 | </summary>
|
||
| 8291 | <param name="uiElement">The UIElement which should be added to the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/>.</param> |
||
| 8292 | <param name="size">The size of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/>.</param> |
||
| 8293 | </member>
|
||
| 8294 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer)"> |
||
| 8295 | <summary>
|
||
| 8296 | Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/> class, by creating shadow copy of another <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/>. |
||
| 8297 | </summary>
|
||
| 8298 | <param name="originalInline">The <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer"/> to be cloned.</param> |
||
| 8299 | </member>
|
||
| 8300 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer.CopyUIElementFromOverride(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.InlineUIContainer)"> |
||
| 8301 | <summary>
|
||
| 8302 | Override this method for custom implementation for copying UIElment. |
||
| 8303 | The default implementations uses the same instance of the UIElement. |
||
| 8304 | </summary>
|
||
| 8305 | <param name="fromUIContainer">From UI container.</param> |
||
| 8306 | </member>
|
||
| 8307 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#cctor"> |
||
| 8308 | <summary>
|
||
| 8309 | Initializes StyleDefinition type. |
||
| 8310 | </summary>
|
||
| 8311 | </member>
|
||
| 8312 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleType)"> |
||
| 8313 | <summary>
|
||
| 8314 | Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of corresponding StyleType |
||
| 8315 | </summary>
|
||
| 8316 | <param name="styleType">StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should apply to</param> |
||
| 8317 | </member>
|
||
| 8318 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleType)"> |
||
| 8319 | <summary>
|
||
| 8320 | Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of corresponding StyleType and Name (style id). |
||
| 8321 | </summary>
|
||
| 8322 | <param name="name">Unique Name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection</param> |
||
| 8323 | <param name="styleType">StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should apply to</param> |
||
| 8324 | </member>
|
||
| 8325 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 8326 | <summary>
|
||
| 8327 | Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of StyleType corresponding to specific DocumentElement |
||
| 8328 | </summary>
|
||
| 8329 | <param name="element">DocumentElement that would be used to determine the StyleType</param> |
||
| 8330 | </member>
|
||
| 8331 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#ctor(System.String,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 8332 | <summary>
|
||
| 8333 | Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of StyleType corresponding to specific DocumentElement, with specified Name |
||
| 8334 | </summary>
|
||
| 8335 | <param name="name">Unique Name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection</param> |
||
| 8336 | <param name="element">DocumentElement that would be used to determine the StyleType</param> |
||
| 8337 | </member>
|
||
| 8338 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.#ctor(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition)"> |
||
| 8339 | <summary>
|
||
| 8340 | Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition and copies all relevant property values from the specified StyleDefinition instance. |
||
| 8341 | </summary>
|
||
| 8342 | <param name="styleDefinition">The instance to copy the properties from.</param> |
||
| 8343 | </member>
|
||
| 8344 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.GetPropertyValue(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.IStylePropertyDefinition,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.DocumentElement)"> |
||
| 8345 | <summary>
|
||
| 8346 | Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead. |
||
| 8347 | </summary>
|
||
| 8348 | <param name="propertyDefinition"></param> |
||
| 8349 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8350 | </member>
|
||
| 8351 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.GetProperty(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.IStylePropertyDefinition)"> |
||
| 8352 | <summary>
|
||
| 8353 | Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead. |
||
| 8354 | </summary>
|
||
| 8355 | <param name="propertyDefinition"></param> |
||
| 8356 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8357 | </member>
|
||
| 8358 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.SetPropertyValue(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.IStylePropertyDefinition,System.Object)"> |
||
| 8359 | <summary>
|
||
| 8360 | Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead. |
||
| 8361 | </summary>
|
||
| 8362 | <param name="propertyDefinition"></param> |
||
| 8363 | <param name="newValue"></param> |
||
| 8364 | </member>
|
||
| 8365 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.ToString"> |
||
| 8366 | <summary>
|
||
| 8367 | Gets the string representation of this StyleDefinition that can be used to display information about property values. |
||
| 8368 | </summary>
|
||
| 8369 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8370 | </member>
|
||
| 8371 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.Name"> |
||
| 8372 | <summary>
|
||
| 8373 | Gets or sets value corresponding to the unique name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection in the document |
||
| 8374 | </summary>
|
||
| 8375 | </member>
|
||
| 8376 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.DisplayName"> |
||
| 8377 | <summary>
|
||
| 8378 | Gets or sets value corresponding to the name of the style, that would be displayed in Styles dialog, style gallery and other parts of the UI |
||
| 8379 | </summary>
|
||
| 8380 | </member>
|
||
| 8381 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.BasedOnName"> |
||
| 8382 | <summary>
|
||
| 8383 | Gets or sets the name of base style |
||
| 8384 | </summary>
|
||
| 8385 | <remarks>StyleDefinition inherits its property values from BasedOn style. Either BasedOn or BasedOnName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.</remarks> |
||
| 8386 | </member>
|
||
| 8387 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.BasedOn"> |
||
| 8388 | <summary>
|
||
| 8389 | Gets or sets the base StyleDefinition |
||
| 8390 | </summary>
|
||
| 8391 | <remarks>StyleDefinition inherits its property values from BasedOn style. Either BasedOn or BasedOnName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.</remarks> |
||
| 8392 | </member>
|
||
| 8393 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.LinkedStyleName"> |
||
| 8394 | <summary>
|
||
| 8395 | Gets or sets the name of the linked style. |
||
| 8396 | </summary>
|
||
| 8397 | <remarks>This property can be set to Paragraph or Character style only. Paragraph style can be linked only to Character style and vice versa.
|
||
| 8398 | StyleDefinition would obtain the corresponding property values from the linked style. Either LinkedStyle or LinkedStyleName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.</remarks>
|
||
| 8399 | </member>
|
||
| 8400 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.LinkedStyle"> |
||
| 8401 | <summary>
|
||
| 8402 | Gets or sets linked StyleDefinition. Only Paragraph and Character types of styles can be linked |
||
| 8403 | </summary>
|
||
| 8404 | <remarks>This property can be set to Paragraph or Character style only. Paragraph style can be linked only to Character style and vice versa.
|
||
| 8405 | StyleDefinition would obtain the corresponding property values from the linked style. Either LenkedStyle or LinkedStyleName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.</remarks>
|
||
| 8406 | </member>
|
||
| 8407 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.NextStyleName"> |
||
| 8408 | <summary>
|
||
| 8409 | Gets or sets the style which shall automatically be applied to a new paragraph created following a paragraph with this style. |
||
| 8410 | </summary>
|
||
| 8411 | <value>
|
||
| 8412 | The name of the next style. |
||
| 8413 | </value>
|
||
| 8414 | <remarks>This property will have effect when set to Paragraph style only.</remarks> |
||
| 8415 | </member>
|
||
| 8416 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.IsCustom"> |
||
| 8417 | <summary>
|
||
| 8418 | Gets or sets value indicating whether the style is custom user-created |
||
| 8419 | </summary>
|
||
| 8420 | </member>
|
||
| 8421 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.IsDefault"> |
||
| 8422 | <summary>
|
||
| 8423 | Gets or sets value indicating whether the style will be applied by default to the document elements of type corresponding to style's Type. |
||
| 8424 | </summary>
|
||
| 8425 | </member>
|
||
| 8426 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.IsPrimary"> |
||
| 8427 | <summary>
|
||
| 8428 | Gets or sets value indicating whether the style will be visible in the styles gallery. |
||
| 8429 | </summary>
|
||
| 8430 | </member>
|
||
| 8431 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.UIPriority"> |
||
| 8432 | <summary>
|
||
| 8433 | Gets or sets the UI priority of the style. Negative values will be transformed to zero (0); |
||
| 8434 | </summary>
|
||
| 8435 | <value>The UI priority.</value> |
||
| 8436 | </member>
|
||
| 8437 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.Document"> |
||
| 8438 | <summary>
|
||
| 8439 | Gets RadDocument that owns this StyleDefinition instance. |
||
| 8440 | </summary>
|
||
| 8441 | </member>
|
||
| 8442 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.Type"> |
||
| 8443 | <summary>
|
||
| 8444 | Gets or sets StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should be applied to. |
||
| 8445 | </summary>
|
||
| 8446 | </member>
|
||
| 8447 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.SpanProperties"> |
||
| 8448 | <summary>
|
||
| 8449 | Gets properties related to Spans in the document |
||
| 8450 | </summary>
|
||
| 8451 | </member>
|
||
| 8452 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.ParagraphProperties"> |
||
| 8453 | <summary>
|
||
| 8454 | Gets properties related to Paragraphs in the document |
||
| 8455 | </summary>
|
||
| 8456 | </member>
|
||
| 8457 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.TableProperties"> |
||
| 8458 | <summary>
|
||
| 8459 | Gets properties related to Tables in the document |
||
| 8460 | </summary>
|
||
| 8461 | </member>
|
||
| 8462 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.TableRowProperties"> |
||
| 8463 | <summary>
|
||
| 8464 | Gets properties related to Table-rows in the document |
||
| 8465 | </summary>
|
||
| 8466 | </member>
|
||
| 8467 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.TableCellProperties"> |
||
| 8468 | <summary>
|
||
| 8469 | Gets properties related to Table-cells in the document |
||
| 8470 | </summary>
|
||
| 8471 | </member>
|
||
| 8472 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Styles.StyleDefinition.ConditionalTableStylesList"> |
||
| 8473 | <summary>
|
||
| 8474 | Property used for serialization only. Use ConditionalTableStylesCollection instead. |
||
| 8475 | </summary>
|
||
| 8476 | </member>
|
||
| 8477 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetSelectedText"> |
||
| 8478 | <summary>
|
||
| 8479 | Gets the selected text. |
||
| 8480 | </summary>
|
||
| 8481 | <returns>The text of the selection.</returns> |
||
| 8482 | </member>
|
||
| 8483 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetSelectedText(System.Boolean)"> |
||
| 8484 | <summary>
|
||
| 8485 | Gets the selected text. |
||
| 8486 | </summary>
|
||
| 8487 | <param name="includeListsText">If set to <c>true</c> the result will include the bullet or numbering characters in case a paragraph is in list.</param> |
||
| 8488 | <returns>The text of the selection.</returns> |
||
| 8489 | </member>
|
||
| 8490 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetSelectedBoxes"> |
||
| 8491 | <summary>
|
||
| 8492 | Enumerates through all layout boxes corresponding to currently selected ranges |
||
| 8493 | </summary>
|
||
| 8494 | <remarks>
|
||
| 8495 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.CanGetSelectedBoxes"/> |
||
| 8496 | </remarks>
|
||
| 8497 | <returns>enumerable list of selected layout boxes</returns> |
||
| 8498 | </member>
|
||
| 8499 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetSelectedBoxes``1"> |
||
| 8500 | <summary>
|
||
| 8501 | Enumerates through all layout boxes corresponding to currently selected ranges |
||
| 8502 | </summary>
|
||
| 8503 | <remarks>
|
||
| 8504 | <seealso cref="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.CanGetSelectedBoxes"/> |
||
| 8505 | </remarks>
|
||
| 8506 | <returns>enumerable list of selected layout boxes</returns> |
||
| 8507 | </member>
|
||
| 8508 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetAnnotationMarkersOfType``1"> |
||
| 8509 | <summary>
|
||
| 8510 | Gets all annotation markers of type T in the selection. |
||
| 8511 | </summary>
|
||
| 8512 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8513 | </member>
|
||
| 8514 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.ContainsAnnotationMarkersOfType``1"> |
||
| 8515 | <summary>
|
||
| 8516 | Determines whether the selection contains annotation markers of type T. |
||
| 8517 | </summary>
|
||
| 8518 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8519 | </member>
|
||
| 8520 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.GetSelectedSingleInline"> |
||
| 8521 | <summary>
|
||
| 8522 | Gets the selected Inline if it is the only inline selected, otherwise returns null. For example it is suitable to check if only an Image is selected. |
||
| 8523 | </summary>
|
||
| 8524 | <returns>Returns the selected Inline if it is the only inline selected, otherwise returns null. For example it is suitable to check if only an Image is selected.</returns> |
||
| 8525 | </member>
|
||
| 8526 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.DocumentSelection.CanGetSelectedBoxes"> |
||
| 8527 | <summary>
|
||
| 8528 | Gets value indicating whether the selected boxes can be enumerated correctly. |
||
| 8529 | <remarks>
|
||
| 8530 | This method can return false when the selection is not valid during specific operation when the document is being edited. |
||
| 8531 | </remarks>
|
||
| 8532 | </summary>
|
||
| 8533 | </member>
|
||
| 8534 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Selection.MouseSelectionHandler.CheckMultipleClick"> |
||
| 8535 | <summary>
|
||
| 8536 | Returns true if multiple click. |
||
| 8537 | </summary>
|
||
| 8538 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8539 | </member>
|
||
| 8540 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.ImageAdornerUI"> |
||
| 8541 | <summary>
|
||
| 8542 | ImageAdornerUI |
||
| 8543 | </summary>
|
||
| 8544 | </member>
|
||
| 8545 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.ImageAdornerUI.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 8546 | <summary>
|
||
| 8547 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 8548 | </summary>
|
||
| 8549 | </member>
|
||
| 8550 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane"> |
||
| 8551 | <summary>
|
||
| 8552 | CursorPlane |
||
| 8553 | </summary>
|
||
| 8554 | </member>
|
||
| 8555 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.ICursor.Show(Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType)"> |
||
| 8556 | <summary>
|
||
| 8557 | Shows the specified cursor type. CursorType==None draws no cursor |
||
| 8558 | </summary>
|
||
| 8559 | <param name="type">the type of the cursor to show</param> |
||
| 8560 | </member>
|
||
| 8561 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.ICursor.SetPos(System.Double,System.Double)"> |
||
| 8562 | <summary>
|
||
| 8563 | Sets the position of the cursor relative to the cursor plane, that holds all adorner controls as well |
||
| 8564 | No-op for system cursors, which always follow the mouse |
||
| 8565 | </summary>
|
||
| 8566 | <param name="x"></param> |
||
| 8567 | <param name="y"></param> |
||
| 8568 | </member>
|
||
| 8569 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.ICursor.SetAngle(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8570 | <summary>
|
||
| 8571 | Sets the angle of the cursor for |
||
| 8572 | </summary>
|
||
| 8573 | <param name="angleDegrees"></param> |
||
| 8574 | </member>
|
||
| 8575 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.currentCursor"> |
||
| 8576 | <summary>
|
||
| 8577 | The element representing the current cursor. Can be null if no cursor or one of the system cursors is selected |
||
| 8578 | </summary>
|
||
| 8579 | </member>
|
||
| 8580 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.trRotate"> |
||
| 8581 | <summary>
|
||
| 8582 | The rotate transform of the current cursor, if any |
||
| 8583 | </summary>
|
||
| 8584 | </member>
|
||
| 8585 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.trTranslate"> |
||
| 8586 | <summary>
|
||
| 8587 | The traslate transform of the current cursor, if any |
||
| 8588 | </summary>
|
||
| 8589 | </member>
|
||
| 8590 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.systemCursorElement"> |
||
| 8591 | <summary>
|
||
| 8592 | The element used to display system cursors |
||
| 8593 | </summary>
|
||
| 8594 | </member>
|
||
| 8595 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.SetSystemCursorElement(System.Windows.FrameworkElement)"> |
||
| 8596 | <summary>
|
||
| 8597 | Sets the element used to display system cursors |
||
| 8598 | </summary>
|
||
| 8599 | <param name="element"></param> |
||
| 8600 | </member>
|
||
| 8601 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorPlane.InitializeComponent"> |
||
| 8602 | <summary>
|
||
| 8603 | InitializeComponent |
||
| 8604 | </summary>
|
||
| 8605 | </member>
|
||
| 8606 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType"> |
||
| 8607 | <summary>
|
||
| 8608 | Types of cursors available |
||
| 8609 | </summary>
|
||
| 8610 | </member>
|
||
| 8611 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType.None"> |
||
| 8612 | <summary>
|
||
| 8613 | No cursor shown |
||
| 8614 | </summary>
|
||
| 8615 | </member>
|
||
| 8616 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType.Default"> |
||
| 8617 | <summary>
|
||
| 8618 | The default cursor (typically SystemArrow) |
||
| 8619 | </summary>
|
||
| 8620 | </member>
|
||
| 8621 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType.Size"> |
||
| 8622 | <summary>
|
||
| 8623 | Size cursor that supports angle |
||
| 8624 | </summary>
|
||
| 8625 | </member>
|
||
| 8626 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.CursorType.Move"> |
||
| 8627 | <summary>
|
||
| 8628 | Move cursor |
||
| 8629 | </summary>
|
||
| 8630 | </member>
|
||
| 8631 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData"> |
||
| 8632 | <summary>
|
||
| 8633 | Contains dragging information for a specified adorner |
||
| 8634 | </summary>
|
||
| 8635 | </member>
|
||
| 8636 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.CursorAngle"> |
||
| 8637 | <summary>
|
||
| 8638 | Angle of the cursor based on the adorner location |
||
| 8639 | </summary>
|
||
| 8640 | </member>
|
||
| 8641 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.DragType"> |
||
| 8642 | <summary>
|
||
| 8643 | Type of drag being performed |
||
| 8644 | </summary>
|
||
| 8645 | </member>
|
||
| 8646 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.WidthChange"> |
||
| 8647 | <summary>
|
||
| 8648 | Used for resize adorners only. |
||
| 8649 | Shows how much the width will change when movin mouse one positive unit.D:\Projects\EasyPainter\EasyPainter\Dialogs\ |
||
| 8650 | typically -1, 0, or 1 |
||
| 8651 | </summary>
|
||
| 8652 | </member>
|
||
| 8653 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.HeightChange"> |
||
| 8654 | <summary>
|
||
| 8655 | Used for resize adorners only. |
||
| 8656 | Shows how much the height will change when movin mouse one positive unit. |
||
| 8657 | typically -1, 0, or 1 |
||
| 8658 | </summary>
|
||
| 8659 | </member>
|
||
| 8660 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.HSignInverse"> |
||
| 8661 | <summary>
|
||
| 8662 | Selects left or right edge to not move during resize |
||
| 8663 | -1: right |
||
| 8664 | 1: left |
||
| 8665 | </summary>
|
||
| 8666 | </member>
|
||
| 8667 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.VSign"> |
||
| 8668 | <summary>
|
||
| 8669 | Selects top or bottom edge to not move during resize |
||
| 8670 | -1: top |
||
| 8671 | 1: bottom |
||
| 8672 | </summary>
|
||
| 8673 | </member>
|
||
| 8674 | <member name="F:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Adorner.DragData.PreserveRatio"> |
||
| 8675 | <summary>
|
||
| 8676 | True is width/height ratio should be preserved |
||
| 8677 | </summary>
|
||
| 8678 | </member>
|
||
| 8679 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPagePresenter.HeaderFooterContainer"> |
||
| 8680 | <summary>
|
||
| 8681 | Gets the container for header and footer presenters. |
||
| 8682 | </summary>
|
||
| 8683 | </member>
|
||
| 8684 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPrintLayoutPresenter"> |
||
| 8685 | <summary>
|
||
| 8686 | Used in <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/> for presenting documents in "Print" LayoutMode. See also <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentWebLayoutPresenter"/> |
||
| 8687 | </summary>
|
||
| 8688 | </member>
|
||
| 8689 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPrintLayoutPresenter.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 8690 | <summary>
|
||
| 8691 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 8692 | </summary>
|
||
| 8693 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 8694 | </member>
|
||
| 8695 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPrintLayoutPresenter.GetCurrentSectionBoundsInViewOverride"> |
||
| 8696 | <summary>
|
||
| 8697 | This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code. |
||
| 8698 | </summary>
|
||
| 8699 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8700 | </member>
|
||
| 8701 | <member name="P:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPrintLayoutPresenter.PagePresentersMargin"> |
||
| 8702 | <summary>
|
||
| 8703 | Gets or sets value corresponding to the margins between child page-presenters. |
||
| 8704 | </summary>
|
||
| 8705 | </member>
|
||
| 8706 | <member name="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentWebLayoutPresenter"> |
||
| 8707 | <summary>
|
||
| 8708 | Used by <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Controls.RadRichTextBox"/> for presenting documents in "Web" LayoutMode (with no paging). See also <see cref="T:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentPrintLayoutPresenter"/> |
||
| 8709 | </summary>
|
||
| 8710 | </member>
|
||
| 8711 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.DocumentWebLayoutPresenter.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 8712 | <summary>
|
||
| 8713 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 8714 | </summary>
|
||
| 8715 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 8716 | </member>
|
||
| 8717 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.Page.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 8718 | <summary>
|
||
| 8719 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 8720 | </summary>
|
||
| 8721 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 8722 | </member>
|
||
| 8723 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.UI.WebLayoutUI.OnInitialized(System.EventArgs)"> |
||
| 8724 | <summary>
|
||
| 8725 | Raises the <see cref="E:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.Initialized"/> event. This method is invoked whenever <see cref="P:System.Windows.FrameworkElement.IsInitialized"/> is set to true internally. |
||
| 8726 | </summary>
|
||
| 8727 | <param name="e">The <see cref="T:System.Windows.RoutedEventArgs"/> that contains the event data.</param> |
||
| 8728 | </member>
|
||
| 8729 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PageMarginTypesConverter.ToPadding(Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.PageMarginTypes)"> |
||
| 8730 | <summary>
|
||
| 8731 | Converts the specified PaperType enumeration to a pair of pixel values in SizeF. |
||
| 8732 | </summary>
|
||
| 8733 | <param name="type">PaperType</param> |
||
| 8734 | <returns></returns> |
||
| 8735 | </member>
|
||
| 8736 | <member name="M:System.Collections.Generic.ExtensionMethods.CastCovariant``2(System.Collections.Generic.IEnumerable{``0})"> |
||
| 8737 | <summary>
|
||
| 8738 | Casts enumerable of TFrom to enumerable of TTo on platforms where covariance is not supported. |
||
| 8739 | </summary>
|
||
| 8740 | </member>
|
||
| 8741 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToPoint(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8742 | <summary>
|
||
| 8743 | Converts dips to points. |
||
| 8744 | </summary>
|
||
| 8745 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8746 | <returns>points</returns> |
||
| 8747 | </member>
|
||
| 8748 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToPointI(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8749 | <summary>
|
||
| 8750 | Converts dips to points. |
||
| 8751 | </summary>
|
||
| 8752 | <param name="pixels">pixels</param> |
||
| 8753 | <returns>points</returns> |
||
| 8754 | </member>
|
||
| 8755 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToPica(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8756 | <summary>
|
||
| 8757 | Converts dips to picas. |
||
| 8758 | </summary>
|
||
| 8759 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8760 | <returns>picas</returns> |
||
| 8761 | </member>
|
||
| 8762 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToCm(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8763 | <summary>
|
||
| 8764 | Converts dips to centimeters. |
||
| 8765 | </summary>
|
||
| 8766 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8767 | <returns>centimeters</returns> |
||
| 8768 | </member>
|
||
| 8769 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToMm(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8770 | <summary>
|
||
| 8771 | Converts dips to milimeters. |
||
| 8772 | </summary>
|
||
| 8773 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8774 | <returns>milimeters</returns> |
||
| 8775 | </member>
|
||
| 8776 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToInch(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8777 | <summary>
|
||
| 8778 | Converts dips to inches |
||
| 8779 | </summary>
|
||
| 8780 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8781 | <returns>inches</returns> |
||
| 8782 | </member>
|
||
| 8783 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToTwip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8784 | <summary>
|
||
| 8785 | Converts dips to twips |
||
| 8786 | </summary>
|
||
| 8787 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8788 | <returns>twips</returns> |
||
| 8789 | </member>
|
||
| 8790 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToTwipI(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8791 | <summary>
|
||
| 8792 | Converts dips to twips |
||
| 8793 | </summary>
|
||
| 8794 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8795 | <returns>twips</returns> |
||
| 8796 | </member>
|
||
| 8797 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToTwipF(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8798 | <summary>
|
||
| 8799 | Converts dips to twips |
||
| 8800 | </summary>
|
||
| 8801 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8802 | <returns>twips</returns> |
||
| 8803 | </member>
|
||
| 8804 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.TwipToDipF(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8805 | <summary>
|
||
| 8806 | Converts twips to dips |
||
| 8807 | </summary>
|
||
| 8808 | <param name="value">twips</param> |
||
| 8809 | <returns>dips</returns> |
||
| 8810 | </member>
|
||
| 8811 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.TwipToDipI(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8812 | <summary>
|
||
| 8813 | Converts twips to dips |
||
| 8814 | </summary>
|
||
| 8815 | <param name="value">twips</param> |
||
| 8816 | <returns>dips</returns> |
||
| 8817 | </member>
|
||
| 8818 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.DipToUnit(System.Double,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UnitTypes)"> |
||
| 8819 | <summary>
|
||
| 8820 | Converts DIPs to units. |
||
| 8821 | </summary>
|
||
| 8822 | <param name="value">pixels</param> |
||
| 8823 | <param name="type">UnitType</param> |
||
| 8824 | <returns>units</returns> |
||
| 8825 | </member>
|
||
| 8826 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.PointToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8827 | <summary>
|
||
| 8828 | Converts to points dips. |
||
| 8829 | </summary>
|
||
| 8830 | <param name="value">points</param> |
||
| 8831 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8832 | </member>
|
||
| 8833 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.PicaToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8834 | <summary>
|
||
| 8835 | Converts to points dips. |
||
| 8836 | </summary>
|
||
| 8837 | <param name="value">picas</param> |
||
| 8838 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8839 | </member>
|
||
| 8840 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.EMUsToDIP(System.Int32)"> |
||
| 8841 | <summary>
|
||
| 8842 | Converts EMUs to dips. |
||
| 8843 | </summary>
|
||
| 8844 | <param name="value">EMUs</param> |
||
| 8845 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8846 | </member>
|
||
| 8847 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.EmuToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8848 | <summary>
|
||
| 8849 | Converts EMUs to dips. |
||
| 8850 | </summary>
|
||
| 8851 | <param name="value">EMUs</param> |
||
| 8852 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8853 | </member>
|
||
| 8854 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.CmToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8855 | <summary>
|
||
| 8856 | Converts centimeters to dips. |
||
| 8857 | </summary>
|
||
| 8858 | <param name="value">centimeters</param> |
||
| 8859 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8860 | </member>
|
||
| 8861 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.MmToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8862 | <summary>
|
||
| 8863 | Converts milimeteres to dips. |
||
| 8864 | </summary>
|
||
| 8865 | <param name="value">milimeteres</param> |
||
| 8866 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8867 | </member>
|
||
| 8868 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.InchToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8869 | <summary>
|
||
| 8870 | Converts inches to dips. |
||
| 8871 | </summary>
|
||
| 8872 | <param name="value">inches</param> |
||
| 8873 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8874 | </member>
|
||
| 8875 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.TwipToDip(System.Double)"> |
||
| 8876 | <summary>
|
||
| 8877 | Converts twips to dips. |
||
| 8878 | </summary>
|
||
| 8879 | <param name="value">twips</param> |
||
| 8880 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8881 | </member>
|
||
| 8882 | <member name="M:Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.Unit.UnitToDip(System.Double,Telerik.Windows.Documents.Model.UnitTypes)"> |
||
| 8883 | <summary>
|
||
| 8884 | Converts Units to dips |
||
| 8885 | </summary>
|
||
| 8886 | <param name="value">units</param> |
||
| 8887 | <param name="type">UnitType</param> |
||
| 8888 | <returns>pixels</returns> |
||
| 8889 | </member>
|
||
| 8890 | </members>
|
||
| 8891 | </doc> |
